2018 nissan pathfinder | owner's manual and …€¦ · 2018 pathfinder owner’s manual and...

2018 PATHFINDEROWNER’S MANUAL

and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help you un-derstand the operation and maintenanceof your vehicle so that you may enjoy manymiles (kilometers) of driving pleasure.Please read through this manual beforeoperating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Book-let explains details about the warrantiescovering your vehicle. The “Maintenanceand schedules” section of this manualexplains details about maintaining andservicing your vehicle. Additionally, aseparate Customer Care/Lemon LawBooklet (U.S. only) will explain how to re-solve any concerns you may have withyour vehicle, and clarify your rights un-der your state’s lemon law.

When you require any service or have anyquestions, a NISSAN dealer will be glad toassist you with the extensive resourcesavailable to them.

In addition to factory-installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed prior to de-livery. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your ve-hicle is equipped. It is important that youfamiliarize yourself with all disclosures,

warnings, cautions and instructions con-cerning proper use of such accessoriesprior to operating the vehicle and/or ac-cessory. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your ve-hicle is equipped.

Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safe op-eration of your vehicle.

WARNINGIMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

∙ NEVER drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.

∙ ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast forconditions.

∙ ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehicle fea-tures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

∙ ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap-propriate child restraint systems. Pre-teen children should be seated in therear seat.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

∙ ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety fea-tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

∙ ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

For descriptions specified for 4-wheel drivemodels, a 4WD mark is placed at the begin-ning of the applicable sections/items.

As with other vehicles with features foroff-road use, failure to operate 4-wheeldrive models correctly may result in lossof control or an accident. For additionalinformation, refer to “Driving safety pre-cautions” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIV-INGThis vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passen-ger car because it has a higher centerof gravity for off-road use. As withother vehicles with features of thistype, failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly may result in loss of controlor an accident.

For additional information, refer to“On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions”, “Avoiding collision androllover” and “Driving safety precau-tions” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect itsperformance, safety, emissions or du-rability and may even violate govern-mental regulations. In addition, dam-age or performance problemsresulting from modifications may notbe covered under NISSAN warranties.

WARNINGInstalling an aftermarket On-Board Di-agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that usesthe port during normal driving, for ex-ample remote insurance companymonitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics,telematics or engine reprogramming,may cause interference or damage tovehicle systems. We do not recommendor endorse the use of any aftermarketOBD plug-in devices, unless specificallyapproved by NISSAN. The vehicle war-ranty may not cover damage caused byany aftermarket plug-in device.

This manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available on thismodel. Features and equipment in your ve-hicle may vary depending on model, trimlevel, options selected, order, date of pro-duction, region or availability. Therefore,you may find information about features orequipment that are not included or in-stalled on your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. NISSAN reserves the right tochange specifications, performance, designor component suppliers without notice andwithout obligation. From time to time,NISSAN may update or revise this manual toprovide Owners with the most accurate in-formation currently available. Please care-fully read and retain with this manual all re-vision updates sent to you by NISSAN toensure you have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle.Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Manualsand any updates can also be found in theOwner section of the NISSAN website athttps://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you havequestions concerning any information inyour Owner’s Manual, contact NISSAN Con-sumer Affairs. Refer to NISSAN CUSTOMER

CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner’sManual for contact information.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNINGThis is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death or seri-ous personal injury. To avoid or reducethe risk, the procedures must be fol-lowed precisely.

CAUTIONThis is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followedcarefully.

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not dothis” or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points tothe front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

APD1005

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese call attention to an item in the illus-tration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNINGEngine exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain productsof component wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth de-fects or other reproductive harm.

Operating, servicing and maintaining apassenger vehicle or off-road vehiclecan expose you to chemicals includingengine exhaust, carbon monoxide,phthalates, and lead, which are knownto the State of California to cause can-cer and birth defects or other reproduc-tive harm. To minimize exposure, avoidbreathing exhaust, do not idle the en-gine except as necessary, service yourvehicle in a well-ventilated area andwear gloves or wash your hands fre-quently when servicing your vehicle.For more information go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material – special handling mayapply. For additional information, refer towww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”.

© 2018 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording or oth-erwise, without the prior written permis-sion of Nissan North America, Inc.

NISSAN CARES . . .

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourNISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide NISSAN directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

– Your name, address, and telephonenumber

– Vehicle identification number (attachedto the top of the instrument panel on thedriver’s side)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading

– Your NISSAN dealer’s name

– Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the informa-tion at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Passenger compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

1. Folding 3rd row bench (P. 1-2)2. Folding 2nd row bench (P. 1-2)3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact

and rollover supplemental air bag(P. 1-53)

4. Head restraints/headrests (P. 1-12)5. Seat belts with pretensioner(s) and

shoulder height adjuster (P. 1-18,1-53)

6. Supplemental air bags (P. 1-53)7. Occupant classification sensor

(weight sensor) (P. 1-53)8. Seats (P. 1-2)9. Front seat-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag (P. 1-53)10. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers

for CHildren) (P. 1-30)11. Second row seat top tether strap

anchor (located on bottom ofseatback) (P. 1-30)

Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2466

AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Front view camera (if so equipped)(P. 4-11)

2. Engine hood (P. 3-31)3. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-37)4. Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-11)5. Power windows (P. 2-65)6. Door locks (P. 3-5)

NISSAN Intelligent Key®(if so equipped) (P. 3-2)Keys (P. 3-2)

7. Mirrors (P. 3-44)Side view camera (if so equipped)(P. 4-11)

8. Tire pressure (P. 8-26)Flat tire (P. 6-3)Tire chains (P. 8-26)

9. Fog light switch (if so equipped)(P. 2-40)

10. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-23)Headlight and turn signal switch(P. 2-40)LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system (P. 2-40)

Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2456

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Antenna (P. 4-41)2. Rear window wiper and washer

switch (P. 2-37)3. Towing (P. 10-18)4. Liftgate release (P. 3-31)

Rearview camera (P. 4-3, 4-11)5. Rear sonar sensors (if so equipped)

(P. 5-79)6. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-23)7. Fuel-filler cap (P. 3-39)

Fuel recommendation (P. 10-2)Fuel-filler door (P. 3-39)

8. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-5)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LIC3981

EXTERIOR REAR


1. Glove box (P. 2-57)2. Sun visors (P. 3-43)3. Map lights (P. 2-71)4. Power moonroof (if so equipped)

(P. 2-68)5. Luggage hooks (P. 2-57)6. Cup holders (P. 2-57)7. Console box (P. 2-57)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2458

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


1. Vents (P. 4-31)2. Headlight/fog light (if so

equipped)/turn signal switch(P. 2-40)

3. Instrument brightness control(P. 2-42)

4. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-53)Horn (P. 2-44)

5. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)Warning and indicator lights(P. 2-11)Vehicle information display (P. 2-19)

6. Twin trip odometer reset switch(P. 2-5)

7. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-37)Rear window wiper and washerswitch (P. 2-37)

8. Control panel*9. Center display*

Navigation system* (if soequipped)

10. Front passenger air bag statuslight (P. 1-53)

11. Front passenger supplemental airbag (P. 1-53)

12. Glove box (P. 2-57)13. Automatic heater and air

conditioning controls (P. 4-32)LII2409

INSTRUMENT PANEL


14. Audio system controls*15. Hazard warning flasher switch

(P. 6-2)16. Push-button ignition switch

(P. 5-11)17. Cruise control main/set switches

(if so equipped) (P. 5-41)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-43)

18. Tilt and telescopic steering wheelcontrol (P. 3-41)

19. Control panel and vehicle informa-tion display switches (P. 2-20)Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem*

20. Hood release (P. 3-31)21. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

switch (P. 2-49)TOW mode switch (P. 2-53)Power liftgate main switch(if so equipped) (P. 3-31)Warning systems switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-51)Heated steering wheel switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-48)Power inverter switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-52)

*: Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner’s Manual (if so equipped).

Refer to the page number indicated inparenthesis for operating details.


VQ35DD engine1. Power steering fluid reservoir

(P. 8-9)2. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-4)3. Drive belt location (P.8-14)4. Fuse box (P. 8-19)5. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-6)6. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-10)7. Air cleaner (P. 8-16)8. Fuse box (P. 8-19)9. Fuse/Fusible link box (P. 8-19)10. Battery (P. 8-12)11. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-6)12. Radiator cap (P. 8-4)13. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-11)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LDI3131

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Warninglight

Name Page

or

Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

2-12

Automatic Emer-gency Braking(AEB) systemwarning light

2-12

or

Brake warninglight

2-12

Charge warninglight

2-13

Low tire pressurewarning light

2-13

Master warninglight

2-15

Warninglight

Name Page

Power steeringwarning light

2-15

Seat belt warninglight and chime

2-15

Supplemental airbag warning light

2-16

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Front fog light in-dicator light (if soequipped)

2-16

Front passengerair bag statuslight

2-16

High beam indi-cator light (blue)

2-16

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Hill descent con-trol system ONindicator light (ifso equipped)

2-16

Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL)

2-17

Overdrive OFFindicator light

2-18

Security indicatorlight

2-18

Side light andheadlight indica-tor light (green)

2-18

Slip indicator light 2-18

TOW mode ONindicator light

2-18

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Indicatorlight

Name Page

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-18

Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) OFFindicator light

2-18


MEMO


1 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front manual seat adjustment(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Front power seat adjustment(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52nd row bench seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-73rd row bench seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Flexible seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12Adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Non-adjustable head restraint/headrest components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Removable (without Dual HeadRestraint/Headrest DVD System only) . . . . . . . .1-15Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15Folding head restraint/headrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Seat belt warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21

Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Three-point type seat belt withretractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using the seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). . . . . . . . . . . 1-53Precautions on SRS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53

Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . 1-71Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . 1-72

WARNING∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle when

the seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

∙ For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback and upright in the seat with bothfeet on the floor and adjust the seatproperly. For additional information,refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section.

∙ After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securely locked.

∙ Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls ormake the vehicle move. Unattendedchildren could become involved in se-rious accidents.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly be-come high enough to cause a signifi-cant risk of injury or death to peopleand pets.

∙ Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. The seat maymove suddenly and could cause lossof control of the vehicle.

∙ The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective when thepassenger sits well back and straightup in the seat. If the seatback is re-clined, the risk of sliding under the lapbelt and being injured is increased.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CAUTIONWhen adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damage.

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENT (if so equipped)Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manu-ally. For additional information about ad-justing the seats, refer to the steps outlinedin this section.

Forward and backwardPull the center of the bar up and hold itwhile you slide the seat forward or back-ward to the desired position. Release thebar to lock the seat in position.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull the lever upand lean back. To bring the seatback for-ward, pull the lever up and lean your bodyforward. Release the lever to lock the seat-back in position.The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section. Also, the seatback canbe reclined to allow occupants to restwhen the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in the P (Park) position.

LRS2160 LRS2161

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Seat lifter (driver’s seat)Pull up or push down the adjusting lever toadjust the seat height until the desired po-sition is achieved.

Lumbar support (driver’s seat)The lumbar support feature provides ad-justable lower back support to the driver.Move the lever up or down to adjust theseat lumbar area.

LRS2202 LRS2132


FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT(if so equipped)Operating tips

∙ The power seat motor has an auto-reset overload protection circuit. If themotor stops during operation, wait30 seconds then reactivate the switch.

∙ Do not operate the power seat switchfor a long period of time when the en-gine is off. This will discharge the bat-tery.

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic drive positioner” in the “Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section of thismanual.

Forward and backwardMoving the switch as shown will slide theseat forward or backward to the desiredposition.

RecliningMove the recline switch as shown until thedesired angle is obtained.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section. Also, the seatback canbe reclined to allow occupants to restwhen the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in P (Park).

LRS2662


Seat lifter (driver’s seat)Move the switch as shown to adjust theangle and height of the seat cushion.

Lumbar support (driver’s seat)The lumbar support feature provides ad-justable lower back support to the driver.Move the lever as shown (manual) or pushthe switch as shown (power) to adjust theseat lumbar area.

LRS2636Manual (if so equipped)

LRS2132Power (if so equipped)

LRS2270


2ND ROW BENCH SEATADJUSTMENTForward and backwardPull the center of the bar �1 up and hold itwhile you slide the seat forward or back-ward to the desired position. Release thebar to lock the seat in position.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull up on the lever�2 and lean back. To bring the seatbackforward, pull the lever �2 up and lean yourbody forward. Release the lever to lock theseatback in position.

The recline feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section. Also, the seatback canbe reclined to allow occupants to restwhen the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in P (Park).

WARNING∙ After adjustment, gently rock in the

seat to make sure it is securely locked.

∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

∙ For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback and upright in the seat and ad-just the seat belt properly. For addi-tional information, refer to “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” in thissection.

Outboard seatsLRS2143


One touch walk-in functionThe 3rd row can be accessed from outsidethe vehicle by using the seatback releaselever located on the upper outboard side ofthe seatback on the 2nd row bench seat. Ifa child safety seat is installed on the pas-senger’s side of the 2nd row seat, the 3rdrow can be accessed without removing thechild safety seat.

Multi-mode

WARNINGWhen returning the seat to its originalposition, confirm that the seat andseatback are locked properly.

CAUTION∙ Be careful not to pinch your hand or

foot or bump your head when operat-ing the walk-in seat.

∙ Do not drive with the 2nd row seattipped up.

∙ Be careful not to allow the 2nd rowseat to pinch, hit any part of your bodyor other people when operating the2nd row seat. Make sure the seat pathis clear of all objects before movingthe seat.

To enter the 3rd row from outside the ve-hicle, lift up on the seatback lever locatedon the upper outboard side of the seat-back on the 2nd row bench seat. This willrelease the back of the seat and fold up theseat cushion. This will also release the seattracks so you will be able to slide the seatforward or backward.

Slide the entire seat forward for access tothe 3rd row.

To return the seat to a locked position,push the upper seatback rearward untilthe seatback and tracks are locked. Pushthe seat cushion down.

Child seat access mode

The passenger’s side of the 2nd row seatcan be slid forward for easy entry or exitfrom the 3rd row bench seat without a childsafety seat being removed.

To enter the 3rd row from outside the ve-hicle, lift up on the seatback lever locatedon the upper outboard side of the seat-back on the 2nd row bench seat. This willrelease the seatback. Then tilt the seat andrelease the tracks so you will be able toslide the seat forward or backward.

Slide the entire seat forward for access tothe rear seats.

To return the seat to a locked position,push the upper seatback rearward untilthe seatback and track are locked.

LRS2142


WARNING∙ Do not leave a child in the child safety

seat when operating the child seat ac-cess mode.

∙ When returning the seat to its originalposition, confirm that the seat andseatback are locked properly.

CAUTION∙ Be careful not to pinch your hand or

foot or bump your head when operat-ing the walk-in seat.

∙ Do not drive with the 2nd row seattipped up.

∙ Be careful not to allow the 2nd rowseat to pinch, hit any part of your bodyor other people when operating the2nd row seat. Make sure the seat pathis clear of all objects before movingthe seat.

Exiting the 3rd row

To exit the 3rd row from either seating po-sition, lift the upper seatback release leverto the uppermost position. This will releasethe back of the seat, then fold the seatcushion up and release the tracks.

Slide the entire seat forward.

To return the seat to a locked position,push the upper seatback rearward untilthe seatback and track are locked.

WARNINGWhen returning the seat to its originalposition, confirm that the seat andseatback are locked properly.

CAUTIONBe careful not to pinch your hand orfoot or bump your head when operat-ing the walk-in seat.

3RD ROW BENCH SEATADJUSTMENTRecliningTo recline the seatback, pull up on the latchlocated on the outside corner of each seat-back. Lean back until the desired angle isobtained.

To bring the seatback forward again, pullup on the latch and pull the seatback up-right until the desired angle is obtained.

The recline feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtain

LRS2913


proper seat belt fit. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section. Also, the seatback canbe reclined to allow occupants to restwhen the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in P (Park).

WARNING∙ After adjustment, gently rock in the

seat to make sure it is securely locked.


∙ For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback and upright in the seat and ad-just the seat belt properly. For addi-tional information, refer to “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” in thissection.

ARMRESTSThe 2nd row bench seat comes equippedwith an armrest. Pull the armrest down asshown.

FLEXIBLE SEATING

WARNING∙ Never allow anyone to ride in the

cargo area or on the rear seats whenthey are in the fold-down position. In acollision, people riding in these areaswithout proper restraints are morelikely to be seriously injured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts. Be sure ev-eryone in your vehicle is in a seat andusing a seat belt properly.

∙ Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

∙ Do not fold down the rear seats whenoccupants are in the rear seat area orany luggage is on the rear seats.

– Make sure that the seat path isclear before moving the seat.

– Be careful not to allow hands orfeet to get caught or pinched in theseat.

∙ Head restraints/headrests should beadjusted properly as they may pro-vide significant protection against in-jury in an accident. Always replaceand adjust them properly if they havebeen removed for any reason.

∙ If the head restraints/headrests areremoved for any reason, they shouldbe securely stored to prevent themfrom causing injury to passengers ordamage to the vehicle in case of sud-den braking or an accident.

LRS2924


∙ When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched po-sition. If they are not completely se-cured, passengers may be injured inan accident or sudden stop.

∙ Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

Folding the 2nd row bench seatTo fold the 2nd row bench seat flat formaximum cargo hauling:

1. Make sure that the headrestraints/headrests are lowered or re-moved. To remove the headrestraint/headrest, push and hold thelock knob while moving the headrestraint/headrest in an upward direc-tion. Store the head restraint/headrestproperly so it is not loose in the vehicle.

2. Stow the 2nd row seat belts in the seatbelt hooks found on the sides of thevehicle.

3. Lift up on the recline lever on the side ofthe outboard seats to fold the seat-backs flat.

4. To return the 2nd row bench seats to aseating position, push up on the seat-back until it latches in place.

LRS2144


Folding the 3rd row seatsTo fold the 3rd row seats flat for maximumcargo capacity:

1. Pull the strap �A to release the headrestraint/headrest forward.

2. Stow the 3rd row seat belts in the seatbelt hooks �D found on the sides of thecargo area.

3. Pull up on the latch �B located in theupper corner of each seatback andlower the seatback forward over theseat base.

To return the 3rd row seats to a seatingposition:

1. Use the pull straps �C to raise eachseatback. Pull back until the seatbacklatches into position. Make sure toproperly raise each seatback to anupright and secured position.

2. Do not use the pull strap to return thehead restraint/headrest to the uprightposition. Pull back on the headrestraint/headrest until it latches in theupright position.

WARNINGWhen the seat is returned to the normalseating position, the headrestraints/headrests must be returnedto the upright position to properly pro-tect vehicle occupants.

WARNINGHead restraints/headrests supplementthe other vehicle safety systems. Theymay provide additional protectionagainst injury in certain rear end colli-sions. Adjustable headrestraints/headrests must be adjustedproperly, as specified in this section.Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat. Do not attach any-thing to the head restraint/headreststalks or remove the headrestraint/headrest. Do not use the seatif the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved. If the head restraint/headrestwas removed, reinstall and properly ad-just the head restraint/headrest beforean occupant uses the seating position.Failure to follow these instructions canreduce the effectiveness of the headrestraints/headrests. This may in-crease the risk of serious injury or deathin a collision.

LRS2915

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


The illustration shows the seating posi-tions equipped with headrestraints/headrests.

� Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

� Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest(if applicable).

∙ Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

∙ Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalk(s)to lock them in a desired adjustmentposition.

∙ The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notchto secure them to the seat frame.

∙ Proper Adjustment:

– For the adjustable type, align thehead restraint/headrest so the cen-ter of your ear is approximately levelwith the center of the headrestraint/headrest.

– If your ear position is still higher thanthe recommended alignment, placethe head restraint/headrest at thehighest position.

∙ If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalledand locked in place before riding in thatdesignated seating position.

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

LRS2308 LRS2300


NON-ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTRAINT/HEADRESTCOMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

REMOVEUse the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest:

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up tothe highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrestproperly in a secure place so it is notloose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

LRS2299 LRS2302


REMOVABLE (without Dual HeadRestraint/Headrest DVD Systemonly)

CAUTIONDo not remove head restraint/headrestfrom vehicles equipped with Dual HeadRestraint/Headrest DVD System. Re-moval may damage the system wiring.

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest

stalks with the holes in the seat. Makesure that the head restraint/headrest isfacing the correct direction. The stalkwith the notch (notches) �1 must beinstalled in the hole with the lock knob�2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears. Ifyour ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

LRS2302 LRS2303 WRS0134


For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.


LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.


LRS2351 LRS2305 LRS2306


FOLDING HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADRESTTo fold the head restraint/headrest, pull thestrap located on the rear of the headrestraint/headrest.

If the head restraint/headrest has beenfolded, make sure that it is returned to theupright position.

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knobs are engagedin the notches before riding in that desig-nated seating position.

WARNINGWhen the seat is returned to the normalseating position, the headrestraint/headrest must be returned tothe upright position to properly protectvehicle occupants.

LRS2307


PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet on thefloor, your chances of being injured or killedin a collision and/or the severity of injurymay be greatly reduced. NISSAN stronglyencourages you and all of your passengersto buckle up every time you drive, even ifyour seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SSS0136

SEAT BELTS


WARNING∙ Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be in therear seats and in an appropriaterestraint.

WARNING∙ The seat belt should be properly ad-

justed to a snug fit. Failure to do somay reduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident. Serious injury or death canoccur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

SSS0134 SSS0016


WARNING∙ Always route the shoulder belt over

your shoulder and across your chest.Never put the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

∙ Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOTTHE WAIST. A lap belt worn too highcould increase the risk of internal inju-ries in an accident.

∙ Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

∙ Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

∙ Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

∙ Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

∙ If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed and allseat belts fastened, it may indicate amalfunction in the system. Have thesystem checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, do notmodify the seat belt, add material, orinstall devices that may change theseat belt routing or tension. Doing somay affect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

∙ Once seat belt pretensioner(s) haveactivated, they cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.NISSAN recommends that all seat beltassemblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision was mi-nor and the belts show no damageand continue to operate properly.Seat belt assemblies not in use duringa collision should also be inspectedand replaced if either damage or im-proper operation is noted.

∙ All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-structions and replacement recom-mendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they aredamaged.

SSS0014


SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHTBoth the driver’s and passenger’s frontseats are equipped with a seat belt warn-ing light. The warning light, located on theinstrument panel, will show the status ofthe driver and passenger seat belt.

NOTE:

The front passenger seat belt warninglight will not light up if the seat is notoccupied.

For additional information, refer to “Warn-ing lights, indicator lights and audible re-minders” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnantwomen use seat belts. The seat belt shouldbe worn snug and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips, notthe waist. Place the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Never runthe lap/shoulder belt over your abdominalarea. Contact your doctor for specific rec-ommendations.

INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts. Check with your doctor forspecific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING∙ Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be in therear seats and in an appropriaterestraint.


∙ For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback and upright in the seat with bothfeet on the floor and adjust the seatbelt properly.

LRS0786


∙ Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If theseat belt becomes wrapped around achild’s neck with the ALR mode acti-vated, the child can be seriously in-jured or killed if the seat belt retractsand becomes tight. This can occureven if the vehicle is parked. Unbucklethe seat belt to release the child. If theseat belt cannot be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release the childby cutting the seat belt with a suitabletool (such as a knife or scissors) torelease the seat belt.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-

tion, refer to “Seats” in this section.

Manual front seat shown (if so equipped)LRS2160


2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re-tractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle �A until you hear and feel thelatch engage.

∙ The retractor is designed to lockduring a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits theseat belt to move and allows yousome freedom of movement in theseat.

∙ If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.

Power front seat shown (if so equipped)LRS2662 LRS2674


3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips �B as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack �C .Be sure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rearseating positions’ three-point seat beltshave two modes of operation:

∙ Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

∙ Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to ex-tend and retract to allow the driver andpassengers some freedom of movementin the seat. The ELR locks the seat beltwhen the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring certain impacts.

The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locksthe seat belt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated, the seatbelt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and fully retracted. The seat belt re-turns to the ELR mode after the seat beltfully retracts. For additional information, re-fer to “Child restraints” in this section.

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During nor-mal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it is ac-tivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension. It can also change the op-eration of the front passenger air bag.For additional information, refer to“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” in this section.

WARNINGWhen fastening the seat belts, be cer-tain that the seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passengersmay be injured in an accident or suddenstop.

LRS2675


Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, press the buttonon the buckle �1 . The seat belt automati-cally retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:

∙ When the seat belt is pulled quickly fromthe retractor

∙ When the vehicle slows down rapidly

To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

∙ Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for-ward quickly. The retractor should lockand restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service, or to learn more about seatbelt operation.

�A Shoulder belt height adjust button

Shoulder belt height adjustment(front and 2nd row outboardseats)The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. Foradditional information, refer to “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” in this section.

To adjust, push the button and then movethe shoulder belt anchor to the desired po-sition so that the belt passes over the cen-ter of the shoulder. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but not falling off

WRS0139 SSS0896


of your shoulder. Release the adjustmentbutton to lock the shoulder belt anchorinto position.

WARNING∙ After adjustment, release the adjust-

ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed inposition.

∙ The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so may re-duce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

∙ The shoulder belt should rest on themiddle of the shoulder. It must notrest against the neck.

∙ Be sure that the seat belt is nottwisted in any way.

∙ Be sure that the shoulder belt anchoris secured by trying to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down af-ter adjustment.

Seat belt hookWhen the seat belt is not in use and whenfolding down the rear seats, hook the rearseat belts on the seat belt hooks.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit thelap/shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available for purchase. The ex-tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)of length and are available for the:

∙ Driver and front passenger seating po-sition

∙ 2nd and 3rd row seating position

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for assistance with purchasing anextender if an extender is required.

WARNING∙ Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,

made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

∙ Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personal injuryin the event of an accident.

∙ Never use seat belt extenders to in-stall child restraints. If the child re-straint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision or a sudden stop.

3rd row shown; 2nd row similarLRS2157


SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE∙ To clean the seat belt webbing, apply

a mild soap solution or any solution rec-ommended for cleaning upholstery orcarpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allowthe seat belts to dry in the shade. Do notallow the seat belts to retract until theyare completely dry.

∙ If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, theseat belts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

∙ Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, suchas buckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors, work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing is found, theentire seat belt assembly should be re-placed.

WARNINGDo not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomestight. This can occur even if the vehicleis parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to re-lease the child. If the seat belt cannot beunbuckled or is already unbuckled, re-lease the child by cutting the seat beltwith a suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protectthem. They need to be properly re-strained.

In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, includ-ing doctors, teachers, government trafficsafety offices, and community organiza-tions. Every child is different, so be sure tolearn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child re-straint systems:

∙ Rear-facing child restraints

∙ Forward-facing child restraints

∙ Booster seats

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placedin rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available for chil-dren who outgrow rear-facing child re-straints and are at least 1 year old. Boosterseats are used to help position a vehiclelap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNINGInfants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may notfit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperly fit-ting seat belt could cause serious or fa-tal injury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

CHILD SAFETY


All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. Foradditional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the ve-hicle by using either the LATCH (Lower An-chors and Tethers for CHildren) system orwith the vehicle seat belt. For additionalinformation, refer to “Child restraints” in thissection.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (air bag system) for thefront passenger. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS)” in this section.

INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.NISSAN recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation anduse.

SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in arear-facing child restraint as long as pos-sible up to the height or weight limit of thechild restraint. Children who outgrow theheight or weight limit of the rear-facingchild restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness. Refer to the manu-facturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommen-dations. NISSAN recommends that smallchildren be placed in child restraints thatcomply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and al-ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until theyreach the maximum height or weight limitallowed by the child restraint manufac-turer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain properseat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, thebooster seat should raise the child so thatthe shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle por-tion of the shoulder. The shoulder beltshould not cross the neck or face andshould not fall off the shoulder. The lap beltshould lie snugly across the lower hips orupper thighs, not the abdomen. A boosterseat can only be used in seating positionsthat have a three-point type seat belt. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.


A booster seat should be used until thechild can pass the seat belt fit test below:

∙ Are the child’s back and hips against thevehicle seatback?

∙ Is the child able to sit without slouch-ing?

∙ Do the child’s knees bend easily overthe front edge of the seat with feet flaton the floor?

∙ Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hipsand shoulder belt across mid-chestand shoulder)?

∙ Is the child able to use the properly ad-justed head restraint/headrest?

∙ Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?

If you answered no to any of these ques-tions, the child should remain in a boosterseat using a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local andstate regulations to confirm your child isusing the correct restraint system beforetraveling.

WARNINGNever let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo area. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stop orcollision.

LRS2690


PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in-

structions for proper use and installationof child restraints could result in seriousinjury or death of a child or other passen-gers in a sudden stop or collision:

– The child restraint must be usedand installed properly. Always fol-low all of the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

– Infants and children should neverbe held on anyone’s lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

– Do not put a seat belt around botha child and another passenger.

– NISSAN recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. Studies show that childrenare safer when properly restrainedin the rear seat than in the frontseat. If you must install a forward-facing child restraint in the frontseat, refer to “Forward-facing childrestraint installation using the seatbelts” in this section.

– Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating air bag could se-riously injure or kill a child. A rear-facing child restraint must only beused in the rear seat.

– Be sure to purchase a child re-straint that will fit the child and ve-hicle. Some child restraints maynot fit properly in your vehicle.

ARS1098 WRS0256

CHILD RESTRAINTS


– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used to at-tach adult seat belts, or other itemsor equipment to the vehicle. Doingso could damage the child re-straint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly in-stalled using the damagedanchorage, and a child could be se-riously injured or killed in acollision.

– Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts, or other items.

– A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

– Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the childrestraint.

– Infants and children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate childrestraint while in the vehicle.

∙ When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH systemor a seat belt. In a sudden stop or col-lision, loose objects can injure occu-pants or damage the vehicle.

CAUTIONA child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint anchor system, referred toas the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) system. Some child restraintsinclude rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to these an-chors. For additional information, refer to“LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system” in this section.

If you do not have a LATCH compatiblechild restraint, the vehicle seat belts can beused.

Several manufacturers offer child re-straints for infants and children of varioussizes. When selecting any child restraint,keep the following points in mind:

∙ Choose only a restraint with a label cer-tifying that it complies with Federal Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

∙ Check the child restraint in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the vehi-cle’s seat and seat belt system.

∙ If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Choose achild restraint that is designed for yourchild’s height and weight. Always followall recommended procedures.

∙ If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs.(29.5 kg), you may use either the LATCHanchors or the seat belt to install thechild restraint (not both at the sametime).


∙ If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs.(29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (notthe lower anchors) to install the childrestraint.

∙ Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approvedchild restraint at all times while the ve-hicle is being operated. Canadian law re-quires the top tether strap on forward-facing child restraints be secured to thedesignated anchor point on the vehicle.

LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) SYSTEMYour vehicle is equipped with special an-chor points that are used with LATCH sys-tem compatible child restraints. This sys-tem may also be referred to as the ISOFIXor ISOFIX compatible system. With this sys-tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seatbelt to secure the child restraint unless thecombined weight of the child and child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and child restraintis greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the ve-

hicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) toinstall the child restraint. Be sure to followthe child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation.

The LATCH lower anchor points are pro-vided to install child restraints in the follow-ing positions only:

∙ 2nd row bench seat – outboard seatingpositions

LATCH lower anchor

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:

– Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the loca-tions shown in the illustration.

– Do not secure a child restraint inthe 2nd row center position usingthe LATCH system anchors. Thechild restraint will not be securedproperly.

LATCH system lower anchor locations -bench seat

LRS2922


– Inspect the lower anchors by in-serting your fingers into the loweranchor area. Feel to make surethere are no obstructions over theanchors such as seat belt webbingor seat cushion material. The childrestraint will not be secured prop-erly if the lower anchors areobstructed.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used to at-tach adult seat belts, or other itemsor equipment to the vehicle. Doingso could damage the child re-straint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly in-stalled using the damagedanchorages, and a child could beseriously injured or killed in acollision.

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchors are located asshown. A label is attached to the seatbackto help you locate the LATCH lower an-chors.

LATCH lower anchor locationLRS2925

LATCH label locations 2nd row benchLRS2930


Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to two an-chors located at certain seating positionsin your vehicle. With this system, you do nothave to use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint. Check your child restraint fora label stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be in theinstructions provided by the child restraintmanufacturer.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

Top tether anchor

WARNING∙ Do not allow cargo to contact the top

tether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage it during acollision. A child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision if the toptether strap is damaged.

∙ Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properly in-stalled using the damaged anchor-ages, and a child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

LATCH webbing-mounted attachmentLRS0661

LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentLRS0662


�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor point

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located in the followinglocations:

∙ 2nd row bench on the bottom of theseatback in the seating positionsshown.

∙ 3rd row bench on the bottom of theseatback on the passenger side seat-ing position as shown.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHFor additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and“Child restraints” sections of this manualbefore installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint in the 2nd row seats usingthe LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.2nd row bench seat

LRS25533rd row bench seat

LRS2916


2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached to thelower anchors.

3. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2LRS2932

Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2LRS2933

Rear-facing – step 3LRS0673


4. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the LATCH attachmentholds the restraint in place. If the re-straint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint or try installing by using

the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Notall child restraints fit in all types of ve-hicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 1 through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNINGThe three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will result inthe child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision.

For additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and“Child restraints” sections of this manualbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belts inthe rear seats:



1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in thefront seat. Position the child restrainton the seat. Always follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the ALR mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts to the ELRmode when the seat belt is fully re-tracted.

Rear-facing – step 1WRS0256




4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slackin the belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling upon the seat belt.

6. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. Ifthe restraint is not secure, tighten theseat belt as necessary, or put the re-straint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.





7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHFor additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and“Child restraints” sections of this manualbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint in the 2nd row seatsusing the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached to thelower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point. For additionalinformation, refer to “Installing toptether strap” in this section.

Forward-facing webbing-mounted –step 2

LRS2934


Do not install child restraints that re-quire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.

3. The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the cor-rect child restraint fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest whenthe child restraint is removed. For ad-

ditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint/headrestand it is interfering with the properchild restraint fit, try another seatingposition or a different child restraint.

4. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2LRS2935

Forward-facing – step 4LRS0671


6. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the LATCH attachmentholds the restraint in place. If the re-straint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 1 through 6.


�2 Anchor point

Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withthe LATCH lower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (2nd row bench out-board seating positions only).

Forward-facing – step 6WRS0697

2nd row bench seatLRS2554


2nd row bench seat

OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS

1. Remove the head restraint/headrestand store it in a secure place. Be sure toreinstall the head restraint/headrestwhen the child restraint is removed. Foradditional information about headrestraint/headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

2. Position the top tether strap �1 overthe seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point �2 as shown.


If you have any questions when install-ing a top tether strap, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNINGChild restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed us-ing the damaged anchorage, and achild could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNINGThe three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will result inthe child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Front passenger air bagand status light” in this section.


For additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and“Child restraints” sections of this manualbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the rear seats or in the front passen-ger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position.Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction and,therefore, must not be used in thefront seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the cor-rect child restraint fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest whenthe child restraint is removed. For ad-ditional information about headrestraint/headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint/headrestand it is interfering with the properchild restraint fit, try another seatingposition or a different child restraint.

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –step 1

WRS0699


3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point (2nd row in-stallation only). For additional informa-tion, refer to “Installing top tether strap”in this section.

Do not install child restraints that re-quire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the ALR mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts to ELR modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.




5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slackin the belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatbackwhile pulling up on the seat belt.


8. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. Ifthe restraint is not secure, tighten theseat belt as necessary, or put the re-straint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.





9. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 4 through 8.

10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status lightshould illuminate. If this light is not illu-minated, refer to “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section.Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.


�2 Anchor point

Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withseat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seatbelt.


2nd row bench seatLRS2553


2nd row bench seat

OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS

1. Remove the head restraint/headrestand store it in a secure place. Be sure toreinstall the head restraint/headrestwhen the child restraint is removed. Foradditional information about headrestraint/headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

2. Position the top tether strap �1 asshown.



CENTER SEATING POSITION



3. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack. Make sure the headrestraint/headrest does not contactthe top tether strap.




�2 Anchor point

3rd row bench seat

WARNINGIn the 3rd row bench seat, a child re-straint with a top tether strap can onlybe used on the passenger side seatingposition. Do not place in the driver’s sideseating position and attempt to anglethe tether strap to the passenger sideseating position.

3rd row bench seatLRS2916


The passenger side of the 3rd row benchseat is the seating position that can use atop tether strap. First, secure the child re-straint with the seat belt, as applicable.



3. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack. Make sure the headrestraint/headrest does not contactthe top tether strap.



BOOSTER SEATSFor additional information on installing abooster seat in your vehicle, follow the in-structions outlined in this section.

Precautions on booster seats

WARNINGIf a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured or killed in a sudden stop or col-lision greatly increases:

– Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’sface and neck and the lap portionof the belt does not cross thestomach.

– Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under thechild’s arm.

– A booster seat must only be in-stalled in a seating position thathas a lap/shoulder belt.


A. Low back booster seatB. High back booster seat

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the following pointsin mind:

∙ Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

∙ Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the vehi-cle’s seat and seat belt system.

∙ Make sure the child’s head will be prop-erly supported by the booster seat orvehicle seat. The seatback must be ator above the center of the child’s ears.For example, if a low back booster seatis chosen, the vehicle seatback must beat or above the center of the child’s ears.If the seatback is lower than the centerof the child’s ears, a high back boosterseat should be used.

LRS2479 LRS0453 LRS0464


∙ If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place the child in thebooster seat and check the various ad-justments to be sure the booster seat iscompatible with the child. Always followall recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approvedchild restraint at all times while the ve-hicle is being operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seatsor the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNINGTo avoid injury to child, do not use thelap/shoulder belt in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode when us-ing a booster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety,”“Child restraints” and “Booster seats” sec-tions of this manual before installing a childrestraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seatin the 2nd or 3rd rows or in the front pas-senger seat:

1. If you must install a booster seat inthe front seat, move the seat to therearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front-facing direction.Always follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions.

WRS0699


3. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the cor-rect booster seat fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest whenthe booster seat is removed. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint/headrestand it is interfering with the properbooster seat fit, try another seatingposition or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Besure to follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to takeup extra slack. Be sure the shoulderbelt is positioned across the top,middle portion of the child’s shoulder.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjust-ing the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in “Three-point type seatbelt with retractor” in this section.

7. If the booster seat is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The front pas-senger air bag status light may ormay not illuminate, depending on thesize of the child and the type of boosterseat being used. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section.

Front passenger positionLRS0454 LRS0865


PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important infor-mation concerning the following systems:

∙ Driver and front passenger supplemen-tal front-impact air bag (NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System)

∙ Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag

∙ Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

∙ Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (frontseats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag sys-tem

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the driver andfront passenger in certain side-impact col-lisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is im-pacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in front andrear outboard seating positions in certainside-impact collisions. The curtain air bagsare designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, thecurtain air bags are designed to inflate andremain inflated for a short time.

The SRS is designed to supplement thecrash protection provided by the driver andfront passenger seat belts and is not asubstitute for them. Seat belts should al-ways be correctly worn and the occupantseated a suitable distance away from thesteering wheel, instrument panel and doorfinishers. For additional information, referto “Seat belts” in this section.

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position.

After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM(SRS)


WARNING∙ The front air bags ordinarily will not

inflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower severityfrontal collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents

∙ The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit. For additional information,refer to “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” in this section.

∙ The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you are sit-ting well back and upright in the seat.The front air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, if you are unre-strained, leaning forward, sitting side-ways or out of position in any way, youare at greater risk of injury or death ina crash. You may also receive seriousor fatal injuries from the front air bagif you are up against it when it inflates.

Always sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from thesteering wheel or instrument panel.Always properly use the seat belts.

∙ The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The NISSAN Advanced AirBag System monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage, then in-flates the air bags as needed. Failureto properly wear seat belts can in-crease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

∙ The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sen-sor (weight sensor) that turns thefront passenger air bag OFF undersome conditions. This sensor is onlyused in this seat. Failure to be properlyseated and wearing the seat belt canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Front passenger air bagand status light” in this section.

WRS0031


∙ Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured when thefront air bag inflates.

ARS1133


WARNING∙ Never let children ride unrestrained or

extend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold themin your lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.

WARNING∙ Children may be severely injured or

killed when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teensand children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, if possible.

ARS1041 ARS1042 ARS1043


WARNING∙ Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air

Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat.An inflating front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. For addi-tional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

ARS1044 ARS1045 ARS1046


WARNINGFront seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bags:

∙ The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the eventof a frontal impact, rear impact, orlower severity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reducethe risk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

WARNING∙ The seat belts, the side air bags and

curtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feet onthe floor. The side air bag and curtainair bag inflate with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand, legor face near the side air bag on theside of the seatback of the front seator near the side roof rails. Do not allowanyone sitting in the front seats orrear outboard seats to extend theirhand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the previous illustrations.

WARNING∙ When sitting in the rear seat, do not

hold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, youmay be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, whoshould always be properly restrained.Some examples of dangerous ridingpositions are shown in theillustrations.

∙ Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withside air bag inflation.

WRS0431 WRS0032


SSS0162 SSS0159


NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)

1. Supplemental front-impact air bagmodules

2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

3. Occupant classification sensor (weightsensor)

4. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (frontseats)

5. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag modules

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bags

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag infla-tors

8. Satellite sensors

9. Pressure sensors in door (driver’s sideshown; front passenger side similar)

10. Crash zone sensor

LRS3059


WARNINGTo ensure proper operation of the pas-senger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem, please observe the followingitems.

∙ Do not allow a passenger in the rearbench seats to push or pull on theseatback pocket.

∙ Do not place heavy loads heavier than9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

∙ Make sure that there is nothing press-ing against the rear of the seatback,such as a child restraint installed inthe rear seat or an object stored onthe floor.

∙ Make sure that there is no objectplaced under the front passengerseat.

∙ Make sure that there is no objectplaced between the seat cushion andcenter console or between the seatcushion and the door.

∙ If a forward-facing child restraint isinstalled in the front passenger seat,do not position the front passengerseat so the child restraint contacts theinstrument panel. If the child restraintdoes contact the instrument panel,the system may determine the seat isoccupied and the passenger air bagmay deploy in a collision. Also thefront passenger air bag status lightmay not illuminate. For additional in-formation about installing and usingchild restraints, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

∙ Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag statuslight.

∙ If you notice that the front passengerair bag status light is not operating asdescribed in this section, get the oc-cupant classification system checked.It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ Until you have confirmed with adealer that your passenger seat occu-pant classification system is workingproperly, position the occupants inthe rear seating positions.

∙ Do not position the front passengerseat so it contacts the rear seat. If thefront seat does contact the rear seat,the air bag system may determine asensor malfunction has occurred andthe front passenger air bag statuslight may illuminate and the supple-mental air bag warning light mayflash.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirementsunder U.S. regulations. It is also permitted inCanada. However, all of the information,cautions and warnings in this manualstill apply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag is mounted in thedashboard above the glove box. The frontair bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. They may not in-flate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle


damage (or lack of it) is not always an indi-cation of proper front air bag system op-eration.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors information from the crash zonesensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seatbelt buckle sensors and occupation classi-fication sensor (weight sensor). Inflator op-eration is based on the severity of a colli-sion and seat belt usage for the driver. Forthe front passenger, the occupant classifi-cation sensor is also monitored. Based oninformation from the sensor, only one frontair bag may inflate in a crash, depending onthe crash severity and whether the frontoccupants are belted or unbelted. Addi-tionally, the front passenger air bag may beautomatically turned off under some con-ditions, depending on the weight detectedon the front passenger seat and how theseat belt is used. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, the front passenger air bag sta-tus light will be illuminated. For additionalinformation, refer to “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section. Onefront air bag inflating does not indicate im-proper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer to obtain information

about the system. If you are consideringmodification of your vehicle due to a dis-ability, you may also contact NISSAN. Con-tact information is contained in the front ofthis Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by the re-lease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken to not inhale it, as it may cause irrita-tion and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe face and chest of the front occupants.They can help save lives and reduce seri-ous injuries. However, an inflating front airbag may cause facial abrasions or otherinjuries. Front air bags do not provide re-straint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and front passenger seated uprightas far as practical away from the steeringwheel or instrument panel. The front airbags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe front occupants. Because of this, theforce of the front air bag inflating can in-

crease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, the front air bagmodule during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.


Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNINGThe front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefullyto learn how it operates. Proper use ofthe seat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protec-tion. Failure to follow all instructions inthis manual concerning the use ofseats, seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

Status light

The front passenger seat is equipped withan occupant classification sensor (weightsensor) that turns the front passenger airbag on or off depending on the weight ap-plied to the front passenger seat. The sta-tus of the front passenger air bag (ON orOFF) is indicated by the front passenger airbag status light which is located onthe instrument panel.After the ignition switch is placed in the"ON" position, the front passenger air bagstatus light on the instrument panel illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff or remains illuminated depending onthe front passenger seat occupied status.The light operates as follows:

CONDITION DESCRIPTIONPASSENGER AIR BAG STA-

TUS LIGHT ( )FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS

Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Nobody/Somebody Bag or Child or Child Restraint orSmall Adult in front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat mayalso cause the light to operate as de-scribed above depending on their weight.

For additional information related to thenormal operation and troubleshooting ofthis occupant classification sensor system,please refer to “Normal operation” and“Troubleshooting” in this section.

Front passenger air bag

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below in accordance with U.S. regu-

LRS0865


lations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bagand other air bags in your vehicle are notpart of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by requir-ing the air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. Certain sensors are used to meet therequirements.

The occupant classification sensor in thisvehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed todetect an occupant and objects on theseat by weight. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System is designed to turnthe front passenger air bag OFF in accor-dance with the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in the regula-tions is on the seat, its weight and thechild’s weight can be detected and causethe air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should notcause the front passenger air bag to beautomatically turned OFF. For small adultsit may be turned OFF, however if the occu-

pant takes his/her weight off the seatcushion (for example, by not sitting upright,by sitting on an edge of the seat, or byotherwise being out of position), this couldcause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.Always be sure to be seated and wearingthe seat belt properly for the most effectiveprotection by the seat belt and supple-mental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. NISSAN also recommends that ap-propriate child restraints and boosterseats be properly installed in a rear seat. Ifthis is not possible, the occupant classifica-tion sensor is designed to operate as de-scribed above to turn the front passengerair bag OFF for specified child restraints asrequired by the regulations. Failing to prop-erly secure child restraints and to use theALR mode may allow the restraint to tip ormove in a collision or sudden stop. This canalso result in the passenger air bag inflat-ing in a crash instead of being OFF. Foradditional information about proper useand installation, refer to “Child restraints” inthis section.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the front passenger air bag is designed notto inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects

placed on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object’s weight de-tected by the occupant classification sen-sor. Other conditions could also result in airbag inflation, such as if a child is standingon the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in thismanual. Always be sure that you and allvehicle occupants are seated and re-strained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the front pas-senger air bag is automatically turned OFF.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light is illu-minated (indicating that the air bag is OFF),it could be that the person is a small adult,or is not sitting on the seat properly or notusing the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag statuslight may or may not be illuminated, de-pending on the size of the child and thetype of child restraint being used. If the airbag status light is not illuminated (indicat-ing that the air bag might inflate in a crash),it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make surethat the child restraint is installed properly,


the seat belt is used properly and the occu-pant is positioned properly. If the air bagstatus light is still not illuminated, reposi-tion the occupant or child restraint in a rearseat.

If the front passenger air bag status lightwill not illuminate even though you believethat the child restraint, the seat belts andthe occupant are properly positioned, it isrecommended that you take your vehicleto a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN dealer cancheck system status by using a specialtool. However, until you have confirmedwith a dealer that your air bag is workingproperly, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light willtake a few seconds to register a change inthe front passenger seat status. This is nor-mal system operation and does not indi-cate a malfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passen-ger air bag system, the supplemental airbag warning light , located in the me-ter and gauges area of the instrumentpanel, will be illuminated (blinking orsteadily lit). Have the system checked. It is

recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Normal operation

In order for the occupant classificationsensor system to classify the front passen-ger based on weight, please follow the pre-cautions and steps outlined below:

Precautions

∙ Make sure that there are no objectsweighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatbackpocket.

∙ Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rearof the seatback.

∙ Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of thefront passenger seat.

∙ Make sure that the front passengerseat or seatback is not forced backagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

∙ Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

Steps

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”section of this manual. Sit upright, lean-ing against the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with your feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on yourlap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the“Seat belts” section of this manual.Front passenger seat belt buckle sta-tus is monitored by the occupant clas-sification system, and is used as an in-put to determine occupancy status. So,it is highly recommended that the frontpassenger fasten their seat belt.

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify thefront passenger before the vehicle isput into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by check-ing the front passenger air bag statuslight.


NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classificationsensor system generally keeps the clas-sification locked during driving, so it isimportant that you confirm that thefront passenger is properly classifiedprior to driving. However, the occupantclassification sensor may recalculate theweight of the occupant under some con-ditions (both while driving and whenstopped), so front passenger seat occu-pants should continue to remain seatedas outlined above.

Troubleshooting

If you think the front passenger air bagstatus light is incorrect:

1. If the light is ON with an adult occupyingthe front passenger seat:

∙ Occupant is a small adult — the air baglight is functioning as intended. Thefront passenger air bag is suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a smalladult, then this may be due to the followingconditions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

∙ Occupant is not sitting upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered onthe seat cushion with his/her feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

∙ A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

∙ A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

∙ Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

∙ An object placed under the front pas-senger seat.

∙ An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or betweenthe seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Re-start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and the vehicle should bechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

2. If the light is OFF with a small adult,child or child restraint occupying thefront passenger seat.

This may be due to the following con-ditions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

∙ Small adult or child is not sitting upright,leaning against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with his/herfeet comfortably extended to the floor.

∙ The child restraint is not properly in-stalled, as outlined in the “Child re-straints” section of this manual.

∙ An object weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.


∙ A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

∙ A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

∙ Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

∙ An object placed under the front pas-senger seat.

∙ An object placed between the seatcushion and center console.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Re-start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should be re-positioned in the rear seat and the vehicleshould be checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

3. If the light is OFF with no front passen-ger and no objects on the front pas-senger seat, the vehicle should bechecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos-sible.

Other supplemental front-impact airbag precautions

WARNING∙ Do not place any objects on the steer-

ing wheel pad or on the instrumentpanel. Also, do not place any objectsbetween any occupant and the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if the front airbags inflate.

∙ Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components willbe hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. Thisis to prevent accidental inflation ofthe supplemental air bag or damageto the supplemental air bag system.

∙ Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front end struc-ture. This could affect proper opera-tion of the front air bag system.

∙ Tampering with the front air bag sys-tem may result in serious personal in-jury. Tampering includes changes tothe steering wheel and the instru-ment panel assembly by placing ma-terial over the steering wheel pad andabove the instrument panel or by in-stalling additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

∙ Removing or modifying the front pas-senger seat may affect the function ofthe air bag system and result in seri-ous personal injury.


∙ Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing ma-terial on the seat cushion or by install-ing additional trim material, such asseat covers, on the seat that are notspecifically designed to assure properair bag operation. Additionally, do notstow any objects under the front pas-senger seat or the seat cushion andseatback. Such objects may interferewith the proper operation of the occu-pant classification sensor (weightsensor).

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affectthe front air bag system. Tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

∙ It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe front air bag. It is also recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor installation of electrical equip-ment. The Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) wiring harnesses*should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the air bagsystem.

∙ A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag androof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplementalair bag systemsThe side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front seats. The cur-tain air bags are located in the side roofrails in all three rows. All of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in thismanual must be followed. The side airbags and curtain air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity side collisions, al-though they may inflate if the forces in an-

WRS0381


other type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity impact. They are de-signed to inflate on the side where the ve-hicle is impacted. They may not inflate incertain side collisions.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflatein certain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain air bags toinflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper side air bag andcurtain air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke isnot harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Thosewith a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest of the front occupants. Curtainair bags help to cushion the impact force tothe head of occupants in the front and rearoutboard seating positions in all rows. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious in-

juries. However, an inflating side air bag orcurtain air bag may cause abrasions orother injuries. Side air bags and curtain airbags do not provide restraint to the lowerbody.

The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver and passenger seated up-right as far as practical away from the sideair bag. Rear seat passengers should beseated as far away as practical from thedoor finishers and side roof rails. The sideair bags and curtain air bags inflate quicklyin order to help protect the occupants. Be-cause of this, the force of the side air bagsand curtain air bags inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too closeto, or is against, these air bag modules dur-ing inflation. The side air bag will deflatequickly after the collision is over.

The curtain air bag will remain inflated for ashort time.

The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-

mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

WARNING∙ Do not place any objects near the

seatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front door fin-isher and the front seat. Such objectsmay become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if a side air baginflates.

∙ Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain air bag system com-ponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burn yourself.

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe side air bag and curtain air bagsystems. This is to prevent damage toor accidental inflation of the side airbag and curtain air bag systems.

∙ Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of thecurtain air bag systems.


∙ Tampering with the side air bag sys-tem may result in serious personal in-jury. For example, do not change thefront seats by placing material nearthe seatbacks or by installing addi-tional trim material, such as seat cov-ers, around the side air bag.

∙ It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe side air bag and curtain air bag. Itis also recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for installation of elec-trical equipment. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified or dis-connected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side air bagor curtain air bag systems.

*The SRS wiring harness or connectorsare yellow or orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side airbags and curtain air bag system and guidethe buyer to the appropriate sections inthis Owner’s Manual.

Seat belt with pretensioner(s)(front seats)

WARNING∙ The pretensioner(s) cannot be reused

after activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

∙ If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but pretensioner(s) are notactivated, be sure to have the preten-sioner system checked and, if neces-sary, replaced. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioner system. This is toprevent damage to or accidental acti-vation of the pretensioner(s). Tamper-ing with the pretensioner system mayresult in serious personal injury.

∙ It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe pretensioner system. It is also rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for installation of electricalequipment. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the preten-sioner system.

∙ If you need to dispose of the preten-sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause per-sonal injury.

The pretensioner system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system incertain types of collisions. Working with theseat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) helptighten the seat belt when the vehicle be-comes involved in certain types of colli-sions, helping to restrain front seat occu-pants.

The pretensioner(s) are encased within theseat belt retractor and to the seat belt an-chor affixed to the floor of the vehicle.These seat belts are used the same way asconventional seat belts.


When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indi-cate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.After the pretensioner(s’) activation, loadlimiters allow the seat belt to release web-bing (if necessary) to reduce forces againstthe chest.

The supplemental air bag warninglight is used to indicate malfunctionsin the pretensioner system. For additionalinformation, refer to "Supplemental air bagwarning light" in this section. If the opera-tion of the supplemental air bag warninglight indicates there is a malfunction, havethe system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the preten-sioner system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.

1. SRS Air bag warning labels

The warning labels are located on thesurface of the sun visor.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag system are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

WARNINGDo not use a rear-facing child restrainton a seat protected by an air bag infront of it. If the air bag deploys, it maycause serious injury or death.

WRS0885


SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bag sys-tems, pretensioner(s) and all related wiring.When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand pretensioner systems need servicing:

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag,side air bag, curtain air bag or pretensionersystems may not operate properly. Theymust be checked and repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Repair and replacementprocedureThe front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags and pretensioner(s) are designed toinflate on a one-time-only basis. As a re-minder, unless it is damaged, the supple-mental air bag warning light remains illu-minated after inflation has occurred. Thesesystems should be repaired and/or re-placed as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, pretensioner(s) and re-lated parts should be pointed out to theperson performing the maintenance. Theignition switch should always be placed inthe LOCK position when working under thehood or inside the vehicle.

LRS0100


WARNING∙ Once a front air bag, side air bag, or

curtain air bag has inflated, the airbag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally,the activated pretensioner(s) mustalso be replaced. The air bag moduleand pretensioner(s) should be re-placed. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.However, the air bag module and pre-tensioner(s) cannot be repaired.

∙ The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag systems and the pretensionersystem should be inspected if there isany damage to the front end or sideportion of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

∙ If you need to dispose of the supple-mental air bag or pretensioner sys-tems or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

∙ If there is an impact to your vehiclefrom any direction, your OccupantClassification Sensor (OCS) should bechecked to verify it is still functioningcorrectly. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.The OCS should be checked even if noair bags deploy as a result of the im-pact. Failure to verify proper OCSfunction may result in an improper airbag deployment resulting in injury ordeath.


2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Compass (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Compass display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Vehicle Information Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19How to use the vehicle informationdisplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Resetting the trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Vehicle information display warningsand indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-35Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Rear switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Instrument brightness control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Climate controlled seat switches (if soequipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Heated seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Heated 2nd row seat switches(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . .2-48Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch. . . . . . 2-49Hill descent control switch (if so equipped). . . . . . 2-49Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Warning systems switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 2-51

Power inverter switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-52TOW mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53E-call (SOS) switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

12v outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54120v outlet (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55

Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57

Front-door pockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Console side pockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Overhead sunglasses storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60Cargo area storage bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Luggage hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Roof rack (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65Dual panel moonroof (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . .2-68

Power moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71

Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73

Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76Operating the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . 2-77Reprogramming a single HomeLink®button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77If your vehicle is stolen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77

1. Vents (P. 4-31)2. Headlight/fog light (if so

equipped)/turn signal switch(P. 2-40)

3. Instrument brightness control(P. 2-42)

4. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-53)Horn (P. 2-44)

5. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)Warning and indicator lights(P. 2-11)Vehicle information display (P. 2-19)

6. Twin trip odometer reset switch(P. 2-5)

7. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-37)Rear window wiper and washerswitch (P. 2-37)

8. Control panel*9. Center display*

Navigation system* (if soequipped)

10. Front passenger air bag statuslight (P. 1-53)

11. Front passenger supplemental airbag (P. 1-53)

12. Glove box (P. 2-57)13. Automatic heater and air condi-

tioning controls (P. 4-32)LII2409

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

14. Audio system controls*15. Hazard warning flasher switch

(P. 6-2)16. Push-button ignition switch

(P. 5-11)17. Cruise control main/set switches

(if so equipped) (P. 5-41)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-43)

18. Tilt and telescopic steering wheelcontrol (P. 3-41)

19. Control panel and vehicle informa-tion display switches (P. 2-20)Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem*

20. Hood release (P. 3-31)21. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

switch (P. 2-49)TOW mode switch (P. 2-53)Power liftgate main switch(if so equipped) (P. 3-31)Warning systems switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-51)Heated steering wheel switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-48)Power inverter switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-52)

*: Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner’s Manual (if so equipped).

Refer to the page number indicated inparenthesis for operating details.

Instruments and controls 2-3

1. Tachometer2. Warning and indicator lights3. Vehicle information display

OdometerTwin trip odometer

4. Speedometer5. Fuel gauge6. Engine coolant temperature gauge

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERThis vehicle is equipped with a speedom-eter and odometer. The speedometer islocated on the right side of the meter clus-ter. The odometer is located within the ve-hicle information display.

LIC3597

METERS AND GAUGES


SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/Twin trip odometerThe odometer and the twin trip odometer�1 are displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay when the ignition switch is placedin the ON position.

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the dis-tance of individual trips.

Changing the display

Push the TRIP RESET switch �2 on the rightside of the instrument panel to change thedisplay as follows:

Trip → Trip → Odometer Mile-age → Trip

Resetting the trip odometerPushing the TRIP RESET switch �2 for morethan 1 second resets the currently dis-played trip odometer to zero.

Average fuel economy and distance toempty information is also available. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-mation display” in this section.

LIC2255 LIC3460


TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm). Do not revengine into the red zone �1 .

CAUTIONWhen engine speed approaches the redzone, reduce engine speed. Operatingthe engine in the red zone may causeserious engine damage.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature. The engine coolant tempera-ture is within the normal range �1 whenthe gauge needle points within the zoneshown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varieswith the outside air temperature and driv-ing conditions.

CAUTIONIf the gauge indicates coolant tempera-ture near the hot (H) end of the normalrange, reduce vehicle speed to decreasetemperature. If the gauge is over thenormal range, stop the vehicle as soonas safely possible. If the engine is over-heated, continued operation of the ve-hicle may seriously damage the engine.For additional information, refer to “Ifyour vehicle overheats” in the “In caseof emergency” section of this manualfor immediate action required.

LIC2219 LIC2220


FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during brak-ing, turning, acceleration, or going up ordown hills.

The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) af-ter the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

The low fuel warning message shows inthe vehicle information display when theamount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge reg-isters 0 (Empty).The indicates that the fuel-fillerdoor is located on the driver’s side of thevehicle.

CAUTION

∙ If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthis section.

This unit measures terrestrial magnetismand indicates the heading direction of thevehicle.With the ignition placed in the ON position,press the button as described in thecharts below to activate various features ofthe automatic anti-glare rearview mirror.

Push and holdthebutton forabout:

Feature:(Push button again for about1 second to change settings)

1 second Compass display toggles on/off

8 secondsCompass zone can be changedto correct false compass read-ings

10 seconds Compass enters calibrationmode

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic anti-glare rearview mirror” in the“Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion of this manual.

LIC2222

COMPASS (if so equipped)


COMPASS DISPLAY

Press the button for about one sec-ond when the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position to toggle the compass di-rection display �1 on or off. The display willindicate the direction that the vehicle isheading.N: NorthE: EastS: SouthW: West

If the display reads “C”, calibrate the com-pass by driving the vehicle in three com-plete circles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

You can also calibrate the compass by driv-ing your vehicle on your everyday route.The compass will be calibrated once it hastracked three complete circles.

LIC1487


Zone variation change procedureThe difference between magnetic northand geographical north is known as vari-ance. In some areas, this difference cansometimes be great enough to cause falsecompass readings. Follow these instruc-tions to set the variance for your particularlocation if this happens:

1. Press and hold the button forabout 8 seconds. The current zonenumber will appear in the display. Re-lease the button.

2. Find your current location on the zonemap. Refer to the illustration.

3. Press the button repeatedly totoggle through the zone numbers untilthe desired number appears in the dis-play. Once you have selected a zonenumber, the display will show a com-pass direction within a few seconds.

NOTE:

Use zone number 5 for Hawaii.

Inaccurate compass directionThe compass display is equipped with au-tomatic correction function. If the correctdirection is not shown, follow this proce-dure.WIC0355


1. With the display turned on, press andhold the button for about 9 sec-onds. The display will read “C.”

2. Calibrate the compass by driving thevehicle in three complete circles at amaximum speed of 5 mph (8 km/h).

3. After completing the circles the displayshould return to normal.

∙ If the compass deviates from the cor-rect indication soon after repeated ad-justment, have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ The compass may not indicate the cor-rect compass point in tunnels or whiledriving up or down a steep hill. (Thecompass returns to the correct com-pass point when the vehicle moves toan area where the geomagnetism isstabilized.)

CAUTION∙ Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.,

which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect theoperation of the compass.

∙ When cleaning the mirror, use a papertowel or similar material dampenedwith glass cleaner. Do not spray glasscleaner directly on the mirror as itmay cause the liquid cleaner to enterthe mirror housing.


or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light

Seat belt warning light and chime Overdrive OFF indicator light

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) systemwarning light

Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light

or Brake warning light Front fog light indicator light (if soequipped)

Side light and headlight indicator light(green)

Charge warning light Front passenger air bag status light Slip indicator light

Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (blue) TOW mode ON indicator light

Master warning light Hill descent control system ONindicator light (if so equipped)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Power steering warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFindicator light

CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

, or , ,

The following lights (if so equipped) willcome on briefly and then go off:

or , , , ,

, ,If any light does not come on or operate ina way other than described, it may indicatea burned-out bulb and/or a system mal-

function. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Some indicators and warnings are also dis-played on the vehicle information displaybetween the speedometer and tachom-eter. For additional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in this section.

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


WARNING LIGHTSFor additional information on warningsand indicators, refer to “Vehicle informationdisplay” in this section.

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the ABS warning light illuminatesand then turns off. This indicates the ABS isoperational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake systemthen operates normally but without anti-lock assistance. For additional information,refer to “Brake system” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) systemwarning light

This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. It illumi-nates briefly and then turns off.

This light illuminates when the AEB systemis set to OFF on the meter display.

If the light illuminates when the AEB sys-tem is on, it may indicate that the system isunavailable. For additional information, re-fer to “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light comes on when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluid

level. If the light comes on while the engineis running with the parking brake not ap-plied, stop the vehicle and perform the fol-lowing:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brakefluid as necessary. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Brake fluid” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

WARNING∙ Your brake system may not be work-

ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for repairs.Otherwise, have your vehicle towedbecause driving it could bedangerous.

∙ Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.


∙ If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both thebrake warning light and the ABS warninglight illuminate, it may indicate the ABS isnot functioning properly. Have the brakesystem checked and, if necessary, repaired.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. Avoid high-speeddriving and abrupt braking. For additionalinformation, refer to “Anti-lock Braking Sys-tem (ABS) warning light” in this section.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the charging sys-tem is not functioning properly. Turn theengine off and check the generator belt. Ifthe belt is loose, broken, missing, or if thelight remains on, have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

CAUTIONDo not continue driving if the generatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Low tire pressure warninglight

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS) that moni-tors the tire pressure of all tires except thespare.

The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illumi-nate. A “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning also appears in the vehicle in-formation display.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjustthe tire pressure of all four tires to therecommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Information la-

bel located in the driver’s door opening.The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningappears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illumi-nated.

For additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in this section, “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” and “In case of emer-gency” sections of this manual.

TPMS malfunction

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Thelight will remain on after 1 minute. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.The "Tire Pressure Low — Add Air" warning


does not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate aTPMS malfunction.

For additional information, refer to “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” section and “Tirepressure” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section ofthis manual.

WARNING∙ Radio waves could adversely affect

electric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

∙ If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch placed in the ONposition, have the vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure. Se-rious vehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and could re-sult in serious personal injury ordeath. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label located in the driver’sdoor opening to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light off. If the light stillilluminates while driving after adjust-ing the tire pressure, a tire may be flator the TPMS may be malfunctioning. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible. If no tireis flat and all tires are properly in-flated, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pres-sure warning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The light will re-main on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor these services.

∙ Replacing tires with those not origi-nally specified by NISSAN could affectthe proper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION∙ The TPMS is not a substitute for the

regular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

∙ If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 16 mph (25 km/h), theTPMS may not operate correctly.

∙ Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.


Master warning light

When the ignition is in the ON position, themaster warning light illuminates if any ofthe following are displayed on the vehicleinformation display.

∙ No key warning

∙ Low fuel warning

∙ Low windshield-washer fluid warning

∙ Parking brake release

∙ Door open warning

∙ Check tire pressure warning

For additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in this section.

Power steering warninglight

WARNING∙ If the engine is not running or is

turned off while driving, the power as-sist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

∙ When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, there will be no power assist forthe steering. You will still have controlof the vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the power steering warning lightilluminates. After starting the engine, thepower steering warning light turns off. Thisindicates the power steering is operational.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the power steering is not function-ing properly and may need servicing. Havethe power steering checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there willbe no power assist for the steering, but youwill still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering effort is required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.

For additional information, refer to “Powersteering” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fastenyour seat belts. The light illuminates when-ever the ignition switch is placed in the ONor START position and remains illuminateduntil the driver’s seat belt is fastened. At thesame time, the chime sounds for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

The seat belt warning light may also illumi-nate if the front passenger’s seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seatis occupied. For 7 seconds after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, the sys-tem does not activate the warning light forthe front passenger.

For additional information, refer to “Seatbelts” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section ofthis manual.


Supplemental air bagwarning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONor START position, the supplemental airbag warning light illuminates for about7 seconds and then turns off. This meansthe system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,and pretensioner seat belt systems needservicing:

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or the pretensioner(s) may not func-tion properly. For additional information, re-fer to “Supplemental Restraint System

(SRS)” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section ofthis manual.

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

INDICATOR LIGHTSFor additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in this section.

Front fog light indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The front fog light indicator light illumi-nates when the front fog lights are on. Foradditional information, refer to “Fog lightswitch” in this section.

Front passenger air bagstatus light

The front passenger air bag status light willbe lit and the passenger front air bag will beoff depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.

For additional information, refer to “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” in the“Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemen-tal restraint system” section of this manual.

High beam indicator light(blue)

This blue light comes on when the head-light high beams are on and goes out whenthe low beams are selected.

The high beam indicator light also comeson when the passing signal is activated.

Hill descent control systemON indicator light (if soequipped)

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light comes on briefly andthen turns off.

The light comes on when the hill descentcontrol system is activated.


If the hill descent control switch is on andthe indicator light blinks, the system is notengaged.

If the indicator light does not come onwhen the hill descent switch is on, the sys-tem may not be functioning properly. Havethe system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

For additional information, refer to “Hill de-scent control switch” in this section and “Hilldescent control system” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady orblinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate a potential emission control mal-function.

The MIL may also come on steady if thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if thevehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make surethe fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least3 gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potential emis-sion control system malfunction exists.If this indicator light comes on steady for20 seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emissioncontrol system inspection/maintenancetest. For additional information, refer to“Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

Operation

The MIL will come on in one of two ways:

∙ MIL on steady — An emission controlsystem malfunction has been de-tected. Check the fuel-filler cap if theLoose Fuel Cap warning appears in thevehicle information display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten orinstall the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turn offafter a few driving trips. If the lightdoes not turn off after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. You do not needto have your vehicle towed to thedealer.

∙ MIL blinking — An engine misfire hasbeen detected which may damage theemission control system. To reduce oravoid emission control system dam-age:

– do not drive at speeds above45 mph (72 km/h).

– avoid hard acceleration or decelera-tion.

– avoid steep uphill grades.

– if possible, reduce the amount ofcargo being hauled or towed.

The MIL may stop blinking and come onsteady. Have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTIONContinued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.


Overdrive OFF indicatorlight

The overdrive OFF indicator light illumi-nates when the overdrive OFF mode is se-lected.

For additional information, refer to “Drivingthe vehicle” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

Security indicator light

This light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF, LOCK or ACC position.

The blinking security indicator light indi-cates that the security systems equippedon the vehicle are operational.

For additional information, refer to “Securitysystems” in this section.

Side light and headlightindicator light (green)

The side light and headlight indicator lightilluminates when the side light or head-lights are on (not including daytime run-ning or signature lights). If the headlightswitch is in the AUTO position, the side lightand headlight indicator light will illuminatewhen the headlights turn on. For additional

information, refer to “Headlight and turnsignal switch” in this section.

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the VDC sys-tem is operating, thus alerting the driver tothe fact that the road surface is slipperyand the vehicle is nearing its traction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working;this is normal.

The light will blink for a few seconds afterthe VDC system stops limiting wheel spin.

The indicator light also comes onwhen you place the ignition switch in theON position. The light will turn off after ap-proximately 2 seconds if the system is op-erational. If the light does not come onhave the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

TOW mode ON indicatorlight

This light comes on when the tow modefunction is on.

For additional information, refer to “Towmode switch” in this section.

Turn signal/hazardindicator lights

The appropriate light flashes when the turnsignal switch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch isturned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light comes on when theVDC OFF switch is pushed to off. This indi-cates the VDC system has been turned off.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine and the system will operatenormally. For additional information, referto “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

The VDC indicator light also comes onwhen you place the ignition switch in theON position. The light will turn off afterabout 2 seconds if the system is opera-tional. If the light stays on or comes onalong with the indicator light whileyou are driving, have the VDC systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.


While the VDC system is operating, youmight feel a slight vibration or hear the sys-tem working when starting the vehicle oraccelerating, but this is normal.

AUDIBLE REMINDERSBrake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a disc brake pad requiresreplacement, it makes a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-tion, whether or not the brake pedal is de-pressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the warning sound is heard. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Key reminder chimeA chime sounds if the driver’s door isopened while the ignition switch is placedin the ACC or OFF position or placed in theOFF or LOCK position with the IntelligentKey left in the vehicle. Make sure the igni-tion switch is placed in the LOCK position,and take the Intelligent Key with you whenleaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeWith the ignition switch placed in the OFFposition, a chime sounds when the driver’sdoor is opened if the headlights or parkinglights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off or toAUTO before leaving the vehicle.

NISSAN Intelligent Key® doorbuzzer (if so equipped)The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds ifany one of the following improper opera-tions is found.

∙ The Intelligent Key is left inside the ve-hicle when locking the doors.

∙ Any doors are not closed securely whenlocking the doors.

When the buzzer sounds, be sure to checkboth the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. Foradditional information, refer to “NISSAN In-telligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section of this manual.

The vehicle information display is locatedto the left of the speedometer. It displayssuch items as:

∙ Vehicle settings

∙ Trip computer information

∙ Drive system warnings and settings (ifso equipped)

∙ Blind Spot Warning (BSW) information (ifso equipped)

∙ Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if soequipped)

LIC2205

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


∙ Cruise control system information (if soequipped)

∙ Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systeminformation (if so equipped)

∙ NISSAN Intelligent Key® operation infor-mation

∙ Indicators and warnings

∙ Tire Pressure information

HOW TO USE THE VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAYThe vehicle information display can benavigated using the , , ENTER ,and buttons located on the steeringwheel.

1. — select/enter the vehicle infor-mation display menu items or tochange from one display screen to thenext (i.e. trip, settings, fuel economy)

2. — navigate through the items inthe vehicle information display

ENTER — change or select an item inthe vehicle information display

3. — go back to the previous menuThe ENTER and buttons also controlaudio and control panel functions. For ad-ditional information, refer to the separateNissanConnect® Owner’s Manual.

STARTUP DISPLAYWhen the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACCposition the screens that display in the ve-hicle information include:

∙ Active system status (if so equipped)

∙ Trip computer

∙ Tire pressure information

∙ 4WD (if so equipped)

∙ Fuel economy

∙ Distance to empty

∙ Warnings

LIC2245


Warnings will only display if there are anypresent. For additional information onwarnings and indicators refer to “Vehicleinformation display warnings and indica-tors” in this section.

To control what items display in the vehicleinformation display, refer to “Main menu se-lection” in this section.

RESETTING THE TRIP COMPUTER1. Press the button until you reach

the trip computer mode.

2. Press the button again for morethan 1.5 seconds to reset average fuelconsumption, average speed, distanceto empty, and journey time.

SETTINGSThe setting mode allows you to change theinformation displayed in the vehicle infor-mation display:

∙ Driver Assistance (if so equipped)

∙ Vehicle Settings

∙ Main Menu Selection

∙ Body Color

∙ Maintenance

∙ Alarms

∙ Language

∙ Units

∙ Welcome Effect

∙ Factory Reset


Driver Assistance (if so equipped)The driver assistance menu allows the userto change the various driving aids, parkingaids and braking features.

Menu item ResultDriving Aids (if so equipped) Displays available driving aids.

Blind Spot Allows user to turn Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems on or off. For additionalinformation, refer to “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” and “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Parking Aids (if so equipped) Displays available parking aids.Sensor Allows user to turn the parking sensor on or off.Display Allows user to turn the parking sensor display on or off.Volume Allows user to change the volume of the parking aid chimes.Range Allows user to select the range in which the parking sensors will activate.

Emergency Braking (if so equipped) Displays the available emergency braking options.System Allows user to turn the emergency braking system on or off.

Vehicle SettingsThe vehicle settings menu allows the userto change the settings for lights, wipers,locking, keys, and other vehicle settings.

Menu item ResultRear Door Alert Displays the available rear door alert options.

Off When selected, no alert or horn will be active.Alert & Horn When selected, the alert is displayed; and the horn sounds.Alert Only When selected, only the alert is displayed.

Welcome Light Allows user to turn the welcome light on or off.Auto Room Lamp Allows user to turn the auto room lamp on or off.


Menu item ResultLight Sensitivity Allows user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle.Light Off Delay Allows user to change the duration of time that the automatic headlights stay on after the vehicle is shut off.Wiper with Speed (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the wiper with speed feature on or off.I-Key Door Lock Allows user to turn I-key door lock on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the door is activated.Selective Unlock Allows user to turn selective unlock feature on or off. When this item is turned on, only the driver’s door is un-

locked first after the door unlock operation. When the door handle request switch on the driver’s or front passen-ger’s side door is pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the doors can be un-locked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 1 minute. When this item is turned off, all the doorswill be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once.

Auto Door Unlock Displays the available auto door unlock options.OFF Doors will have to be manually unlocked.IGN Off Doors will unlock when the ignition is turned off.Shift into P Doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Answer Back Horn Allows user to turn the answer back horn feature on or off.Remote Start (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Remote Engine Start feature on or off. When turned off, the vehicle cannot be started

remotely.Battery Saver Allows user to turn the battery saver feature on or off.Exit Seat Slide (if so equipped) When the exit seat slide is on the driver’s seat will move backward for easy exit when the ignition switch is placed

in the OFF position and the driver’s door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and placing the ignition switch inthe ACC position, the driver’s seat will move to the previous set position.For additional information, refer to “Automatic drive positioner” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion of this manual.

Exit Steering Up (if so equipped) When the exit steering up feature is turned on, the steering wheel moves upward for easy exit when the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position and the driver’s door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position, the steering wheel moves to the previous position.For additional information, refer to “Automatic drive positioner” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion of this manual.


Main Menu SelectionThe main menu selection menu allows theuser to customize the information that ap-pears in the vehicle information displaywhen the ignition is placed in the ON posi-tion.

Menu item ResultDriver Assistance (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the driver assistance display on or off.Trip Computer Allows user to turn the trip computer display on or off.Tire Pressures Allows user to turn the tire pressures display on or off.4WD (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the 4WD display on or off.Audio Allows user to turn the audio display on or off.Navigation (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the navigation display on or off.Fuel Economy Allows user to turn the fuel economy display on or off.

Body ColorThe body color menu allows the user toselect the color of vehicle that appears inthe vehicle information display.

Menu item ResultBody Color Displays the available colors for the vehicle in the vehicle information display.


MaintenanceThe maintenance menu allows the user toset reminders for various vehicle mainte-nance items.

WARNINGThe tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, in-cluding tire pressure checks. For addi-tional information, refer to “Changingwheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself”section of this manual. Many factors in-cluding tire inflation, alignment, drivinghabits and road conditions affect tirewear and when tires should be re-placed. Setting the tire replacement in-dicator for a certain driving distance

does not mean your tires will last thatlong. Use the tire replacement indicatoras a guide only and always performregular tire checks. Failure to performregular tire checks, including tire pres-sure checks could result in tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to a collision, which couldresult in serious personal injury ordeath.

Menu item ResultService This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for checking or replacing maintenance items

other than the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Other maintenance items can include such things as air filter or tirerotation. You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing the items. You can set or reset the distancefor service type items.For scheduled maintenance items and intervals, refer to the “Maintenance and schedules” section of this manual.

Tire This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for replacing tires. You can set or reset the dis-tance for replacing tires.

Other This indicator appears when the customer set distance is reached for checking or replacing maintenance itemsother than the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Other maintenance items can include such things as air filter or tirerotation. The distance for checking or replacing the items can be set or reset.


AlarmsThe alarms menu allows the user to setvarious alerts.

Menu item ResultOutside Temp. Allows user to turn the outside temp. alarm on or off.Timer Alert Allows user to set the timer alert for a specific interval.

LanguageThe language menu allows the user tochange the languages displayed in the ve-hicle information display.

Menu item ResultLanguage Displays available language options for the vehicle information display.

UnitThe unit menu allows the user to custom-ize the information that appears in the ve-hicle information display.

Menu item ResultMileage Displays available mileage options shown in the vehicle information display.Tire Pressures Displays available tire pressures options shown in the vehicle information display.Temperature Displays available temperature options shown in the vehicle information display.


Welcome EffectThe welcome effect menu allows the userto control the welcome effect feature.

Menu item ResultWelcome Effect Allows user to turn the welcome effect feature on or off.

Factory ResetThe factory reset menu allows the user torestore the vehicle information display set-tings to factory status.

Menu item ResultFactory Reset Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once selected,

the user can confirm or deny the reset.


LIC3731


VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAYWARNINGS AND INDICATORS

1. No Key Detected

2. Key ID Incorrect

3. Key low battery

4. I-Key System Error: See Owner’sManual

5. Key Registration Complete

6. Shift to Park

7. Push Ignition to OFF

8. Push brake and start switch to drive

9. Engine start operation for IntelligentKey system (if I-Key battery is low)

10. Release Parking Brake

11. Low Fuel

12. Loose Fuel Cap

13. Low Oil Pressure: See Owner’s Manual

14. Low Washer Fluid

15. Tire Pressure Low - Add Air

16. TPMS Error: See Owner’s Manual

17. Intelligent 4x4 indicators (if so equipped)

18. 4WD Error: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

19. Door Open

20. Liftgate Open

21. Timer Alert – Have a break?

22. Low Outside Temperature

23. Power will turn off to save the battery

24. Power turned off to save the battery

25. Turn off the lights

26. Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

27. Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

28. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) indicator (if soequipped)

29. Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

30. Side Radar Obstruction (if so equipped)

31. Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)

32. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indicator(if so equipped)

33. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

34. Transmission Shift Position indicator

35. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual

36. Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction (ifso equipped)

37. Rear Door Alert is activated

38. Check Back Seat For All Articles

39. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)indicator light

No Key Detected

This warning appears when the IntelligentKey is left outside the vehicle with the igni-tion switch in the ON position. Make surethe Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

For additional information, refer to “NISSANIntelligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section of this manual.

Key ID Incorrect

This warning appears when the ignitionswitch is placed from the OFF position andthe Intelligent Key is not recognized by thesystem. You cannot start the engine withan unregistered key.



Key low battery

This indicator illuminates when the Intelli-gent Key battery is running out of power.

If this indicator illuminates, replace the bat-tery with a new one. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Battery replacement” inthe “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

I-Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual

After the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, this light comes on for a periodof time and then turns off.

The I-Key System Error message warns ofa malfunction with the Intelligent Key sys-tem. If the light comes on while the engineis stopped, it may be impossible to startthe engine.

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, you can drive the vehicle. However,in these cases, have the system checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Key Registration Complete

This appears when a new Intelligent Key isregistered to the vehicle.

Shift to Park

This warning illuminates when the ignitionswitch is in the ACC or OFF position and theshift lever is not in the P (Park) position. Also,a chime sounds when the ignition switch isin the ACC or OFF position.

If this warning illuminates, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position and start theengine.

Push Ignition to OFF

After the Push Ignition to OFF warning illu-minates, the warning will illuminate if theignition switch is placed in the ACC positionwhen the shift lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

To turn off the Push warning, place the ig-nition switch in the ON position and then inthe LOCK position.

Push brake and start switch to drive

This indicator appears when the shift leveris in the P (Park) position.

This indicator also appears when the ve-hicle has been started using the RemoteEngine Start (if so equipped) function.

This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch with

the brake pedal depressed. You can startthe engine from any position of the ignitionswitch.

Engine start operation for IntelligentKey system (if I-Key battery level is low)

This indicator appears when the battery ofthe Intelligent Key is low and when the In-telligent Key system and the vehicle are notcommunicating normally.

If this appears, touch the ignition switchwith the Intelligent Key while depressingthe brake pedal. For additional information,refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dis-charge” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Release Parking Brake

This warning illuminates in the messagearea of the vehicle information displaywhen the parking brake is set and the ve-hicle is driven.

Low Fuel

This warning illuminates when the fuel levelin the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel assoon as it is convenient, preferably beforethe fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There


will be a small reserve of fuel in the tankwhen the fuel gauge needle reaches 0(Empty).

Loose Fuel Cap

This warning appears when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after the ve-hicle has been refueled. For additional in-formation, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” in the“Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion of this manual.

Low Oil Pressure: See Owner’s Manual

This warning appears in the message areaof the vehicle information display if low oilpressure is detected. This gauge is not de-signed to indicate low oil level. The low oilpressure warning is not designed to indi-cate a low oil level. Use the dipstick tocheck the oil level. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Engine oil” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

Low Washer Fluid

This warning illuminates when thewindshield-washer fluid is at a low level.Add windshield-washer fluid as necessary.For additional information, refer to“Windshield-washer fluid” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

Tire Pressure Low - Add Air

This warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and low tire pressure is detected. Thewarning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning light re-mains illuminated. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pres-sures of all four tires to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. For additionalinformation, refer to “Low tire pressurewarning light” in this section and “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

TPMS Error: See Owner’s Manual

This warning appears when there is an er-ror with your TPMS. If this warning comeson, have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Intelligent 4x4 indicators (if soequipped)

These indicators show the Intelligent 4x4system status while the engine is running.

For additional information, refer to “Intelli-gent 4x4 (I-4x4)” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

4WD Error: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

This warning appears when the 4-wheeldrive system is not functioning properly.For additional information, refer to “Intelli-gent 4x4 (I-4x4)” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Door Open

This warning illuminates when a door hasbeen opened.

Liftgate Open

This warning illuminates when the liftgatehas been opened.

Timer Alert — Have a break?

This indicator appears when the set time isreached. The time can be set up to sixhours. For additional information, refer to“Settings” in this section.

Low Outside Temperature

This warning appears if the outside tem-perature is below 37°F (3°C). The tempera-ture can be changed to display in Celsius or


Fahrenheit. For additional information, re-fer to “Settings” in this section.

Power will turn off to save the battery

This message appears in the vehicle infor-mation display after a period of time if theignition switch is in the ACC or the ON po-sition and if the vehicle is in P (Park). Foradditional information, refer to “Push-button ignition switch positions” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Power turned off to save the battery

This message appears after the ignitionswitch is automatically turned off. For addi-tional information, refer to “Push-button ig-nition switch positions” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

Turn off the lights

This warning appears when the headlightsare left in the ON position when exiting thevehicle. Place the headlight switch to OFFor AUTO position. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Headlight and turn signalswitch” in this section.

Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

This warning illuminates when there is anerror with the system. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Headlight and turn signalswitch” in this section.

Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

This warning illuminates when there is anerror with the system. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Rear Sonar System (RSS)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) indicator (if soequipped)

This indicator shows when the BSW andRCTA systems are engaged.

For additional information, refer to “BlindSpot Warning (BSW)” and “Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA)” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

This warning appears when one or more ofthe following systems (if so equipped) isnot functioning properly:

∙ Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

∙ Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If one or more of these warning appears,have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Side Radar Obstruction (if so equipped)

This message appears when the BlindSpot Warning (BSW) or Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA) systems become unavailablebecause a radar blockage is detected. Foradditional information, refer to “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” or “Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)

This indicator shows the cruise control sys-tem status.

When cruise control is activated, a greencircle will illuminate to indicate it is set. Thevehicle information display will also displaythe speed the cruise control was set at. Ifyou accelerate past the set speed, thespeed will blink until you either cancelcruise control or go back to the set speed. Ifcruise control is on and canceled, the


speed will be displayed to show the speedthe vehicle will return to if the resume but-ton is activated.

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indicator(if so equipped)

This indicator shows the Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) system status. The status isshown by the color. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

This warning may appear if the extendedstorage switch is not pushed in. When thiswarning appears, push in the extendedstorage switch to turn off the warning. Foradditional information, refer to “Extendedstorage switch” in this section.

Transmission Shift Position indicator

This indicator shows the transmission shiftposition.

CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual

This warning illuminates when there is aproblem with the CVT system. If this warn-ing comes on, have the system checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction (ifso equipped)

This warning appears when the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system becomes un-available because the front radar is ob-structed. For additional information, referto “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)” or “Auto-matic Emergency Braking ” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Rear Door Alert is activated

When the system is enabled, this messageappears when the rear door alert system isactive and can remind the driver to checkthe back seat.

∙ Using the steering wheel switch, a drivercan select “Dismiss Message” to clearthe display for a period of time. If noselection is made, this message auto-matically turns off after a period of time.

∙ Using the steering wheel switch, a drivercan select “Disable Alert” to disable thehorn alert for the remainder of the cur-rent trip.

WARNINGSelecting “Dismiss Message” during astop within a trip temporarily dismissesthe message for that stop without turn-ing the system off. Alerts* can be pro-vided for other stops during the trip. Se-lecting “Disable Alert” turns off the RearDoor Alert system for the remainder ofa trip and no audible alert will beprovided.

NOTE:

This system is disabled until a driver en-ables it using the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, referto “How to use the vehicle informationdisplay” in this section.

For additional information, refer to “RearDoor Alert” in this section.

Check Back Seat For All Articles

When the system is enabled, this messageappears when the vehicle comes to a com-plete stop, the vehicle is transitioned fromthe D (Drive) position to P (Park) position,and the driver exits the vehicle. This mes-sage alerts the driver, after a period of time,to check for items in the rear seat after theaudible alert has been provided.


NOTE:

This system is disabled until a driver en-ables it using the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, referto “How to use the vehicle informationdisplay” in this section.

For additional information, refer to “RearDoor Alert” in this section.

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)indicator

This indicator shows when the AEB systemis engaged.

Your vehicle has two types of security sys-tems:

∙ Vehicle security system

∙ NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visualand audible alarm signals if someoneopens the doors, liftgate, or hood when thesystem is armed. It is not, however, a mo-tion detection type system that activateswhen a vehicle is moved or when a vibra-tion occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your Intelligent Key in the ve-hicle, and always lock the vehicle when un-attended. Be aware of your surroundings,and park in secure, well-lit areas wheneverpossible.

Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and spe-cialty shops. A NISSAN dealer may also offersuch equipment. Check with your insur-ance company to see if you may be eligiblefor discounts for various theft protectionfeatures.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows. (The system can bearmed even if the windows are open.)

2. Remove the Intelligent Key from the ve-hicle.

LIC2930

SECURITY SYSTEMS


3. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lockall doors. The doors can be locked withthe Intelligent Key, door handle requestswitch, or mechanical key.

4. Confirm that the security indica-tor light stays on for about 30 seconds.The vehicle security system is now pre-armed. The vehicle security system willautomatically shift into the armedphase. The security light beginsto flash once every three seconds. Ifduring the pre-armed phase one of thefollowing occurs, the system will notarm:

∙ Any door is unlocked with the mechani-cal key, the Intelligent Key or door re-quest switch.

∙ Ignition switch is placed in ACC or ONposition.

∙ Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willactivate with all the doors, hood andliftgate locked with the ignitionswitch placed in the LOCK position.When placing the ignition switch inthe ACC or ON position, the systemwill be released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

∙ The hazard lights blink (for non I-keyvehicle) or the headlights (for I-key ve-hicle) blink and the horn sounds inter-mittently.

∙ The alarm automatically turns off aftera period of time. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tamperedwith again. The alarm can be shut off byunlocking the driver’s door by pressingthe button on the key fob or plac-ing the ignition switch in the ON or ACCposition.

The alarm is activated by:

∙ opening a door without using the keyfob (even if the door is unlocked by us-ing the inside lock knob or the powerdoor lock switch).

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm stops only by unlocking a dooror the liftgate with the mechanical key,pressing the button on the IntelligentKey, or pushing the request switch on thedriver’s or passenger’s door with the Intel-ligent Key in range of the door handle.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of a registered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding thedevice (which may have caused the in-terference) separate from the regis-tered key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.


FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light blinks wheneverthe ignition switch is placed in the OFF,LOCK or ACC position.

This function indicates the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System is operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, the light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, seek service for theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System assoon as possible. Please bring all regis-tered keys that you have. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

LIC0474


SWITCH OPERATION

WARNINGIn freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm the windshieldwith the defroster before you wash thewindshield.

CAUTION∙ Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.

∙ Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with windshield-washerfluid concentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwindshield-washer fluid concen-trates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

∙ Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con-centrates with water to the manufac-turer’s recommended levels beforepouring the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir. Do not use thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir tomix the windshield-washer fluid con-centrate and water.

NOTE:

If the windshield wiper operation is in-terrupted by snow or ice, the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFFposition and remove the snow or ice thatis on and around the wiper arms. In ap-proximately 1 minute, turn the switch onagain to operate the wiper.

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

Push the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

�1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent op-eration can be adjusted by turning theknob toward �A (Slower) or �B (Faster).Also, the intermittent operation speedvaries in accordance with the vehiclespeed (if so equipped). (For example,when the vehicle speed is high, the in-termittent operation speed will befaster.)

�2 Low (LO) — continuous low speed op-eration

�3 High (HI) — continuous high speed op-eration

LIC3028

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


Push the lever up �4 to have one sweepoperation (MIST) of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you �5 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

NOTE:

The Wiper with Speed feature may bedisabled. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” inthis section.

REAR SWITCH OPERATION

WARNINGIn freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the rear windowand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm the rear windowwith the defroster before you wash therear window.

CAUTION∙ Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.

∙ Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with windshield-washerfluid concentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwindshield-washer fluid concen-trates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

∙ Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con-centrates with water to the manufac-turer’s recommended levels beforepouring the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir. Do not use thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir tomix the windshield-washer fluid con-centrate and water.

LIC3101


If the rear window wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow, etc., the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to OFF and removethe snow, etc. on and around the wiperarms. After about 1 minute, turn the switchon again to operate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer oper-ate when the ignition switch is in the ONposition. Turn the switch clockwise fromthe OFF position to operate the wiper.

�1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent op-eration (not adjustable)

�2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed op-eration

Push the switch forward �3 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

To defrost the rear window glass and out-side mirrors (if so equipped), start the en-gine and push the rear window defrosterswitch on. The rear window defroster indi-cator light on the switch comes on. Pushthe switch again to turn the defroster off.

The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

NOTE:

The top and bottom few rows of wires onthe rear window are not part of the rearwindow defroster system. These wiresmake up the antenna for the audio sys-tem.

LIC1388

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR (if so equipped)DEFROSTER SWITCH


HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCHLighting

�1 Rotate the switch to the position,and the front parking, tail, license plate,and instrument panel lights will comeon.

�2 Rotate the switch to the position,and the headlights will come on and allthe other lights remain on.

CAUTIONUse the headlights with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

Autolight system (if so equipped)The autolight system allows the headlightsto turn on and off automatically. The auto-light system can:

∙ Turn on the headlights, front parking,tail, license plate and instrument panellights automatically when it is dark.

∙ Turn off all the lights when it is light.

∙ Keep all the lights on for a period of timeafter you place the ignition switch in theOFF position and all doors are closed.

Type A (if so equipped)LIC3240

Type B (if so equipped)LIC3237 LIC3188

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


∙ Turn on the headlights if the windshieldwipers make multiple continuouspasses within approximately one min-ute of the first pass (if so equipped). Theheadlights remain on until the wipersare turned off for a short period of time.

NOTE:

Autolight activation sensitivity and thetime delay for autolight shutoff can beadjusted. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” inthis section.

To turn on the autolight system:

∙ Place the headlight switch in the AUTOposition �1 .

∙ Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.

∙ The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

Initially, if the ignition switch is turned OFFand a door is opened and left open, theheadlights remain ON for a period of time. Ifanother door is opened while the head-lights are on, then the timer is reset.

To turn the autolight system off, place theswitch in the OFF, , or position.

Be sure you do not put anything on topof the autolight sensor located in the topside of the instrument panel �1 . The au-tolight sensor controls the autolight; if itis covered, the autolight sensor reacts asif it is dark out and the headlights willilluminate. If this occurs while parkedwith the engine off and the ignitionswitch placed in the ON position, yourvehicle’s battery could become dis-charged.

Headlight beam select

�1 To select the high beam function, pushthe lever forward while the low beamsare on. The high beam lights come onand the indicator light illumi-nates.

�2 Pull the lever back to return to the lowbeam.

LIC2237 LIC3250


�3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashesthe headlight high beams on and off.The low beams do not need to be onfor this to function.

Battery saver systemIf the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition while the headlight switch is inthe or position, the headlightswill turn off after a period of time.

NOTE:

The Battery Saver system may be dis-abled. For additional information, referto “Vehicle information display” in thissection.

CAUTIONEven though the battery saver featureautomatically turns off the headlightsafter a period of time, you should turnthe headlight switch to the OFF positionwhen the engine is not running to avoiddischarging the vehicle battery.

LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS(DRL) SYSTEMThe LED portion of the headlights auto-matically illuminate at 100% intensity whenthe engine is started and the parking brakeis released. The LED Daytime RunningLights (DRL) operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position. When you turnthe headlight switch to the positionfor full illumination, the LED lights switchfrom LED DRL to the park function.If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the LED DRL do not illumi-nate. The LED DRL illuminate when theparking brake is released. The LED DRL re-main on until the ignition is placed in theOFF position.

It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlightswitch on for interior controls and switchesto illuminate, as those remain off while theswitch is in the OFF position.

WARNINGWhen the LED DRL system is active, taillights on your vehicle are not on. It isnecessary at dusk to turn on your head-lights. Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and others.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROLPress the “+” button �A to increase thebrightness of instrument panel lights.

Press the “-” button �B to decrease thebrightness of instrument panel lights.

LIC2389


TURN SIGNAL SWITCHTurn signal�1 Move the lever up or down to signal the

turning direction. When the turn iscompleted, the turn signal cancels au-tomatically.

Lane change signal�2 Move the lever up or down until the

turn signal begins to flash, but the leverdoes not latch, to signal a lane change.Hold the lever until the lane change iscompleted.

Move the lever up or down until theturn signal begins to flash, but the leverdoes not latch, and release the lever.The turn signal will automatically flashthree times.

Choose the appropriate method to signala lane change based on road and trafficconditions.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)To turn the fog lights on, rotate the head-light switch to the position, then ro-tate the fog light switch to the posi-tion.To turn the fog lights on with the headlightswitch in the AUTO position, the headlightsmust be on, then rotate the fog light switchto the position.To turn the fog lights off, rotate the fog lightswitch to the OFF position.

LIC3252 LIC3256


The headlights must be on and the lowbeams selected for the fog lights to oper-ate. The fog lights automatically turn offwhen the high beam headlights are se-lected.

To sound the horn, push the center padarea of the steering wheel. WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to usethe climate controlled seats if you or theoccupants can not monitor seat tem-peratures or have an inability to feelpain in those body parts in contact withthe seat. Use of the climate controlledseats by such people could result in se-rious injury.

LIC2227 LIC3768

HORN CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATSWITCHES (if so equipped)


CAUTION∙ The battery could run down if the cli-

mate control seat is operated whilethe engine is not running.

∙ Do not use the climate control seat forextended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

∙ Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket,cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise,the seat may become overheated.

∙ Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar objects. This may result indamage to the climate controlledseat.

∙ Any liquid spilled on the seat shouldbe removed immediately with a drycloth

∙ The climate controlled seat has an airfilter. Do not operate the climate con-trolled seat without an air filter. Thismay result in damage to the system.

∙ When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, benzine, thinner, or anysimilar materials.

∙ If any malfunctions are found or theclimate controlled seat does not oper-ate, turn the switch off and have thesystem checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

The climate controlled seat warms up orcools down the front seat by blowing warmor cool air from under the surface of theseat. The climate control switch is locatedon the center console.

The climate controlled seat can be oper-ated as follows:

1. Start the engine.

2. Turn the control knob �A to the heatside �1 or the cool side �2 . The indica-tor light �B on the control knob will illu-minate.

3. Adjust the desired amount of air usingthe control knob. The climate con-trolled seat blower remains on lowspeed for approximately 60 secondsafter turning the switch on or selectingthe desired temperature.

4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmedor cooled, or before you leave the ve-hicle, be sure to turn the control knobto the OFF (center) position. The indica-tor light �B on the control knob goes offwith the switch in the OFF (center) po-sition.

To check the air filter for the climate con-trolled seat, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer.


WARNINGDo not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inbody parts that contact the seat. Use ofthe seat heater by such people couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION∙ The battery could run down if the seat

heater is operated while the engine isnot running.

∙ Do not use the seat heater for ex-tended periods or when no one is us-ing the seat.


∙ Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result in dam-age to the heater.

∙ Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.


∙ If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters.


2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch,as desired. The indicator light in theswitch will illuminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermo-stat, automatically turning the heateron and off. The indicator light will re-main on as long as the switch is on.

3. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to push theswitch to turn it off.LIC3037

HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if soequipped)


WARNINGDo not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inbody parts that contact the seat. Use ofthe seat heater by such people couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION∙ The battery could run down if the seat

heater is operated while the engine isnot running.

∙ Do not use the seat heater for ex-tended periods or when no one is us-ing the seat.


∙ Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result in dam-age to the heater.

∙ Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.


∙ If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

The 2nd row seats are warmed by built-inheaters. The switches are located on therear of the front center console and can beoperated independently of each other.


2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch,as desired. The indicator light in theswitch will illuminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermo-stat, automatically turning the heateron and off. The indicator light will re-main on as long as the switch is on.

LIC3037

HEATED 2ND ROW SEAT SWITCHES (ifso equipped)


3. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to turn theswitch off.

The heated steering wheel system is de-signed to operate only when the surfacetemperature of the steering wheel is below68°F (20°C).

Push the heated steering wheel switch towarm the steering wheel after the enginestarts. The indicator light will come on.

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system willheat the steering wheel and cycle off andon to maintain a temperature above 68°F(20°C). The indicator light will remain on aslong as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heatedsteering wheel system off manually. Theindicator light will go off.

NOTE:

If the surface temperature of the steer-ing wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when theswitch is turned on, the system will notheat the steering wheel. This is not amalfunction.

LIC2221

HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH (ifso equipped)


The vehicle should be driven with the VDCsystem on for most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator is de-pressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator will comeon.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) system” in the “Start-ing and driving” section of this manual.

WARNING∙ Never rely solely on the hill descent

control system to control vehiclespeed when driving on steep downhillgrades. Always drive carefully whenusing the hill descent control systemand decelerate the vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedal if neces-sary. Be especially careful when driv-ing on frozen, muddy or extremelysteep downhill roads. Failure to con-trol vehicle speed may result in a lossof control of the vehicle and possibleserious injury or death.

LIC3344 LIC3435

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH

HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH (ifso equipped)


∙ The hill descent control may not con-trol the vehicle speed on a hill underall load or road conditions. Always beprepared to depress the brake pedalto control vehicle speed. Failure to doso may result in a collision or seriouspersonal injury.

CAUTIONWhen the hill descent control systemoperates continuously for a long time,the temperature of the brake pads mayincrease and the hill descent controlsystem may be temporarily disabled(the indicator light will blink). If the indi-cator light does not come on continu-ously after blinking, stop using thesystem.

The hill descent control system is designedto reduce driver workload when goingdown steep hills. The hill descent controlsystem helps to control vehicle speed sothe driver can concentrate on steering thevehicle.

To activate the hill descent control system:

∙ the 4WD switch must be in the LOCKposition and the vehicle speed must beunder 15 mph (25 km/h)

∙ the hill descent control system switchmust be ON.

The hill descent control system ON indica-tor light will come on when the system isactivated. Also, the stop/tail lights illumi-nate while the hill descent control systemapplies the brakes to control vehicle speed.

If the accelerator or brake pedal is de-pressed while the hill descent control sys-tem is on, the system will stop operatingtemporarily. As soon as the accelerator orbrake pedal is released, the hill descentcontrol system begins to function again ifthe hill descent control operating condi-tions are fulfilled.

The hill descent control system ON indica-tor light blinks if the switch is on and allconditions for system activation are notmet or if the system becomes disengagedfor any reason.

To turn off the hill descent control system,push the switch to the OFF position.

For additional information, refer to “Hill de-scent control system ON indicator light” inthis section and “Hill descent control sys-tem” in the “Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

The rear door alert system functions undercertain conditions to indicate there may bean object or passenger in the rear seat(s).Check the seat(s) before exiting the vehicle.

The rear door alert system is initially dis-abled. The driver can enable the systemusing the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicle in-formation display warnings and indicators”in this section.

When the system is enabled:

∙ The system is activated when a reardoor is opened and closed approxi-mately 10 minutes before the vehicle isstarted. When the vehicle is started andthe system is activated, a visual mes-sage appears in the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, referto “Rear Door Alert is activated” in thissection.

∙ If a rear door is opened and closed butthe vehicle is not started within approxi-mately 10 minutes, the system will notbe activated. A rear door must beopened and closed and the car startedwithin 10 minutes for the system to ac-tivate.

REAR DOOR ALERT


When the rear door alert system is acti-vated and a driver exits the vehicle afterarriving at a destination:

∙ When the driver puts the vehicle in the P(Park) position, a message appears inthe vehicle information display for adriver to “Dismiss Message” or “DisableAlert” if desired.

∙ With the system enabled, when thedriver exits the vehicle, an audible alert(horn sound) will occur unless a reardoor is opened and closed within ashort time to deactivate the alert.

∙ If the doors are locked before the alert isdeactivated by opening a rear door, thehorn will sound.

∙ If the system is activated but the rearliftgate is opened before opening a reardoor, the horn will be delayed until afterthe liftgate is closed.

∙ If the audible horn alert occurs, a mes-sage will also appear in the vehicle in-formation display that states, “CheckBack Seat for All Articles”.

WARNING• If the driver selects “Disable Alert”, noaudible alert will be provided regard-less of rear door open/close status.

• There may be times when there is anobject or passenger in the rear seat(s)but the audible alert does not sound.For example, this may occur if the en-gine is turned off and then on again in ashort period of time during a trip, or ifrear seat passengers enter or exit thevehicle during a trip.

• The system does not directly detectobjects or passengers in the rearseat(s). Instead, it can detect when arear door is opened and closed, indicat-ing that there may be something in therear seat(s).

NOTE:

There may be times when the hornsounds but there are no objects or pas-sengers in the rear seat(s).

For additional information, refer to “RearDoor Alert is activated” in this section.

The warning systems switch is used to turnon and off the Blind Spot Warning (BSW)system that is activated using the settingsmenu on the vehicle information display.

When the warning systems switch isturned off, the indicator �1 on the switch isoff. The indicator will also be off if the warn-ing system is deactivated using the set-tings menu.

The BSW system will turn on the side indi-cator light, located next to the outside mir-rors, if the radar detects a vehicle in thedetection zone. If the turn signal is acti-vated in the direction of the detected ve-hicle, a chime sounds twice and the side

LSD2208

WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH (if soequipped)


indicator light will flash. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

To use the outlets for devices that require120v power, place the ignition in the ONposition and push the power inverterswitch.

The switch will illuminate when enabled.

CAUTION∙ Use power outlets with the engine

running to avoid discharging the ve-hicle battery.

∙ Do not attempt to use this whiledriving.

∙ Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory, doingso could significantly drain the bat-tery of your vehicle.

LIC2231

POWER INVERTER SWITCH (if soequipped)


TOW mode should be used when pulling aheavy trailer or hauling a heavy load. Driv-ing the vehicle in the TOW mode with notrailer/load or light trailer/light load will notcause any damage. However, fueleconomy may be reduced, and thetransmission/engine driving characteris-tics may feel unusual.

Push the TOW mode switch to activateTOW mode. The indicator light on the in-strument panel illuminates when TOWmode is selected. Push the TOW modeswitch again to turn TOW mode OFF.

TOW mode is automatically canceled whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFF po-sition.

The E-call (SOS) switch is used in combina-tion with a NissanConnect® Services sub-scription to call for assistance in case of anemergency.

Pushing the switch will (with a paid subscrip-tion) reach a response specialist that willprovide assistance based on the situationdescribed by the vehicle’s occupant. For ad-ditional information, or to enroll your vehicle,refer to www.NissanUSA.com/connect orcall 855–426–6628.

LIC3343 LIC3357

TOW MODE SWITCH E-CALL (SOS) SWITCH (if soequipped)


12V OUTLETSThe power outlets are for powering electri-cal accessories such as cellular tele-phones. They are rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A)maximum.

The instrument panel and center consolepower outlets are powered only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

CAUTION∙ The outlet and plug may be hot during

or immediately after use.

∙ Only certain power outlets are de-signed for use with a cigarette lighterunit. Do not use any other power out-let for an accessory lighter. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for additional information.

∙ Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

∙ Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.

∙ Use power outlets with the enginerunning to avoid discharging the ve-hicle battery.

∙ Avoid using power outlets when theair conditioner, headlights, or rearwindow defroster is on.

∙ Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned off.

Instrument PanelLIC3345

Center Console (if so equipped)LIC3737

Cargo Area (if so equipped)LIC2236

POWER OUTLETS


∙ Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

∙ When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any otherliquid to contact the outlet.

120V OUTLET (if so equipped)

CAUTION∙ The outlet and plug may be hot during

or immediately after use.

∙ Use power outlets with the enginerunning to avoid discharging the ve-hicle battery.

∙ Do not use double adaptors or morethan one electrical accessory.

∙ Avoid using power outlets when theair conditioner, headlights or rear win-dow defroster is on.

∙ Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned off.

∙ Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

∙ When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any otherliquid to contact the outlet.

2nd RowLIC2407


The extended storage switch is used whenthe vehicle is in transit from the factory. It islocated in the fuse panel to the left of thesteering wheel on the instrument panel. Ifany electrical equipment does not operate,ensure the extended storage switch ispushed fully in place, as shown.

LDI2758Pulled position

LIC3266Pushed position

LIC3268

EXTENDED STORAGE SWITCH


FRONT-DOOR POCKETS CONSOLE SIDE POCKETS SEATBACK POCKETSThere is one seatback pocket located onthe back of the driver and passenger seats.The pockets can be used to store maps.

WARNINGTo ensure proper operation of the pas-senger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem, please observe the followingitems:

∙ Do not allow a passenger in the rearseat to push or pull on the seatbackpocket or head restraint/headrest.

LIC3546 LIC2392 LIC2618

STORAGE


∙ Do not place heavy loads heavier than9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

STORAGE TRAYS

WARNINGDo not place sharp objects in the traysto help prevent injury in an accident orsudden stop.

Front consoleLIC3282

Rear armrestLIC2214


GLOVE BOXOpen the glove box by pulling the handle.Use the master key when locking or un-locking the glove box.

WARNINGKeep the glove box lid closed while driv-ing to help prevent injury in an accidentor a sudden stop.

CONSOLE BOXTo open the console box, press in on thelever �1 and raise the lid �2 .

To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

Upper halfPull up on the driver’s side latch to open theupper half of the console box.

The upper half of the console box may beused for storage of cellular phones. An ac-cess hole is provided at the front of theupper half of the console box for a phone oriPod® cord routing to the power outlet.

Lower halfPull up on the passenger’s side latch toopen the lower half of the console box. Apower outlet is located inside the consolebox and there is storage for compact discs.

LIC3003 LIC1026 LIC0702


OVERHEAD SUNGLASSESSTORAGETo open the sunglasses holder, push andrelease.

Only store one pair of sunglasses in theholder.

WARNINGKeep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to avoid obstructing thedriver’s view and to help prevent anaccident.

CAUTION∙ Do not use for anything other than

sunglasses.

∙ Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage thesunglasses.

CUP HOLDERS

LIC2312Front console

LIC3486


WARNINGDo not recline the rear seatback whenyou use the cup holders on the reararmrest. Doing so may cause the bever-ages to spill over, and if they are hot,they may scald the passengers.

WARNINGAvoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquid ishot, it can scald you or your passenger.

CAUTIONUse only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

Rear doorLIC2395

2nd rowLIC2212

3rd rowLIC2242


CAUTION∙ Do not use the bottle holder for any

other objects that could be thrownabout in the vehicle and possibly in-jure people during sudden braking oran accident.

∙ Do not use the bottle holder for openliquid containers.

CARGO AREA STORAGE BINTo access the floor storage area (Type A),push down �1 to raise the handle, then pullup on the handle to lift the luggage board.

To access the floor storage area (Type B),raise the handle.

Bottle holder — frontLIC2393

Bottle holder — rearLIC2394

Type A (if so equipped)LIC2244


LUGGAGE HOOKSWhen securing items using luggage hookslocated on the side finisher do not apply aload over more than 6.5 lbs. (29 N) to asingle hook.

The luggage hooks that are located on thefloor should have loads less than 110 lbs.(490 N) to a single hook.

The luggage hooks can be used to securecargo with ropes or other types of straps.

WARNING∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

∙ Use suitable ropes and hooks to se-cure cargo.

∙ Never allow anyone to ride in the lug-gage area. It is extremely dangerousto ride in a cargo area inside of a ve-hicle. In a collision, people riding inthese areas are more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

∙ The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in acollision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

∙ Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in aseat and using a seat belt properly.

Type B (if so equipped)LIC3513 LIC3684


ROOF RACK (if so equipped)Do not apply any load directly to the roofside rails. Cross bars must be installed be-fore applying load/cargo/luggage to theroof of the vehicle. Genuine NISSAN acces-sory cross bars are available through aNISSAN dealer. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for additional informa-tion.

The service load capacity for the roof siderails is 165 lbs. (74 kg), however do not ex-ceed the accessory cross bars load capac-ity.

Be careful that your vehicle does not ex-ceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and GAWRare located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. cer-tification label (located on the driver’s doorpillar). For additional information regardingGVWR and GAWR, refer to “Vehicle loadinginformation” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.

WARNING∙ Always install the cross bars onto the

roof side rails before loading cargo ofany kind. Loading cargo directly ontothe roof side rails or the vehicle’s roofmay cause vehicle damage.

∙ Drive extra carefully when the vehicleis loaded at or near the cargo carryingcapacity, especially if the significantportion of that load is carried on thecross bars.

∙ Heavy loading of the cross bars hasthe potential to affect the vehicle sta-bility and handling during sudden orunusual handling maneuvers.

∙ Roof rack cross bars should be evenlydistributed.

∙ Do not exceed maximum roof rackcross bars load capacity.

∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

LIC2386


POWER WINDOWS

WARNING∙ Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc., inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and before closingthe windows. Use the window lockswitch to prevent unexpected use ofthe power windows.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do not leavechildren, people who require the as-sistance of others or pets unattendedin your vehicle. Additionally, the tem-perature inside a closed vehicle on awarm day can quickly become highenough to cause a significant risk ofinjury or death to people and pets.

The power windows operate when the ig-nition switch is placed in the ON position, orfor a period of time after the ignition switchis placed in the OFF position. If the driver’sor passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of time, the power to the windows iscanceled.

1. Window lock button2. Power door lock switch3. Front passenger side switch4. Right rear passenger side switch5. Left rear passenger side switch6. Driver’s side automatic switch

Driver’s side power windowswitchThe driver’s side control panel is equippedwith switches to open or close all of thewindows.

To open a window, push the switch to thedetent and continue to hold down until thedesired window position is reached. Toclose a window, pull the switch to the de-tent and continue to hold up until the de-sired window position is reached.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the window lock switch is depressed,only the driver’s side window can beopened or closed. Push it again to cancelthe window lock function.

LIC3208

WINDOWS


Front passenger’s power windowswitchThe passenger’s window switch operatesonly the corresponding passenger’s win-dow. To open the window partially, push theswitch down �1 lightly until the desiredwindow position is reached. To close thewindow partially, pull the switch up �2 untilthe desired window position is reached.

Rear power window switchThe rear power window switches open orclose only the corresponding windows. Toopen the window, push the switch and holdit down �1 . To close the window, pull theswitch up �2 .

Automatic operation (if soequipped)To fully open a window equipped with au-tomatic operation, press the windowswitch down to the second detent and re-lease it; it need not be held. The windowautomatically opens all the way. To stopthe window, lift the switch up while the win-dow is opening.

LIC2309 LIC2663 LIC0410


Auto-reverse function (if soequipped)The auto-reverse function can be acti-vated when a window is closed by auto-matic operation.

Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto-reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the window occurs.

WARNINGThere are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing thewindow.

If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected, re-placed, or jump started, the power windowauto-reverse function may not operateproperly. If this occurs, please contact thedealer to re-initialize the power windowauto-reverse system.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in a window equipped with auto-matic operation, as it is closing, the windowwill be immediately lowered.

When power window switch doesnot operateIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initial-ize the power window system:

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON po-sition.

2. Open the window more than halfwayby operating the power window switch.

3. Pull the power window switch and holdit to close the window, and then holdthe switch more than 3 seconds afterthe window is closed.

4. Release the power window switch. Op-erate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete. The power window auto-matically opens or closes dependingon if the automatic down or up func-tion is selected.

5. Perform steps 2 through 4 above forother windows.

If the power window function does not op-erate properly after performing the aboveprocedure have the system checked andrepaired. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.


POWER MOONROOFThe moonroof will only operate when theignition switch is in the ON position. Thepower moonroof is operational for a periodof time, even if the ignition switch is placedin the ACC or OFF position. If the driver’sdoor or the front passenger’s door isopened during this period of time, thepower to the moonroof is canceled.

Sliding the moonroofTo fully open or close the moonroof, pushthe switch to the open �1 or close �2 posi-tion and release it; it need not be held. Theroof will automatically open or close all the

way. To stop the roof, push the switch oncemore while it is opening or closing.

Tilting the moonroofTo tilt up, first close the moonroof, thenpush the switch to the tilt up position �1and release it; it need not be held. To tiltdown the moonroof, push the switch to thetilt down position �2 .

Resetting the moonroof switchIf the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initial-ize the moonroof operation system.

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON po-sition.

2. Press and hold the moonroof tilt switchforward until the moonroof stops.

3. Release the moonroof switch.

4. Press and hold the tilt up switch within6 seconds.

5. The roof glass will tilt-down, slide-close,slide-open, slide-close, tilt-up, tilt-down.

6. Release the switch; initialization iscomplete if the moonroof operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properlyafter performing the procedure above,have your vehicle checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Auto-reverse function (whenclosing or tilting down themoonroof)The auto-reverse function can be acti-vated when the moonroof is closed ortilted down by automatic operation whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON po-sition or for a period of time after the igni-tion switch is placed in the OFF position.Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto-reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the moonroof occurs.

WARNINGThere are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing themoonroof.

LIC2313

DUAL PANEL MOONROOF (if soequipped)


When closing

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the moonroof as it moves to thefront, the moonroof will immediately openbackward.

When tilting down

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the moonroof as it tilts down, themoonroof will immediately tilt up.

If the auto-reverse function malfunctionsand repeats opening or tilting up themoonroof, keep pushing the tilt downswitch within 5 seconds after it happens;the moonroof will fully close gradually.Make sure nothing is caught in the moon-roof.

WARNING∙ In an accident you could be thrown

from the vehicle through an openmoonroof. Always use seat belts andchild restraints.

∙ Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the moonroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while themoonroof is closing.

CAUTION∙ Remove water drops, snow, ice or

sand from the moonroof beforeopening.

∙ Do not place heavy objects on themoonroof or surrounding area.

SunshadeOpen and close the sunshade by sliding itforward or backward.

If the moonroof does not closeHave your moonroof checked and re-paired. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. Panoramic sunshade

The panoramic sunshade operates whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position. Thesunshade switch is located near the roofconsole. When opening or closing the sun-shade the switch need not be held.

To open the sunshade:

∙ To fully open the sunshade, push theswitch �1 toward the open position.

To close the sunshade:

∙ To fully close the sunshade, push theswitch �2 toward the close position.

LIC2228


WARNING∙ To avoid personal injury, keep your

hands, fingers and head away fromthe sunshade arm, the arm rail andsunshade inlet port.

∙ Do not allow children near the rearsunshade system. They could beinjured.

∙ Do not place objects on or near therear sunshade. This could cause im-proper operation or damage it.

∙ Do not pull or push the rear sunshade.This could cause improper operationor damage it.

CAUTION∙ Do not place objects (such as newspa-

pers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sun-shade inlet port. Doing so may en-tangle these objects in the sunshadewhen it is extending or retracting,causing improper operation or dam-age to the sunshade.

∙ Do not push the sunshade arm withyour hands, etc., as this may deform it.Improper operation or damage to thesunshade may result.

∙ Do not put any object into the sun-shade inlet port as this may result inimproper operation or damage thesunshade.

∙ Do not hang any object on the arm railas this may result in improper opera-tion or damage the sunshade.

∙ Do not forcefully pull the sunshade.Doing so may elongate the sunshade.Improper operation or damage to thesunshade may result.

Restarting the sunshade switch

If the sunshade does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initial-ize the sunshade operation system.

1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC orON position.

2. Push and hold the sunshade closeswitch.

3. Sunshade will begin moving towardsthe close position only while the switchis continually held. (this disables the ob-stacle detection).

4. Sunshade will stop for about 4 sec-onds.

5. Sunshade drive cable will travel in theopen direction for .394 in. (10 mm) thenreverse direction and stop at the nor-mal close position.

6. Release the sunshade close switch. Ini-tialization procedure is complete.

If the moonroof does not operate properlyafter performing the procedure above,have your vehicle serviced. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Auto-reverse function (when closingthe sunshade)

The auto-reverse function can be acti-vated when the sunshade is closed by au-tomatic operation when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position or for a periodof time after the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto-reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the sunshade occurs.


WARNINGThere are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allof the passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before closingthe sunshade.

When the ON switch �1 is pressed, the foot-well lights (if so equipped), step lights (if soequipped), map lights and rear personallights will automatically turn on and stay onfor a period of time when:

∙ The doors are unlocked by the Intelli-gent Key, a key or the request switch (ifso equipped) while all doors are closedand the ignition switch is in the OFFposition.

∙ When individually pushed.

When the OFF switch �2 is pushed, the in-terior lights do not illuminate.

NOTE:

The footwell lights (if so equipped) andstep lights (if so equipped) illuminatewhen the driver and passenger doorsare open regardless of the interior lightswitch position. These lights will turn offautomatically after a period of timewhile doors are open to prevent the bat-tery from becoming discharged.

CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could re-sult in a discharged battery.LIC2302

INTERIOR LIGHTS


CONSOLE LIGHTThe console light will turn on whenever theparking lights or headlights are illuminated.

The console light brightness can be ad-justed with the illumination brightnesscontrol.

MAP LIGHTSPress the button to turn the map lights on.To turn them off, press the button again.

CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could re-sult in a discharged battery.

PERSONAL LIGHTSTo turn on the personal lights, push andrelease the switch �1 .

To turn off the personal lights, push andrelease the switch �1 .

LIC2303 LIC2304 LIC1413


CARGO LIGHTThe cargo light on the overhead trim has athree-position switch. To operate, push theswitch to the desired position.

�1 ON: The light is illuminated.

�2 DOOR: The light illuminates when theliftgate is opened. The light turns offwhen the liftgate is closed.

�3 OFF: The light does not illuminate re-gardless of liftgate position or lock sta-tus.

CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could re-sult in a discharged battery.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

∙ Will operate most radio frequency de-vices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry doorlocks and security systems.

∙ Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-connected, HomeLink® will retain allprogramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the originaltransmitter for future programming pro-cedures (Example: new vehicle pur-chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, theprogrammed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver buttons should be erased forsecurity purposes. For additional infor-mation, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink®” in this section.

SIC2063A

HOMELINK® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


WARNING∙ Do not use the HomeLink® Universal

Transceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and re-verse features as required by federalsafety standards. (These standardsbecame effective for opener modelsmanufactured after April 1, 1982). Agarage door opener which cannot de-tect an object in the path of a closinggarage door and then automaticallystop and reverse, does not meet cur-rent federal safety standards. Using agarage door opener without thesefeatures increases the risk of seriousinjury or death.

∙ During the programming procedureyour garage door or security gate willopen and close (if the transmitter iswithin range). Make sure that peopleor objects are clear of the garage door,gate, etc. that you are programming.

∙ Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theHomeLink® Universal Transceiver. Donot breathe exhaust gases; they con-tain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi-tion when programming HomeLink®. It isalso recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmitterof the device being programmed toHomeLink® for quicker programmingand accurate transmission of the radiofrequency.

1. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away fromthe HomeLink® surface, keeping theHomeLink® indicator light �1 in view.

LIC2365


2. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®button and hand-held transmitter but-ton. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light �1 flashesslowly and then rapidly. When the indi-cator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. (The rapid flashingindicates successful programming.)

NOTE:

Some devices may require you to replaceStep 2 with the cycling procedure notedin “Programming HomeLink® for Cana-dian customers and gate openers” in thissection.

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe the in-dicator light.

∙ If the indicator light �1 issolid/continuous, programming iscomplete and your device shouldactivate when the HomeLink® buttonis pressed and released.

∙ If the indicator light �1 blinks rapidlyfor 2 seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continuewith Steps 4-6 for a rolling code de-vice. A second person may make thefollowing steps easier. Use a ladder orother device. Do not stand on yourvehicle to perform the next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage, lo-cate the “learn” or “smart” button (thename and color of the button may varyby manufacturer but it is usually lo-cated near where the hanging an-tenna wire is attached to the unit). Ifthere is difficulty locating the button,reference the garage door opener’smanual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”button.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the trained HomeLink® but-ton for 2 seconds and release. Repeatthe “press/hold/release” sequence upto three times to complete the trainingprocess. HomeLink® should now acti-vate your rolling code equipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

LIC2366


PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATEOPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringtraining. Similar to this Canadian law, someU.S. gate operators are designed to “tim-eout” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are having diffi-culties training a gate operator or garagedoor opener by using the “Training” proce-dures, replace “Programming HomeLink®”Step 2 with the following:

NOTE:

When programming a garage dooropener, etc., unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener com-ponents.

1. For additional information, refer to “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” step 1 in thissection.

2. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®

button and the hand-held transmitterbutton. During training, your hand-heldtransmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press andhold the desired HomeLink® buttonwhile you press and re-press (“cycle”)your hand-held transmitter every2 seconds until the frequency signalhas been learned. The HomeLink® indi-cator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds uponsuccessful training. DO NOT release un-til the HomeLink® indicator light flashesslowly and then rapidly. When the indi-cator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. The rapid flashing in-dicates successful training.Proceed with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” step 3 to complete.If the device was unplugged during theprogramming procedure, rememberto plug it back in when programming iscompleted.

OPERATING THE HOMELINK®UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activatethe programmed device. To operate, sim-ply press and release the appropriate pro-grammed HomeLink® Universal Trans-

ceiver button. The amber indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being trans-mitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmit-ter of the device may also be used at anytime.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSISIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

∙ replace the hand-held transmitter bat-teries with new batteries.

∙ position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

∙ press and hold both the HomeLink®and hand-held transmitter buttonswithout interruption.

∙ position the hand-held transmitter 1 -3 in (26 - 76 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit-ter in that position for up to 15 seconds.If HomeLink® is not programmed withinthat time, try holding the transmitter inanother position – keeping the indicatorlight in view at all times.


If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared. How-ever, individual buttons can be repro-grammed. For additional information, referto “Reprogramming a single HomeLink®button” in this section.

To clear all programming:

1. Press and hold the two outerHomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash in approximately10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programmingmode and can be programmed at anytime beginning with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” - Step 1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHOMELINK® BUTTONTo reprogram a HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button, complete the following:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®button. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or1–800–355–3515 (except Mexico).

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. The newdevice can be activated by pressing theHomeLink® button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affect anyother programmed HomeLink® buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code devicethat has been programmed intoHomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manual ofeach device or call the manufacturer ordealer of those devices for additional infor-mation.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver with your new trans-mitter information.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with inside lock knob — Type A(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Locking with inside lock knob — Type B(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . 3-6Automatic door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

NISSAN Intelligent Key® With Door andLiftgate Request Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10How to use the remote keyless entryfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

NISSAN Intelligent Key® Without Door andLiftgate Request Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22How to use the remote keyless entryfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Remote Engine Start operating range . . . . . . . 3-28Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Canceling a Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Conditions the Remote Engine Start willnot work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Operating the manual liftgate(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Operating the power liftgate(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Motion-Activated Liftgate(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Power liftgate main switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Liftgate release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Liftgate position setting(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39Opening the fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41Manual operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42Automatic operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 3-42

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44

Card holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44

Manual anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) . . . . . 3-47Memory storage function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48Entry/exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49Setting memory function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50

1. Two Intelligent Keys2. Mechanical key3. Key number plate

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered toyour vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com-ponents and NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components.


As many as four Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Thenew keys must be registered by a NISSANdealer prior to use with the Intelligent Keysystem and NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem of your vehicle. Since the registra-tion process requires erasing all memory inthe Intelligent Key components when reg-istering new keys, be sure to take all Intelli-gent Keys that you have to the NISSANdealer.

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number.NISSAN does not record key numbers so itis very important to keep track of your keynumber plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, it canbe duplicated without knowing the keynumber.

Type A (if so equipped)LPD0350

Type B (if so equipped)LPD2279

Type C (if so equipped)LPD2052

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTIONListed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the Intelli-gent Key:

∙ Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, tocome into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect the systemfunction.

∙ Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

∙ Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

∙ Do not change or modify the Intelli-gent Key.

∙ Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-mediately wipe until it is completelydry.

∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 60°C (140°F).

∙ Do not attach the Intelligent Key witha key holder that contains a magnet.

∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This mayprevent the unauthorized use of the Intelli-gent Key to operate the vehicle. For infor-mation regarding the erasing procedure, itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

Mechanical keyThe Intelligent Key contains the mechani-cal key.

To remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert itinto the Intelligent Key until the lock knobreturns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlockthe driver’s door and glove box.

SPA1951

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

CAUTIONAlways carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the Intelligent Key slot.

For additional information, refer to “Doors”in this section and “Storage” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.

Valet hand-offWhen you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself and keepthe mechanical key with you to protectyour belongings.

To prevent the glove box from beingopened during valet hand-off, follow theprocedure below.

1. Remove the mechanical key from theIntelligent Key.

2. Lock the glove box with the mechani-cal key.

3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valetand keep the mechanical key with you.

For additional information, refer to “Stor-age” in the “Instruments and controls” sec-tion of this manual.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYSYou can only drive your vehicle using themaster or valet keys which are registeredto the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemcomponents in your vehicle. These keyshave a transponder chip in the key head.

The master key can be used for all thelocks.

To protect your belongings when you leavea key with someone, give them the Intelli-gent Key only, not the mechanical key.


Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System keys. Your ex-isting key can be duplicated without know-ing the key number. As many as fourNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keyscan be used with one vehicle. You shouldbring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem keys that you have to the NISSANdealer for registration. This is because theregistration process will erase the memoryof all key codes previously registered intothe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. Af-

ter the registration process, these compo-nents will only recognize keys coded intothe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemduring registration. Any key that is notgiven to the dealer at the time of registra-tion will no longer be able to start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONDo not allow the immobilizer systemkey, which contains an electrical tran-sponder, to come into contact with wa-ter or salt water. This could affect sys-tem function.


When the doors are locked using one of thefollowing methods, the front doors cannotbe opened using the outside door handles,and the back doors cannot be opened us-ing the inside or outside door handles. Thedoors must be unlocked to open the doors.

WARNING∙ Always have the doors locked while

driving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unintention-ally opening the doors, and will helpkeep out intruders.

∙ Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.


LOCKING WITH KEYTo lock or unlock the vehicle, turn the key asshown.

ManualTo lock a door, turn the key toward the frontof the vehicle �1 . To unlock, turn the keytoward the rear of the vehicle �2 .

Driver’s sideLPD2129

DOORS


LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB— TYPE A (if so equipped)To lock the door without the key, move theinside lock to the lock position �1 , thenclose the door.

To unlock the door without the key, movethe inside lock knob to the unlock position�2 .

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB— TYPE B (if so equipped)To lock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the lock position �1 ,then close the door.

To unlock the door without the key, movethe inside lock knob to the unlock position�2 .

For front doors, the door can also be un-locked by pulling on the inside handle leverone time �3 .

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHTo lock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s side) to the lock position �1 . Whenlocking the door this way, be certain not toleave the key inside the vehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, pushthe door lock switch (driver’s or front pas-senger’s side) to the unlock position �2 .

Inside lockLPD2092

Inside lockLPD2641 LPD2093


Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch is movedto the lock position and any door is open, alldoors will lock. With the Intelligent Key left inthe vehicle and any door open, all doors willunlock automatically and a chime willsound after the door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the Intelli-gent Key from being accidentally lockedinside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS∙ All doors lock automatically when the

vehicle speed reaches 15 mph(24 km/h).

∙ All doors unlock automatically when thetransmission is placed in the P (Park)position or when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position.

NOTE:

The automatic door unlock function canbe changed using “Vehicle Settings” ofthe vehicle information display. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Vehicle in-formation display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety locks help prevent the reardoors from being opened accidentally, es-pecially when small children are in the ve-hicle.

The child safety lock levers are located onthe edge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the LOCK position,the door can be opened only from theoutside.



∙ The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed.The FAA advises the radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operatethe Intelligent Key while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key can operate all the doorlocks using the remote control function orpushing the request switch on the vehiclewithout taking the key out from a pocket orpurse. The operating environment and/orconditions may affect the Intelligent Keyoperation.

Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key.

LPD2374

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® WITHDOOR AND LIFTGATE REQUESTSWITCHES


CAUTION∙ Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key

with you when operating the vehicle.

∙ Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicat-ing with the vehicle as it receives radiowaves. The Intelligent Key transmits weakradio waves. Environmental conditionsmay interfere with the operation of the In-telligent Key under the following operatingconditions:

∙ When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted,such as a TV tower, power station andbroadcasting station.

∙ When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver or a CB radio.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

∙ When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

∙ When the vehicle is parked near a park-ing meter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Key func-tion or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies de-pending on the operating conditions, thebattery’s life is approximately two years. Ifthe battery is discharged, replace it with anew one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is low, anindicator illuminates in the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously re-ceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV and per-sonal computer, the battery life may be-come shorter.

For additional information, refer to “Batteryreplacement” in the “Do-it-yourself ” sectionof this manual.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and use of

additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.







∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).





OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the requestswitch �1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey operating range becomes narrower,and the Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.

The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)from each request switch �1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the requestswitches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the oper-ating range, it is possible for anyone, evensomeone who does not carry the Intelli-gent Key, to push the request switch tolock/unlock the doors.

LPD2103


DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

∙ Do not push the door handle requestswitch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The close dis-tance to the door handle will cause theIntelligent Key system to have difficultyrecognizing that the Intelligent Key isoutside the vehicle.

∙ After locking with the door handle re-quest switch, verify the doors are se-curely locked by testing them.

∙ To prevent the Intelligent Key from be-ing left inside the vehicle, make sure youcarry the Intelligent Key with you andthen lock the doors.

∙ Do not pull the door handle beforepushing the door handle requestswitch. The door will be unlocked butwill not open. Release the door handleonce and pull it again to open the door.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the Intelligent Key out of your pocketor bag.

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,you can lock or unlock all doors by pushingthe door handle request switch within therange of operation.

LPD2554 LPD2104


Locking doors — Type A (if soequipped)

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion, place the ignition switch in theLOCK position and make sure you carrythe Intelligent Key with you.

2. Close all doors.

3. Push any door handle request switchwhile carrying the Intelligent Key withyou.

4. All doors and the rear liftgate will lock.

5. The hazard warning lights flash twiceand the outside chime sounds twice.

NOTE:

∙ Request switches for all doors andliftgate can be deactivated when theI-Key Door Lock setting is switched toOFF in the vehicle settings of the ve-hicle information display. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of thismanual.

∙ Doors lock with the door handle re-quest switch while the ignition switchis not in the LOCK position.

∙ Doors do not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch while any dooris open. However, doors lock with themechanical key even if any door isopen.

∙ Doors do not lock with the doorhandle request switch with the Intel-ligent Key inside the vehicle and abeep sounds to warn you. However,when an Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle, doors can be locked with an-other Intelligent Key.

CAUTION∙ After locking the doors using the re-

quest switch, make sure that thedoors have been securely locked byoperating the door handles or the rearliftgate opener switch.

∙ When locking the doors using the re-quest switch, make sure to have theIntelligent Key in your possession be-fore operating the request switch toprevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft in the vehicle.

∙ The request switch is operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has been de-tected by the Intelligent Key system.

LPD2483 LPD2614


Locking doors — Type B (if soequipped)

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion, place the ignition switch in theLOCK position and make sure you carrythe Intelligent Key with you.

2. Close the driver’s door and press thedriver’s door request switch OR closeall doors and press any door requestswitch while carrying the Intelligent Keywith you.

3. All doors and the rear liftgate will lock.

4. The hazard warning lights flash twiceand the outside chime sounds twice.

NOTE:

∙ Request switches for all doors andliftgate can be deactivated when theI-Key Door Lock setting is switched toOFF in the vehicle settings of the ve-hicle information display. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of thismanual.

∙ Doors lock with the door handle re-quest switch while the ignition switchis not in the LOCK position.

∙ Doors do not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch while the driv-er’s door is open. However, doors lockwith the mechanical key even if anydoor is open.

∙ Doors do not lock with the doorhandle request switch with the Intel-ligent Key inside the vehicle and abeep sounds to warn you. However,when an Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle, doors can be locked with an-other Intelligent Key.

CAUTION∙ After locking the doors using the re-

quest switch, make sure that thedoors have been securely locked byoperating the door handles or the rearliftgate opener switch.

∙ When locking the doors using the re-quest switch, make sure to have theIntelligent Key in your possession be-fore operating the request switch toprevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft in the vehicle.

LPD2483 LPD2614


∙ The request switch is operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has been de-tected by the Intelligent Key system.

Lockout protection

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When the driver’s side door is open, thedoors are locked, and then the IntelligentKey is put inside the vehicle and all thedoors are closed; the lock will automati-cally unlock and the door buzzer sounds.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelli-gent Key is in the same hand that is op-erating the request switch to lock thedoor. Put the Intelligent Key in a purse,pocket or your other hand.

CAUTIONThe lockout protection may not func-tion under the following conditions:

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed ontop of the instrument panel.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side the glove box or a storage bin.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side the door pockets.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side or near metallic materials.

Unlocking doors1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the door handle request switch.

3. The hazard indicator lights flash onceand the outside chime sounds once.

4. Push the door handle request switchagain within 1 minute to unlock alldoors.

For power liftgate opening:

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the power liftgate request switch.

LPD2483


NOTE:

Request switches for all doors and lift-gate can be deactivated when the I-KeyDoor Lock setting is switched to OFF inthe “Vehicle Settings” of the vehicle in-formation display. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Vehicle information dis-play” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

If a door handle is pulled while unlockingthe doors, that door may not be unlocked.Returning the door handle to its originalposition will unlock the door. If the doordoes not unlock after returning the door

handle, push the door handle requestswitch to unlock the door.

All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations is per-formed within 1 minute after pushing therequest switch.

∙ Opening any door.

∙ Pushing the ignition switch.

The interior light timer illuminates for a pe-riod of time when a door is unlocked and theroom light switch is in the DOOR position.

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting by performing one of the followingoperations:

∙ Placing the ignition switch in the ON po-sition.

∙ Locking the doors with the remote con-trol.

∙ Switching the room light switch to theOFF position.

∙ Switching the Auto Room Lamp to theOFF position in “Vehicle Settings” of thevehicle information display. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicle in-formation display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONThe remote keyless entry function can op-erate all door locks using the remote key-less function of the Intelligent Key. The re-mote keyless function can operate at adistance of 33 ft (10 m) away from the ve-hicle. The operating distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function will notfunction under the following conditions:

∙ When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.

∙ When the doors or the rear liftgate areopen or not closed securely.

∙ When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.

CAUTIONWhen locking the doors using the Intel-ligent Key, be sure not to leave the key inthe vehicle.

LPD2614


Locking doors1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK

position.

2. Close all doors.

3. Press the button on the Intelli-gent Key.

4. The hazard indicator lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once.

5. All doors will be locked.

CAUTIONAfter locking the doors using the Intel-ligent Key, be sure that the doors havebeen securely locked by operating thedoor handles.

Unlocking doors

1. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.

2. The hazard indicator lights flash once.

3. Press the button again within5 seconds to unlock all doors.

LPD2257 LPD2258


NOTE:

The unlocking operation can be changedin “Selective Unlock” in “Vehicles Set-tings” of the vehicle information display.For additional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of thismanual.

All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations is per-formed within 1 minute after pressingthe button:

∙ Opening any doors.

∙ Pushing the ignition switch.The interior light illuminates for a period oftime when a door is unlocked and theroom light switch is in the DOOR position.

The light can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the following opera-tions:


∙ Locking the doors with the IntelligentKey.



Opening windows (if so equipped)The Intelligent Key allows you to simultane-ously open windows equipped with auto-matic operation.

∙ To open the windows, press thebutton on the Intelligent Key for longerthan 3 seconds after all doors are un-locked.

The door windows will open while pressingthe button on the Intelligent Key.The door windows cannot be closed byusing the Intelligent Key.

Releasing the rear liftgate (if soequipped)The rear liftgate can be opened and closedby performing the following:

∙ Press the button for longer than0.5 seconds to open the rear liftgate.

∙ Press the button again for longerthan 0.5 seconds to close the rear lift-gate.

When the button is pressed during theopen or close process, the liftgate motorswill stop. When the button is pressedagain, the liftgate will reverse direction.

WPD0414


Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm tocall attention by pressing and holdingthe button on the Intelligent Key forlonger than 0.5 seconds.The panic alarm and headlights will stay onfor a period of time.

The panic alarm stops when:

∙ It has run for a period of time, or

∙ Any button is pressed on the IntelligentKey.

∙ The request switch on the driver or pas-senger door has been pushed and theIntelligent Key is in range of the doorhandle.

Linking the key fob to automaticdrive positioner memory (if soequipped)If the vehicle is equipped with automaticdrive positioner, the key fob can be linked toa memory setting.

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic drive positioner” in this section.

Answer back horn featureIf desired, the answer back horn featurecan be deactivated using the IntelligentKey. When it is deactivated and thebutton is pressed, the hazard indicatorlights flash twice. When the button ispressed, neither the hazard indicator lightsnor the horn operates.

WPD0415 LPD2259


NOTE:

If you change the answer back horn andlight flash feature with the IntelligentKey, the vehicle information displayscreen will show the current mode afterthe ignition switch has been cycled fromthe OFF to the ON position. The vehicleinformation display screen can also beused to change the answer back hornmode.

To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds.The hazard indicator lights will flash threetimes to confirm that the answer backhorn feature has been deactivated.

To activate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 secondsonce more.The hazard indicator lights will flash onceand the horn will sound once to confirmthat the horn beep feature has been reac-tivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature doesnot silence the horn if the alarm is trig-gered.

WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key or to help prevent thevehicle from being stolen, a chime orbuzzer sounds from inside and outside thevehicle and a warning is displayed in theinstrument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or a warningis displayed, be sure to check the vehicleand the Intelligent Key.

For additional information, refer to the“Troubleshooting guide” in this section and“Vehicle information display” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEVerify the location of all Intelligent Keys thatare programmed for the vehicle. If anotherIntelligent Key is in range or inside the ve-hicle, the vehicle system may respond dif-ferently than expected.


Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When stopping the engineThe Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the inside warningchime sounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

When shifting the shift lever to the P(Park) position

The Push ignition to OFF warning ap-pears in the display.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

When opening the driver’s door to getout of the vehicle

The Door Open warning appears onthe display and the inside warningchime sounds continuously.



When closing the door after gettingout of the vehicle

The No Key Detected warning appearson the display, the outside chimesounds three times and the insidewarning chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds.



The Rear Door Alert warning messageappears on the display, the hornsounds three times twice, or a “CheckBack Seat For All Articles” warning ap-pears on the display.

The rear door alert is activated.Check the back seat for all articles,press the ENTER button to clear theRear Door Alert warning message.

The Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the outside chimesounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC posi-tion and the shift lever is not in the P(Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition and place the ignition switch inthe OFF position.

When closing the door with the insidelock knob in the lock position

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds and all the doorsunlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handle re-quest switch or the button onthe Intelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 2 seconds. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.



When pushing the ignition switch tostart the engine

The Intelligent Key battery indicatorappears on the display. The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one.For additional information, refer to“Battery replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.


The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switchThe Intelligent Key system warningmessage in the vehicle informationdisplay appears.

It warns of a malfunction with the In-telligent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.




∙ The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed.The FAA advises the radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operatethe Intelligent Key while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key can operate all the doorlocks using the remote control function. Theoperating environment and/or conditionsmay affect the Intelligent Key operation.Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key.

CAUTION∙ Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key

with you when operating the vehicle.

∙ Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicat-ing with the vehicle as it receives radiowaves. The Intelligent Key transmits weakradio waves. Environmental conditionsmay interfere with the operation of the In-telligent Key under the following operatingconditions:

∙ When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted,such as a TV tower, power station andbroadcasting station.

∙ When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver or a CB radio.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

∙ When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

∙ When the vehicle is parked near a park-ing meter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Key func-tion or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies de-pending on the operating conditions, thebattery’s life is approximately two years. Ifthe battery is discharged, replace it with anew one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is low, anindicator illuminates in the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously re-ceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV and per-sonal computer, the battery life may be-come shorter.

For additional information, refer to “Batteryreplacement” in the “Do-it-yourself ” sectionof this manual.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and use ofadditional Intelligent Keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® WITHOUTDOOR AND LIFTGATE REQUESTSWITCHES








∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).




OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range.

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey system’s operating range becomesnarrower, and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

The operating range is within 33 ft (10 m) ofthe vehicle.

HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONThe remote keyless entry function can op-erate all door locks using the remote key-less function of the Intelligent Key. The re-mote keyless function can operate at adistance of 33 ft (10 m) away from the ve-hicle. The operating distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function will notfunction under the following conditions:

∙ When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.

∙ When the doors or the rear liftgate areopen or not closed securely.

∙ When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.

CAUTIONWhen locking the doors using the Intel-ligent Key, be sure not to leave the key inthe vehicle.


Locking doors1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK

position.

2. Close all doors.

3. Press the button on the Intelli-gent Key.

4. The hazard indicator lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once.

5. All doors will be locked.

CAUTIONAfter locking the doors using the Intel-ligent Key, be sure that the doors havebeen securely locked by operating thedoor handles.

Unlocking doors

1. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.

2. The hazard indicator lights flash once.

3. Press the button again within5 seconds to unlock all doors.

LPD2257 LPD2258


NOTE:

The unlocking operation can be changedin “Selective Unlock” in “Vehicles Set-tings” of the vehicle information display.For additional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of thismanual.

All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations is per-formed within 1 minute after pressingthe button:

∙ Opening any doors.

∙ Pushing the ignition switch.The interior light illuminates for a period oftime when a door is unlocked and theroom light switch is in the DOOR position.

The light can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the following opera-tions:


∙ Locking the doors with the IntelligentKey.



Opening windows (if so equipped)The Intelligent Key allows you to simultane-ously open windows equipped with auto-matic operation.

∙ To open the windows, press thebutton on the Intelligent Key longerthan 3 seconds after all doors are un-locked.

The door windows will open while pressingthe button on the Intelligent Key.The door windows cannot be closed byusing the Intelligent Key.

Releasing the rear liftgate (if soequipped)The rear liftgate can be opened and closedby performing the following:

∙ Press the button for longer than0.5 seconds to open the rear liftgate.

∙ Press the button again for longerthan 0.5 seconds to close the rear lift-gate.

When the button is pressed during theopen or close process, the liftgate motorswill stop. When the button is pressedagain, the liftgate will reverse direction.

WPD0414


Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm tocall attention by pressing and holdingthe button on the Intelligent Key forlonger than 0.5 seconds.The panic alarm and headlights will stay onfor a period of time.

The panic alarm stops when:

∙ It has run for a period of time, or

∙ Any button is pressed on the IntelligentKey.

Answer back horn featureIf desired, the answer back horn featurecan be deactivated using the IntelligentKey. When it is deactivated and thebutton is pressed, the hazard indicatorlights flash twice. When the button ispressed, neither the hazard indicator lightsnor the horn operates.

NOTE:

If you change the answer back horn andlight flash feature with the IntelligentKey, the vehicle information displayscreen will show the current mode afterthe ignition switch has been cycled fromthe OFF to the ON position. The vehicleinformation display screen can also beused to change the answer back hornmode.

To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds.The hazard indicator lights will flash threetimes to confirm that the answer backhorn feature has been deactivated.

To activate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 secondsonce more.The hazard indicator lights will flash onceand the horn will sound once to confirmthat the horn beep feature has been reac-tivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature doesnot silence the horn if the alarm is trig-gered.

LPD2271 LPD2259


WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key or to help prevent thevehicle from being stolen, a chime orbuzzer sounds from inside and outside thevehicle and a warning is displayed in theinstrument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or a warningis displayed, be sure to check the vehicleand the Intelligent Key.

For additional information, refer to the“Troubleshooting guide” in this section and“Vehicle information display” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEVerify the location of all Intelligent Keys thatare programmed for the vehicle. If anotherIntelligent Key is in range or inside the ve-hicle, the vehicle system may respond dif-ferently than expected.


When stopping the engineThe Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the inside warningchime sounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

When shifting the shift lever to the P(Park) position

The Push ignition to OFF warning ap-pears in the display.



When opening the driver’s door to getout of the vehicle

The Door Open warning appears onthe display and the inside warningchime sounds continuously.



When closing the door after gettingout of the vehicle




The Rear Door Alert warning messageappears on the display, the hornsounds three times twice, or a “CheckBack Seat For All Articles” warning ap-pears on the display.

The rear door alert is activated.Check the back seat for all articles,press the ENTER button to clear theRear Door Alert warning message.

The Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the outside chimesounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC posi-tion and the shift lever is not in the P(Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition and place the ignition switch inthe OFF position.



When closing the door with the insidelock knob in the lock position

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds and all the doorsunlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the button onthe Intelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 2 seconds. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switch tostart the engine

The Intelligent Key battery indicatorappears on the display. The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one.For additional information, refer to“Battery replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.


The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switchThe Intelligent Key system warningmessage in the vehicle informationdisplay appears.

It warns of a malfunction with the In-telligent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.


The button will be on the NISSAN In-telligent Key® if the vehicle has Remote En-gine Start. This feature allows the engine tostart from outside the vehicle.The following feature may be affectedwhen Remote Engine Start is used:

∙ Vehicles with an automatic climatecontrol system will default to either aheating or cooling mode depending onoutside and cabin temperatures. Foradditional information, refer to “RemoteEngine Start with Intelligent ClimateControl” in the “Monitor, climate, audio,phone and voice recognition systems”section of this manual.

Laws in some local communities may re-strict the use of remote starters. For ex-ample, some laws require a person usingRemote Engine Start to have the vehicle inview. Check local regulations for any re-quirements.

Other conditions may affect the function ofthe Remote Engine Start feature. For addi-tional information, refer to “Conditions theRemote Engine Start will not work” in thissection.

Other conditions can affect the perfor-mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter.For additional information, refer to “NISSANIntelligent Key®” in this section.

REMOTE ENGINE STARTOPERATING RANGE

WARNINGTo help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require the assistanceof others or pets unattended in your ve-hicle. Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough to cause asignificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

CAUTIONWhen the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wavesources are present near the operatinglocation, the Intelligent Key operatingrange becomes narrower, and the Intel-ligent Key may not function properly.

The Remote Engine Start function can onlybe used when the Intelligent Key is withinthe specified operating range from the ve-hicle.

LPD2272

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)


The Remote Engine Start operating rangeis approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the ve-hicle.

REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLETo use the Remote Engine Start featureperform the following:

1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Press the button to lock alldoors.

3. Within 5 seconds press and holdthe button until the turn signallights flash and the tail lamps turn on. Ifthe vehicle is not within view press andhold the button for at least 2 sec-onds.

The following events will occur when theengine starts:

∙ The parking lights will turn on and re-main on as long as the engine is run-ning.

∙ The doors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

∙ The engine will continue to run for10 minutes. Repeat the steps to extendthe time for an additional 10 minutes.For additional information, refer to “Ex-tending engine run time” in this section.

Press and hold the brake pedal whileswitching the ignition to the ON positionbefore driving. For additional information,refer to “Driving the vehicle” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe Remote Engine Start feature can beextended one time by performing thesteps listed in “Remote starting the vehicle”in this section. Run time will be calculatedas follows:

∙ The first 10 minute run time will startwhen the Remote Engine Start functionis performed.

∙ The second 10 minutes will start imme-diately when the Remote Engine Startfunction is performed again. For ex-ample, if the engine has been runningfor 5 minutes, and 10 minutes areadded, the engine will run for a total of15 minutes.

∙ Extending engine run time will bring youto the two Remote Engine Start limit.

A maximum of two Remote Engine Starts,or a single Remote Engine Start with anextension, are allowed between ignitioncycles. The ignition switch must be cycledto the ON position and then back to theOFF position before the Remote EngineStart procedure can be used again.

CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINESTARTTo cancel a Remote Engine Start, performone of the following:

∙ Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicleand press until the parking lightsturn off.

∙ Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

∙ Cycle the ignition switch on and thenoff.

∙ The extended engine run time has ex-pired.

∙ The first 10 minute timer has expired.

∙ Opening the engine hood.

∙ Shifting the vehicle out of P (Park).

∙ The alarm sounds due to illegal entryinto the vehicle.


∙ Pushing the ignition switch without theIntelligent Key in the vehicle.

∙ Not pressing the brake pedal whilepressing the ignition switch with the In-telligent Key in the vehicle.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINESTART WILL NOT WORKThe Remote Engine Start will not operate ifany of the following conditions are present:

∙ “Remote Engine Start” is turned off inthe “Locking” section of the Vehicle Set-tings menu.

∙ The ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

∙ The hood is not securely closed.

∙ The hazard indicator lights are on.

∙ The engine is still running. The enginemust be completely stopped. Wait atleast 6 seconds if the engine goes fromrunning to off. This is not applicablewhen extending engine run time.

∙ The button is not pressed andheld for at least 2 seconds.

∙ The button is not pressed andheld within 5 seconds of pressing thelock button.

∙ The brake is pressed.

∙ The doors are not closed and locked.

∙ The liftgate is open.

∙ The I–Key Indicator Light remains solidis in the vehicle information display.

∙ The alarm sounds due to illegal entryinto the vehicle.

∙ Two Remote Engine Starts, or a singleRemote Engine Start with an extension,have already been used.

∙ The vehicle is not in P (Park).

∙ There is a detected registered key al-ready inside of the vehicle.

∙ The Remote Engine Start function hasbeen switched to the OFF position inVehicle Settings of the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information,refer to “Vehicle information display” inthe “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.

The Remote Engine Start may display awarning or indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.


1. Pull the hood lock release handle �1located below the driver side instru-ment panel. The hood will spring upslightly.

2. Push the lever �2 at the front of thehood to the side as illustrated with yourfingertips

3. Raise the hood �3 .

4. Remove the support rod and insertinto the slot �4 .

When closing the hood, lower it slowly andmake sure it locks into place.

WARNING∙ Make sure the hood is completely

closed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

∙ If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

WARNING∙ Always be sure the liftgate has been

closed securely to prevent it fromopening while driving.

∙ Do not drive with the liftgate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle. Foradditional information, refer to “Ex-haust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.


∙ Always be sure that hands and feetare clear of the door frame to avoidinjury while closing the liftgate.

LPD2268

HOOD LIFTGATE


OPERATING THE MANUALLIFTGATE (if so equipped)The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors including the lift-gate simultaneously.

To open the liftgate, press the requestswitch �A and pull up on the handle.

To close, lower and push the liftgate downsecurely.

OPERATING THE POWER LIFTGATE(if so equipped)

WARNING∙ Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc., inside the vehicle be-fore closing the liftgate.

∙ Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls.Unattended children could becomeinvolved in serious accidents.

NOTE:

To open, close or reverse the power lift-gate, the shift lever must be in P (Park).Also, the power liftgate will not operate ifbattery voltage is low.

Power Open:The power liftgate automatically movesfrom the fully closed position to the fullyopen position in approximately 5 – 8 sec-onds. The power open feature can be acti-vated by the switch on the key fob, theinstrument panel switch or the liftgate

LPD2274Instrument panel switch

LPD2212


open switch. A chime sounds to indicatethe power open sequence has beenstarted.

∙ When the vehicle is locked, the liftgatecan be opened by the instrument panelswitch, key fob or liftgate opener switch�A (with key fob in liftgate range). Theliftgate will individually unlock and open.Once the liftgate is closed, the vehiclewill remain in the unlock status.

∙ The key fob button must be held for0.5 seconds before the liftgate opens.

∙ The liftgate must be unlocked to open itwith the liftgate opener switch �A andwithout key fob in liftgate range.

∙ The switch on the liftgate �A can onlybe used to open the liftgate if the powerliftgate main switch (if so equipped) lo-cated on the instrument panel is in theON position.

Liftgate opener switchLPD2109


Power Close:The power liftgate automatically movesfrom the fully open position to the second-ary position. When the liftgate reaches thesecondary position, the cinching motor en-gages and pulls the liftgate to its primarylatch position. Power close takes approxi-mately 7 – 10 seconds. The power closefeature can be activated by the switch onthe key fob, the instrument panel or theliftgate switch �B . A chime sounds to indi-cate the power close sequence has beenstarted.

∙ If the liftgate opener switch �A is acti-vated while the cinching motor is en-gaged, the cinching motor will disen-gage, and the liftgate will enter thepower open function initiated by the lift-gate opener switch.

∙ The key fob button must be held for0.5 seconds before the liftgate closes.

∙ The switch on the liftgate �B can onlybe used to close the liftgate if the powerliftgate main switch (if so equipped) is inthe ON position.

Stop - Reverse:During an open/close movement, the lift-gate can be stopped, if the Intelligent Key,instrument panel or liftgate switch (�A or�B ) is pressed. The liftgate can be reversedif the Intelligent Key, instrument panel orliftgate switch (�A or �B ) is pressed again.

Auto Reverse:If an obstacle is detected during poweropen or power close, a warning chime willsound and the liftgate will reverse directionand return to the full open or full close po-sition. If a second obstacle is detected, theliftgate motion will stop and the liftgate willenter manual mode.

A pinch strip is mounted on each side ofthe liftgate. If an obstacle is detected by apinch strip during power close, the liftgatewill reverse direction and return to the fullopen position.

NOTE:

If the pinch strip is damaged or removed,the power close function will not oper-ate.

WARNINGThere are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing theliftgate.

LPD2615


Manual Mode:If power operation is not available, the lift-gate may be operated manually. Power op-eration may not be available if the powerliftgate main switch (if so equipped) is inthe ON position, if multiple obstacles havebeen detected in a single power cycle, or ifbattery voltage is low.

If the power liftgate opener switch �A ispushed during power open or close, thepower operation will be canceled and theliftgate can be operated manually.

To open the liftgate manually, press theliftgate opener switch �A and lift the lift-gate.

To close, lower and push the liftgate downsecurely.

MOTION-ACTIVATED LIFTGATE (ifso equipped)The liftgate can be operated using a quickkicking motion under the center of the rearbumper.

To operate, the Intelligent Key must bewithin 31.5 in (80 cm) of the liftgate.

Proper operation technique∙ While at the rear of the vehicle, begin

making a quick forward kicking motion.

∙ Raise your foot straight under the cen-ter of the rear bumper then immedi-ately return your foot to the ground in acontinuous motion.

∙ The kicking motion should be straight,smooth and consistent.

∙ After your kick motion is complete, stepback and allow the liftgate toopen/close.

LPD2274Activation zone

LPD2768


∙ Three beeps will sound and the liftgatewill begin moving within two secondsafter the kick.

CAUTIONBefore performing the kicking motion,steady your stance to prevent any lossof balance. Also, while making the kick-ing motion, take caution around hot ex-haust system parts. Otherwise, theremay be danger of injury.

WARNINGPrevent unintentional liftgateopening/closing. There may be condi-tions when opening/closing the liftgateis not desired. Keep the Intelligent Keyout of range of the liftgate, (31.5 in or80 cm), when washing or workingaround the back of the vehicle.

CAUTION∙ Interference or malfunction can be

caused by parking in close proximityto radio or satellite towers.

∙ Intelligent Key interference could becaused if you have your key fob storednext to your cell phone or any RF-enabled smart card. For additional in-formation, refer to “NISSAN IntelligentKey®” in this section.

DO: Quick forward kick and return whilethe key fob is within range

LPD2769DO NOT: Swing foot side to side or pause

during kick

LPD2764


POWER LIFTGATE MAIN SWITCH (ifso equipped)The power liftgate operation can be turnedon or off by the power liftgate main switchon the instrument panel.

When the power liftgate main switch ispushed to the OFF position, the power op-eration is not available by the power lift-gate switch on the liftgate and liftgateopener switch.

Power operation is available when thepower liftgate main switch is in the OFFposition by pushing the instrument panelswitch or pressing the button on the Intel-ligent Key.

Motion-Activated Liftgate (if so equipped)will not function when the power liftgatemain switch is pushed in the OFF position.

LIFTGATE RELEASE

WARNING∙ Always be sure the liftgate has been

closed securely to prevent it fromopening while driving.

∙ Do not drive with the liftgate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle. Foradditional information, refer to “Ex-haust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

∙ To avoid personal injury, do not at-tempt to activate the power liftgate ifone or both of the liftgate struts areremoved.

CAUTION∙ If the power liftgate does not stay

open or if the liftgate unexpectedlycloses at any time while a continuouswarning chime sounds, do not oper-ate the liftgate. There may be a pres-sure loss in one or both of the liftgatestruts. It is recommended that youhave the liftgate inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ Do not activate the power liftgate ifone or both of the liftgate struts areremoved. Damage to the liftgate orpower liftgate mechanisms mayoccur.

∙ Keep the power liftgate main switch(if so equipped) in the OFF positionwhen washing or working around theback of the vehicle (with IntelligentKey) to prevent inadvertentopening/closing.

LPD2277


Manual liftgate release (if soequipped)If the liftgate cannot be locked or unlockedwith the door lock switch or the IntelligentKey due to a discharged battery, followthese steps:

1. Remove the cover �A on the inside ofthe liftgate.

2. Move the lever �B as illustrated to openthe liftgate.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer as soon as possible for repair.

Power liftgate release (if soequipped)If the liftgate cannot be opened with theinstrument panel switch, liftgate openerswitch or key fob due to a discharged bat-tery, follow these steps:

1. Remove the cover �A on the inside ofthe liftgate.

2. Move the lever �B as illustrated to openthe liftgate.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer as soon as possible for repair.

LIFTGATE POSITION SETTING (if soequipped)The liftgate can be set to open to a specificheight by performing the following:

1. Open the liftgate using the requestswitch or the Intelligent Key.

2. Pull the liftgate down to the desiredposition and hold the liftgate (the lift-gate will have some resistance whenbeing manually adjusted).

3. While holding the liftgate in position,push and hold the liftgate switchlocated on the liftgate for approxi-mately 5 seconds or until three beepsare heard.

The liftgate will open to the selected posi-tion setting. To change the position of theliftgate, repeat steps 1-3 for setting the po-sition of the liftgate.

LPD2646 SPA2778


OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOORThe fuel-filler door automatically unlockswhen the driver’s door is unlocked.

1. Unlock the fuel-filler door using one ofthe following operations:

∙ Unlock the driver’s door with the keyfob.

∙ Push the power door lock switch tothe unlock position.

∙ Push the door handle request switch(with the Intelligent Key in range).

2. To open the fuel-filler door, push theright side of the fuel-filler door to re-lease.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securelyand lock the doors.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING∙ Gasoline is extremely flammable and

highly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seri-ously injured if it is misused or mis-handled. Always stop the engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle whenrefueling.

∙ Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refuelingmay cause fuel overflow, resulting infuel spray and possibly a fire.

∙ Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a serious mal-function and possible injury. It couldalso cause the Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL) to come on.

∙ Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

∙ Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:

– Always place the container on theground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

– Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

LPD2110

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


CAUTION∙ Do not use a fuel containing more

than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Foradditional information, refer to “Fuelrecommendation” in the “Technicaland consumer information” section ofthis manual.

∙ The Loose Fuel Cap warning messagewill be displayed/warning will appearif the fuel-filler cap is not properlytightened. It may take a few drivingtrips for the message to be displayed.Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly after the Loose Fuel Capwarning message isdisplayed/warning appears maycause the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) to illuminate.

∙ Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly may cause the Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) to illumi-nate. If the light illuminates be-cause the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle.The light should turn off after afew driving trips. If the light doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthe “Instruments and controls” sec-tion of this manual.

∙ If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclock-wise to remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder�1 while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into thefuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

LPD2621


Loose Fuel Cap warningThe Loose Fuel Cap warning appears in thevehicle information display when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. It may take a fewdriving trips for the message to be dis-played. To turn off the warning, perform thefollowing:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap assoon as possible. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” in thissection.

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3. Press the button �A on the steer-ing wheel for about 1 second to turn offthe Loose Fuel Cap warning �B aftertightening the fuel-filler cap.

WARNING∙ Do not adjust the steering wheel while

driving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

∙ Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and com-fort. The driver’s air bag inflates withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways orout of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious orfatal injuries from the air bag if youare up against it when it inflates. Al-ways sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from thesteering wheel. Always use the seatbelts.

LPD2066

STEERING WHEEL


MANUAL OPERATION (if soequipped)Tilt and telescopic operationPull the lock lever �1 down:

∙ Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection �2 to the desired position.

∙ Adjust the steering wheel forward orbackward in direction �3 to the desiredposition.

Push the lock lever �1 up firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION (if soequipped)Tilt and telescopic operationTo adjust the steering wheel move theswitch �1 in the following directions:

∙ Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection �2 to the desired tilt position.

∙ Adjust the steering wheel forward orbackward in direction �3 to the desiredtelescopic position.

CAUTIONFor vehicles with automatic drive posi-tioner: Failure to reset the tilt and tele-scoping functions of the steeringwheel, after the vehicle’s battery hasbeen discharged, may prevent thesteering wheel position from beingadjusted.

For vehicles with automatic drive posi-tioner: Both the tilt and telescopic steeringoperation must be reset after the vehicle’sbattery has been discharged in order toprevent the tilt and telescopic operationfrom locking in one position. When the bat-tery has been recharged or replaced, per-form the following:

∙ For tilt operation, adjust the switch �1so the steering wheel moves to thehighest position �2 that can bereached.

∙ For telescopic operation, adjust theswitch �1 so the steering wheel movesto the most forward and backward po-sition �3 that can be reached.

Performing these operations resets therange of the steering wheel’s tilt and tele-scopic function.

LPD2111 LPD2410


Entry/Exit function (if soequipped)The automatic drive positioner system (ifso equipped) will make the steering wheelmove up automatically when the driver’sdoor is opened and the ignition switch is inthe LOCK position. This lets the driver getinto and out of the seat more easily. Thesteering wheel moves back into positionwhen the driver’s door is closed and theignition switch is pushed.


1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor �1 .

2. To block glare from the side, removethe sun visor from the center mountand swing the visor to the side �2 .

3. Slide the sun visor extension �3 in orout as needed.

CAUTION∙ Do not store the sun visor before re-

turning the extension to its originalposition.

∙ Do not pull the extension sun visorforcibly downward.

WPD0297

SUN VISORS


VANITY MIRRORSTo access the vanity mirror, pull the sunvisor down and flip open the mirror cover.Some vanity mirrors are illuminated (if soequipped) and turn on when the mirrorcover is open.

CARD HOLDERTo access the card holder located on theceiling, pull the driver’s side sun visor downand slide the card into the card holder �1 .Do not view information while operatingthe vehicle.

MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEWMIRROR (if so equipped)Use the night position �1 to reduce glarefrom the headlights of vehicles behind youat night.

Use the day position �2 when driving indaylight hours.

WARNINGUse the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

LPD2312 LPD2644 WPD0126

MIRRORS


AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)The inside mirror is designed so that it au-tomatically dims during night time condi-tions and according to the intensity of theheadlights of the vehicle following you. Theautomatic anti-glare feature is activatedwhen the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

The indicator light �2 will illuminate whenthe automatic anti-glare feature is operat-ing.

NOTE:

Do not hang any objects over the sen-sors �1 or apply glass cleaner to the sen-sors. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensors, resulting in improper op-eration.

Type A and Type B (if so equipped)The indicator light �2 will illuminate whenthe automatic anti-glare feature is operat-ing.

To turn off the automatic anti-glare feature,press:

∙ The O button for inside mirrors with-out compass.

∙ The button for inside mirrors withcompass.

The indicator light will turn off.

To turn on the automatic anti-glare featureagain, press:

∙ The | button for inside mirrors with-out compass.

∙ The button for inside mirrors withcompass.

The indicator light will turn on.

For additional information on HomeLink®Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) op-eration, refer to “HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

Type A - Without compass (if soequipped)

LPD0469Type B - With compass (if so equipped)

LPD2660


For additional information on the compassdisplay �3 (if so equipped), refer to “Com-pass display” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

OUTSIDE MIRRORSThe outside mirror remote control will op-erate only when the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position.

Move the small switch �1 to select the leftor right mirror. Adjust each mirror to thedesired position using the large switch �2 .Move the small switch �1 to the center(neutral) position to prevent accidentallymoving the mirror.

WARNING∙ Objects viewed in the outside mirror

on the passenger side are closer thanthey appear. Be careful when movingto the right. Using only this mirrorcould cause an accident. Use the in-side mirror or glance over your shoul-der to properly judge distances toother objects.

∙ Do not adjust the mirrors while driv-ing. You could lose control of your ve-hicle and cause an accident.

LPD2452


Manual folding outside mirrorsPull the outside mirror toward the door tofold it.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)The reverse tilt-down feature will turn bothoutside mirror surfaces downward to pro-vide better rear visibility close to the vehiclewhen the mirror control switch is in eitherthe L or R position.

The mirrors automatically return to theiroriginal position when you shift out of R(Reverse).

The outside mirror surfaces will return totheir original position when one of the fol-lowing conditions has occurred:

∙ The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

∙ The outside mirror control switch is setto the neutral or center position.

∙ The ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

NOTE:

If the outside mirror control switch is inthe center position, the mirror surfacewill NOT turn downward when the shiftlever is moved to R (Reverse).


Heated mirrors (if so equipped)Some outside mirrors can be heated todefrost, defog, or de-ice for improved vis-ibility. For additional information, refer to“Rear window and outside mirror (if soequipped) defroster switch” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.

The automatic drive positioner system hastwo features:

∙ Memory storage function

∙ Entry/exit function

LPD2112

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if soequipped)


MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTIONTwo positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors can be storedin the automatic drive positioner memory.Follow these procedures to set thememory system.

1. Place the ignition in the ON or ACC po-sition (the vehicle should be stoppedwhile setting the memory).

2. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering col-umn and outside mirrors to the desiredpositions by manually operating eachadjusting switch. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Seats” in the “Safety—

Seats, seat belts and supplemental re-straint system” section of this manual,and “Steering wheel” and “Outside mir-rors” in this section.

3. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-onds, push the memory switch (1 or 2).

4. The indicator light for the pushedmemory switch will come on and stayon for approximately 5 seconds.

5. The chime will sound when thememory is stored.

NOTE:

If a new memory position is stored in thesame memory switch, the previousmemory position will be overwritten bythe new stored position.

Confirming memory storage∙ Push the SET switch.

∙ If a memory position has been stored inthe switch (1 or 2) then the indicator lightfor the respective switch will stay on forapproximately 5 seconds.

Linking a key fob to a storedmemory positionEach key fob can be linked to a storedmemory position (memory switch 1 or 2)with the following procedure.

1. Follow steps 1-3 in the “Memory storagefunction” section for storing thememory position.

2. The indicator light for the pushedmemory switch will come on. While theindicator light is on for 5 seconds, pressthe button on the key fob. Thehazard lights will flash twice. The indi-cator light of the linked memory switchwill blink and click twice. After the indi-cator light goes off, the key fob is linkedto that memory setting.

Once it is linked, when the ignition switch isin the OFF position, pressing the but-ton on the key fob will move the driver’sseat, steering wheel and outside mirrors tothe linked memory switch position.

NOTE:

If a new memory position is stored in thelinked memory switch, then the key fobwill link the new position and overwritesthe previous position.

LPD2508


ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTIONThis system is designed so that the driver’sseat and steering column will automati-cally move when the shift lever is in the P(Park) position. This allows the driver toeasily get in and out of the driver’s seat.

The driver’s seat will slide backward andthe steering column will move up:

∙ When the driver’s door is opened withthe ignition switch in the OFF position.

∙ When the ignition switch is changedfrom ACC to OFF with the driver’s dooropen.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel willreturn to the previous position:

∙ When the ignition switch is changedfrom ACC or ON while the shift lever is inthe P (Park) position.

The entry/exit function can be adjusted orcanceled through “Vehicle Settings” in thevehicle information display by performingthe following:

∙ Switch the Exit Seat Slide from on to off.

∙ Switch the Exit Steering UP from on tooff.

Restarting the entry/exit functionIf the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse opens, the stored memory positionswill be lost and some of the functions willbe restricted:

1. Drive the vehicle over 25 mph (40 km/h).

OR

2. Open and close the driver’s door morethan two times with the ignition switchin the OFF position.

The entry/exit function should now workproperly.

SETTING MEMORY FUNCTIONThe position of the following settings canbe linked to the Intelligent Key and thememorized settings can be available foreach Intelligent Key.

∙ Climate control system

∙ Navigation system (if so equipped)

∙ Audio system

To use the memory function, set the cli-mate, navigation and audio systems to thedriver’s preferred settings. Lock the doorswith the Intelligent Key. Each Intelligent Keymay be set with the driver’s individual pref-

erences. When a new Intelligent Key is used,“Connection with the key has been done”will be displayed on the screen and thememorized settings are available.

To engage the memorized settings, per-form the following:

1. Carry the Intelligent Key that is linked tothe memorized settings.

2. Unlock the doors by pushing the driv-er’s door handle request switch orthe button on the Intelligent Key.

3. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” po-sition. The settings linked to the Intelli-gent Key will start.

For additional information, refer to “Heaterand air conditioner (automatic)” in the“Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems” section of thismanual.

For additional information on using theNavigation System, refer to the NavigationSystem Owner’s Manual.

For additional information on using the Au-dio system, refer to “Audio system” in the“Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems” section of thismanual.


SYSTEM OPERATIONThe automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

∙ When the vehicle speed is above 4 mph(7 km/h).

∙ When any of the memory switches arepushed while the automatic drive posi-tioner is operating.

∙ When the switch for the driver’s seatand steering column is pushed whilethe automatic drive positioner is oper-ating.

∙ When the seat has already been movedto the memorized position.

∙ When no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

∙ When the shift lever is moved from P(Park) to any other position.


MEMO


4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . 4-4How to read the displayed lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Difference between predicted andactual distances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5How to park with predicted courselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9How to turn on and off predictedcourse lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . 4-9System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Intelligent Around View Monitor(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11

Intelligent Around View Monitor systemoperation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Difference between predicted andactual distances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16How to park with predicted courselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Intelligent Around View Monitor systemlimitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

Camera Aiding Sonar (parking sensor)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Sonar system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Turning ON and OFF the sonar function . . . . . 4-24Sonar system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Moving Object Detection (MOD)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

MOD system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Turning MOD on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35Rear automatic air conditioning system . . . . . 4-37

Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40

USB/iPod® charging ports (if so equipped) . . . . . .4-40Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Window antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Refer to the NissanConnect® Owner’sManual that includes the following infor-mation.

∙ NissanConnect® Services

∙ Navigation system (if so equipped)

∙ Audio system

∙ Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

∙ Viewing information

∙ Other settings

∙ Voice recognition (if so equipped)

∙ General system information

NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’SMANUAL

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

1. CAMERA button (if so equipped)LHA3756

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3


structions for proper use of the Rear-View Monitor system could result inserious injury or death.

∙ RearView Monitor is a conveniencefeature and is not a substitute forproper backing. Always turn and lookout the windows and check mirrors tobe sure that it is safe to move beforeoperating the vehicle. Always back upslowly.

∙ The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in showing large stationaryobjects directly behind the vehicle, tohelp avoid damaging the vehicle.

∙ The distance guide line and the ve-hicle width line should be used as areference only when the vehicle is on alevel paved surface. The distanceviewed on the monitor is for referenceonly and may be different than theactual distance between the vehicleand displayed objects.

CAUTIONDo not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofthe camera.

The RearView Monitor system automati-cally shows a rear view of the vehicle whenthe shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)position or when the CAMERA button (if soequipped) is pressed. When activating theRearView Monitor, the guide lines, the iconsand the messages may not be displayedimmediately. The radio can still be heardwhile the RearView Monitor is active.

To display the rear view, the RearView Moni-tor system uses a camera located justabove the vehicle’s license plate �1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-sition or press the CAMERA button (if soequipped) to operate the RearView Moni-tor. When activating the RearView Monitor,the guide lines, the icons and the mes-sages may not be displayed immediately.

LHA3757


HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the vehicle body line �A are dis-played on the monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.∙ Red line �1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)∙ Yellow line �2 : approx. 3 ft (1m)

∙ Green line �3 : approx. 7 ft (2m)

∙ Green line �4 : approx. 10ft (3m)

Vehicle width guide lines �5

Indicate the vehicle width when backingup.

Predicted course lines �6

Indicate the predicted course when back-ing up. The predicted course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position and thesteering wheel is turned. When activatingthe RearView Monitor, the guide lines, theicons and the messages may not be dis-played immediately. The predicted courselines will move depending on how muchthe steering wheel is turned and will not bedisplayed while the steering wheel is in thestraight-ahead position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the widthof the predicted course lines are wider thanthe actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or downhillsurfaces or projecting objects will be actu-ally located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objectsas you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objectsbehind the vehicle.

LHA1196


Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up near a projectingobjectThe predicted course lines �A do not touchthe object in the display. However, the ve-hicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

LHA3763 LHA3764 LHA1201


Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position �C is shown farther than theposition �B in the display. However, the po-sition �C is actually at the same distance asthe position �A . The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position �Aif the object projects over the actual back-ing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES

WARNING∙ If the tires are replaced with different

sized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course line and the ac-tual course line.

∙ If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please performthe following procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lockto lock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

∙ When the steering wheel is turnedwith the ignition switch in the ACC po-sition, the predicted course lines maybe displayed incorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen �A when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.When activating the RearView Monitor,

LHA4387 LHA1197


the guide lines, the icons and the mes-sages may not be displayed immedi-ately.

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the pre-dicted course lines �B enter the park-ing space �C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines �D parallelto the parking space �C while referringto the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to theP (Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

LHA1198


ADJUSTING THE SCREENTo adjust the Display ON/OFF, Brightness,Tint, Color, Contrast and Black Level of theRearView Monitor, press the SETTING but-ton with the RearView Monitor on. Selectone of the items and change the value bytouching the “+” or “-” key or by turning themulti-function controller.

NOTE:

Do not adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color,Contrast and Black Level of the RearViewMonitor while the vehicle is moving. Makesure the parking brake is firmly applied.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFFPREDICTED COURSE LINESTo toggle on and off the predicted courselines while in the P (Park) position:

1. Press the SETTING button.

2. Touch the Camera or Camera/Sonarkey.

3. Touch the Camera key.

4. Touch the Predicted Course Lines keyto turn the feature on or off.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor RearView Monitor. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The system cannot completely elimi-nate blind spots and may not showevery object.

∙ Underneath the bumper and the cor-ner areas of the bumper cannot beviewed on the RearView Monitor be-cause of its monitoring range limita-tion. The system will not show smallobjects below the bumper, and maynot show objects close to the bumperor on the ground.

∙ Objects viewed in the RearView Moni-tor differ from actual distance be-cause a wide-angle lens is used.

∙ Objects in the RearView Monitor willappear visually opposite compared towhen viewed in the rearview and out-side mirrors.

∙ Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by thenumber of occupants, fuel level, ve-hicle position, road conditions androad grade.

∙ Make sure that the liftgate is securelyclosed when backing up.

∙ Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled above the license plate.

LHA4243


∙ When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causingwater condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

∙ Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-sion instrument. Otherwise, it maymalfunction or cause damage result-ing in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

∙ When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects.

∙ When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

∙ Vertical lines may be seen in objects onthe screen. This is due to strong re-flected light from the bumper.

∙ The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

∙ The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from theactual color of objects.

∙ Objects on the monitor may not beclear in a dark environment.

∙ There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

∙ If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cam-era.

∙ Do not use wax on the camera lens.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with a diluted mild cleaningagent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION∙ Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner

to clean the camera. This will causediscoloration.

∙ Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera �1 , the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping it with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and then wip-ing it with a dry cloth.

LHA3757


1. CAMERA button or CAMERA / but-ton

LHA4447

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEWMONITOR (if so equipped)



structions for the proper use of theIntelligent Around View Monitor sys-tem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The Intelligent Around View Monitor isa convenience feature and is not asubstitute for proper vehicle opera-tion because it has areas where ob-jects cannot be viewed. The four cor-ners of the vehicle in particular, areareas where objects do not alwaysappear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rearviews. Always check your surround-ings to be sure that it is safe to movebefore operating the vehicle. Alwaysoperate the vehicle slowly.

∙ The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

CAUTIONDo not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofthe camera.

The Intelligent Around View Monitor sys-tem is designed as an aid to the driver insituations such as slot parking or parallelparking.

The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screen for-mat. Not all views are available at all times.

Available views:

∙ Front ViewAn approximately 150–degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

∙ Rear ViewAn approximately 150–degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

∙ Bird’s-Eye ViewThe surrounding views of the vehiclefrom above.

∙ Front-Side ViewThe view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.

To display the multiple views, the IntelligentAround View Monitor system uses cam-eras located in the front grille, on the vehi-cle’s outside mirrors and one just abovethe vehicle’s license plate �1 .

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEWMONITOR SYSTEM OPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-sition or press the CAMERA orCAMERA/ button to operate the Intel-ligent Around View Monitor. When activat-

LHA3759


ing the Intelligent Around View Monitor, theicons and the messages may not be dis-played immediately.When the camera is first activated with thebird’s-eye view in the display, a red icon (if soequipped) will flash on the screen. This in-dicates that the sonar system is activated.For additional information on the rear so-nar system, refer to “Rear Sonar System(RSS)” in the “Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

The screen displayed on the IntelligentAround View Monitor will automatically re-turn to the previous screen 3 minutes afterthe CAMERA or CAMERA/ button hasbeen pressed with the shift lever in a posi-tion other than the R (Reverse) position.

Available views

WARNING∙ The distance guide lines and the ve-

hicle width lines should be used as areference only when the vehicle is on apaved, level surface. The apparentdistance viewed on the monitor maybe different than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayedobjects.

∙ Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference. The lines andthe bird’s-eye view are greatly af-fected by the number of occupants,cargo, fuel level, vehicle position, roadcondition and road grade.

∙ If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesand the bird’s-eye view may be dis-played incorrectly.

∙ When driving the vehicle up a hill, ob-jects viewed in the monitor are fur-ther than they appear. When drivingthe vehicle down a hill, objects viewedin the monitor are closer than theyappear.

∙ Objects in the rear view will appearvisually opposite compared to whenviewed in the monitor and outsidemirrors.

∙ Use the mirrors or actually look toproperly judge distances to otherobjects.

∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course lines and the ac-tual course line.

∙ The vehicle width and predictedcourse lines are wider than the actualwidth and course.

∙ The displayed lines will appearslightly off to the right, because therearview camera is not installed in therear center of the vehicle.


Front and rear viewGuiding lines that indicate the approximatevehicle width and distance to objects withreference to the vehicle body line �A aredisplayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body:

∙ Red line �1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

∙ Yellow line �2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)

∙ Green line �3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

∙ Green line �4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m)

Vehicle width guide lines �5 :

Indicate the approximate vehicle widthwhen backing up.

Predicted course lines �6 :

Indicate the predicted course when oper-ating the vehicle. The predicted courselines will be displayed on the monitor whenthe steering wheel is turned. The predictedcourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned andmight not be displayed while the steeringwheel is in the straight-ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed whenthe vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the frontview and the steering wheel turns about90 degrees or less from the straight-ahead position, both the right and leftpredicted course lines �6 are displayed.When the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or more, a line is displayed onlyon the opposite side of the turn.

Front viewSAA1840

Rear viewSAA1896


Bird’s-eye view

The bird’s-eye view shows the overheadview of the vehicle, which helps confirm thevehicle position and the predicted courseto a parking space.

The vehicle icon �1 shows the position ofthe vehicle. Note that the apparent dis-tance between objects viewed in the bird’s-eye view may differ somewhat from theactual distance to the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot cover�2 are indicated in black.

The non-viewable area �2 is highlighted inyellow for several seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will be shown onlythe first time after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

WARNING∙ Objects in the bird’s-eye view will ap-

pear further than the actual distance.

∙ Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayed atthe seam of the views.

∙ Objects that are above the cameracannot be displayed.

∙ The view of the bird’s-eye view may bemisaligned when the camera positionalters.

∙ A line on the ground may be mis-aligned and is not seen as beingstraight at the seam of the views. Themisalignment will increase as the lineproceeds away from the vehicle.

Front-side view

Guiding lines

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatewidth and the front end of the vehicle aredisplayed on the monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line �1 shows the frontpart of the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line �2 shows the ap-proximate vehicle width including the out-side mirrors.

The extensions �3 of both the front �1 andside �2 lines are shown with a green dottedline.

LHA4394 LHA2652


DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or downhillsurfaces or projecting objects will be actu-ally located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objectsas you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objectsbehind the vehicle.

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the monitor.

LHA3763 LHA3764


Backing up near a projectingobjectThe predicted course lines �A do not touchthe object in the display. However, the ve-hicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position �C is shown farther than theposition �B in the display. However, the po-sition �C is actually at the same distance asthe position �A . The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position �Aif the object projects over the actual back-ing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES

WARNING∙ If the tires are replaced with different

sized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course line and the ac-tual course line.

∙ If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please performthe following procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lockto lock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

∙ When the steering wheel is turnedwith the ignition switch in the ACC po-sition, the predicted course lines maybe displayed incorrectly.

LHA1201 LHA4387


1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen �A when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.When activating the RearView Monitor,

the guide lines, the icons and the mes-sages may not be displayed immedi-ately.

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the pre-dicted course lines �B enter the park-ing space �C .

LHA1197 LHA1198


4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines �D parallelto the parking space �C while referringto the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to theP (Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAYWith the ignition switch in the ON position,press the CAMERA or CAMERA/ but-ton or move the shift lever to the R (Re-verse) position to operate the IntelligentAround View Monitor.The Intelligent Around View Monitor dis-plays different split screen views depend-ing on the position of the shift lever. Whenactivating the Intelligent Around ViewMonitor, the guide lines, the icons and themessages may not be displayed immedi-ately. Press the CAMERA or CAMERA/button to switch between the availableviews.If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,the available views are:

∙ Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen

∙ Rear view/front-side view split screen

If the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, theavailable views are:

∙ Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen

∙ Front view/front-side view split screen

If the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position,the available views are:

∙ Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen

∙ Front view/front-side view split screen

The display will switch from the IntelligentAround View Monitor screen when:

∙ The shift lever is in the D (Drive) positionand the vehicle speed increases aboveapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h)

∙ A different screen is selected.

ADJUSTING THE SCREENTo adjust the Display ON/OFF, Brightness,Tint, Color, Contrast and Black Level of theIntelligent Around View Monitor, press theSETTING button with the monitor on. Selectone of the items and change the value bytouching the “+” or “-” key or by turning themulti-function controller.

LHA4212


NOTE:

Do not adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color,Contrast and Black Level of the Intelli-gent Around View Monitor while the ve-hicle is moving. Make sure the parkingbrake is firmly applied.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEWMONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor Intelligent Around View Monitor.Failure to operate the vehicle in accor-dance with these system limitationscould result in serious injury or death.

∙ Do not use the Intelligent Around ViewMonitor with the outside mirrors inthe stored position, and make surethat the liftgate is securely closedwhen operating the vehicle using theIntelligent Around View Monitor.

∙ The apparent distance between ob-jects viewed on the Intelligent AroundView Monitor differs from the actualdistance.

∙ The cameras are installed on the frontgrille, the outside mirrors and abovethe rear license plate. Do not put any-thing on the vehicle that covers thecameras.

∙ When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the cameras. Otherwise, wa-ter may enter the camera unit causingwater condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

LHA3760


∙ Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing so couldcause a malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

There are some areas where the systemwill not show objects and the system doesnot warn of moving objects. When in thefront or rear view display, an object belowthe bumper or on the ground may not beviewed �1 . When in the bird’s-eye view, a tallobject near the seam �2 of the cameraviewing areas will not appear in the moni-tor.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

∙ There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

∙ When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly.

∙ When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

∙ The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

∙ The colors of objects on the IntelligentAround View Monitor may differ some-what from the actual color of objects.

∙ Objects on the Intelligent Around ViewMonitor may not be clear and the colorof the object may differ in a dark envi-ronment.

∙ There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of thebird’s-eye view.

∙ Do not use wax on the camera lens.Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth thathas been dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent, then wipe with a drycloth. System temporarily unavailable

When the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,there are abnormal conditions in the Intel-ligent Around View Monitor. This will nothinder normal driving operation but thesystem should be inspected. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LHA3591


When the “[X]” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receiv-ing temporary electronic disturbancesfrom surrounding devices. This will not hin-der normal driving operation but the sys-tem should be inspected if it occurs fre-quently. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE



∙ Do not damage the cameras as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras �1 , the Intelligent Around ViewMonitor may not display objects clearly.Clean the camera by wiping with a clothdampened with a diluted mild cleaningagent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

LHA3592 LHA3759


WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the sonarfunction as outlined in this sectioncould result in serious injury or death.

∙ The sonar is a convenience feature. Itis not a substitute for proper parking.

∙ This function is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle.

∙ The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

∙ Always look around and check that itis safe to move before parking.

∙ Read and understand the limitationsof the sonar as contained in thissection.

The sonar function helps to inform thedriver of large stationary objects aroundthe vehicle when parking by issuing an au-dible and visual alert.

1. Center display

2. CAMERA or CAMERA/ button

3. SETTING button

SONAR SYSTEM OPERATIONThe system gives the tone for rear objectswhen the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse)position.

LHA4448

CAMERA AIDING SONAR (parkingsensor) (if so equipped)


When the camera image is shown on thecenter display, the system shows the sonarindicator regardless of the shift lever posi-tion.

The system is deactivated at speeds above6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The colors of the sonar indicators and thedistance guide lines in the front and rearviews indicate different distances to theobject.

When the objects are detected, the indica-tor (green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate of theblinking and the rate of the tone increase.When the vehicle is very close to the object,the indicator stops blinking and turns red,and the tone sounds continuously.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3 sec-onds when an object is detected by onlythe corner sonar and the distance doesnot change.

The tone will stop when the object is nolonger near the vehicle.

TURNING ON AND OFF THE SONARFUNCTIONWhen the Sonar key is selected, the indica-tor will turn off and the sonar will be turnedoff temporarily. The Moving Object Detec-tion (MOD) system will also be turned off atthe same time. For additional information,refer to “Moving Object Detection (MOD) inthis section. When the Sonar key is selectedagain, the indicator will turn on and thesonar will turn back on.

In the below cases, the sonar will be turnedback on automatically:

∙ When the shift lever is placed in the “R”(Reverse) position.

∙ When the CAMERA or CAMERA/button is pressed and a screen otherthan the camera view is shown on thedisplay.

∙ When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

LHA4246 LHA4247


∙ When the ignition switch is placed in the“OFF” position and turned back to the“ON” position again. To prevent the so-nar system from activating altogether,use the “Camera” menu. For additionalinformation, refer to “Sonar functionsettings” in this section.

Sonar function settingsTo set up the sonar function to your pre-ferred settings, press the SETTING button,select the “Camera/Sonar” key and thenselect the “Sonar” key on the center display.

Designs and items displayed on thescreen may vary depending on the mod-els.

Sonar Volume: Adjust the volume of thebuzzer.Sonar: When this item is turned ON, therear sonar is activated. When this item isturned OFF (indicator turns off), the rearsonar is deactivated. The amber markersare displayed at the corners of the vehicleicon. The next time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, “sonar is OFF” isdisplayed briefly.Towing mode (if so equipped): When thisitem is turned ON, only the rear sonar isOFF. The amber markers are displayed atthe rear corners of the vehicle icon.

Show Camera when Sonar Activate (if soequipped): When this item is turned ON,the camera view is automatically shown onthe display in the case that the distance tothe objects measured by the sonar is be-coming short.Sonar Sensitivity: Adjust the sensitivitylevel of the sonar higher (right) or lower(left).

SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the sonar function. Failure to oper-ate the vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill may affectthe function of the system, includingreduced performance or a falseactivation.

∙ The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects.

∙ The system will not detect small ob-jects below the bumper, and may notdetect objects close to the bumper oron the ground.

∙ The system may not detect the fol-lowing objects:

– Fluffy objects such as snow, cloth,cotton, grass or wool.

– Thin objects such as rope, wire orchain.

– Wedge-shaped objects.

∙ If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misalignedor bent, the sensing zone may be al-tered causing inaccurate measure-ment of objects or false alarms.

CAUTIONExcessive noise (such as audio systemvolume or an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the tone and it may notbe heard.


System temporarily unavailableWhen the amber markers are displayed atthe corners of the vehicle icon and thefunction cannot be activated from theCamera setting menu (the setting itemsare grayed out), the sonar system may bemalfunctioning.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTIONKeep the surface of the sonar sensors(located on the front and rear bumperfascia) free from accumulations ofsnow, ice and dirt. Do not scratch thesurface of the sonar sensors whencleaning. If the sensors are covered, theaccuracy of the sonar function will bediminished.


1. CAMERA or CAMERA/ buttonLHA4447

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)(if so equipped)



structions for proper use of the Mov-ing Object Detection system could re-sult in serious injury or death.

∙ The MOD system is not a substitutefor proper vehicle operation and is notdesigned to prevent contact with ob-jects surrounding the vehicle. Whenmaneuvering, always use the outsidemirrors and rearview mirror and turnand check the surroundings to ensureit is safe to maneuver.

∙ The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reacti-vated at lower speeds.

∙ The MOD system is not designed todetect surrounding stationaryobjects.

The MOD system can inform the driver ofmoving objects near the vehicle whenbacking out of garages, maneuvering inparking lots and in other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objectsby using image processing technology onthe image shown in the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONThe MOD system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions:

∙ When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

∙ When the CAMERA or CAMERA/button is pressed to activate the cam-era view on the display.

∙ When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h) and thecamera screen is displayed.

The MOD system operates in the followingconditions when the camera view is dis-played:

∙ When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position and the vehicle isstopped, the MOD system detects mov-ing objects in the bird’s-eye view. TheMOD system will not operate if the out-side mirrors are moving in or out, in thestowed position, or if either front door isopened.

Front and bird’s-eye viewsLHA4190


∙ When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe front view.

∙ When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe rear view. When activating the Intel-ligent Around View Monitor, the guide-lines, the icons and the messages maynot be displayed immediately. The MODsystem will not operate if the liftgate isopen.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. The MODicon is not displayed on the screen when inthis view.

When the MOD system detects moving ob-jects near the vehicle, a yellow frame will bedisplayed on the view where the objectsare detected. While the MOD system con-tinues to detect moving objects, the yellowframe continues to be displayed.

NOTE:

While the RCTA chime (if so equipped) isbeeping, the MOD system does notchime.

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame �1 isdisplayed on each camera image (front,rear, right, left) depending on where mov-ing objects are detected.

The yellow frame �2 is displayed on eachview in the front view and rear view modes.

A blue MOD icon �3 is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is operative. A grayMOD icon is displayed in the view where theMOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon �3 is not displayed.

Rear and bird’s-eye viewsLHA4191

Rear and front-side viewsLHA4193


TURNING MOD ON AND OFF1. Press the SETTING button on the con-

trol panel

2. Touch the Camera/Sonar key

3. Select the Camera key

4. Touch “Moving Object Detection” toswitch between ON and OFF.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor MOD. Failure to operate the vehiclein accordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ Do not use the MOD system whentowing a trailer. The system may notfunction properly.

∙ Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume or open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the chimesound, and it may not be heard.

∙ The MOD system performance will belimited according to environmentalconditions and surrounding objectssuch as:

– When there is low contrast be-tween background and the movingobjects.

– When there is a blinking source oflight.

– When strong light such as anothervehicle’s headlight or sunlight ispresent.

– When camera orientation is not inits usual position, such as when amirror is folded.

– When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

– When the position of the movingobjects in the display is notchanged.

∙ The MOD system might detect flowingwater droplets on the camera lens,white smoke from the muffler, mov-ing shadows, etc.

∙ The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed, di-rection, distance or shape of the mov-ing objects.

∙ If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed,leaving it misaligned or bent, thesensing zone may be altered and theMOD system may not detect objectsproperly.

∙ When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not dis-play objects clearly. This is not amalfunction.

NOTE:

The blue MOD icon will change to orangeif one of the following has occurred:

∙ When the system is malfunctioning.

∙ When the component temperaturereaches a high level (icon will blink).

∙ When the Rear View camera has de-tected a blockage (icon will blink).

If the icon light continues to illuminateorange, have the MOD system checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCE



∙ Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of thecameras �1 , the MOD system may not oper-ate properly. Clean the camera by wiping witha cloth dampened with a diluted mild clean-ing agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

Adjust air flow direction for the center vents�1 , driver’s and passenger’s side vents �2 ,rear center console vents �3 , and rear pas-senger compartment vents �4 by movingthe vent slide and/or vent assemblies.

Open or close the vents using the dial.Move the dial toward the to open thevents or toward the to close them.

LHA3759

LHA4178

VENTS


1. Air recirculation button2. A/C (air conditioner) ON-OFF but-

ton3. MODE (manual air flow control)

button4. REAR (ON-OFF) button5. DUAL (ON-OFF) button/

Temperature control dial (passen-ger’s side)

6. REAR window and outsidemirror (if so equipped) defrosterswitch

7. ON-OFF button/ Fan speedcontrol dial

8. Front defroster button9. AUTO (automatic) climate control

ON-OFF button/Temperature con-trol dial (driver’s side)

WARNING∙ The air conditioner cooling function

operates only when the engine isrunning.

∙ Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assis-tance of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should also not be left alone.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

∙ Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the inte-rior air to become stale and the win-dows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the controlsto activate the air conditioner.

LHA4423

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(automatic) (if so equipped)


NOTE:

∙ Odors from inside and outside the ve-hicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passengercompartment through the vents.

∙ When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air recir-culation to allow fresh air into the pas-senger compartment. This should helpreduce odors inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC OPERATIONCooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)This mode may be used all year round asthe system automatically works to keep aconstant temperature. Air flow distribution,air intake control, and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

1. Press the AUTO button on.

2. Turn the temperature control dial tothe left or right to set the desired tem-perature.

∙ Adjust the temperature display toabout 75°F (24°C) for normal operation.

∙ The temperature of the passengercompartment will be maintained auto-matically. Air flow distribution, air intakecontrol and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

∙ A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe vents in hot, humid conditions asthe air is cooled rapidly. This does notindicate a malfunction.

3. You can individually set driver’s andfront passenger’s side temperature us-ing each temperature control dial.When the DUAL button is pressed, theDUAL indicator will come on. To turn offthe passenger’s side temperature con-trol, press the DUAL button.

Heating (A/C OFF)The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.

1. If the air conditioner is on, press the A/Cbutton. The A/C indicator will turn off.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.

∙ The temperature of the passengercompartment will be maintained auto-matically. Air flow distribution, air intakecontrol and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

∙ Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Otherwise,the system may not work properly.

∙ Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting ordefogging

1. Press the front defroster buttonon. (The indicator light on the buttonwill come on.)


∙ To quickly remove ice from the outsideof the windows, use the fan speedcontrol dial to set the fan speed tomaximum.

∙ As soon as possible after the wind-shield is clean, press the AUTO button toreturn to the automatic mode.


∙ When the front defroster button ispressed, the air conditioner will auto-matically be turned on at outside tem-peratures above 36°F (2°C). The air recir-culate mode automatically turns off,allowing outside air to be drawn into thepassenger compartment to further im-prove the defogging performance.

Remote Engine Start withIntelligent Climate Control (if soequipped)Vehicles equipped with automatic climatecontrols and Remote Engine Start functionmay go into automatic heating or coolingmode when Remote Engine Start is acti-vated depending on outside and cabintemperatures. During this period, the cli-mate control display and buttons will beinoperable until the ignition switch isturned on. In Remote Engine Start defrost-ing mode, the rear window defroster andheated steering wheel (if so equipped) maybe activated automatically.

Voice Recognition logic (if soequipped)When the climate control system is on, thefront and rear fan speeds may be auto-matically lowered so that commands are

more easily recognized. Fan speed can beadjusted using the fan speed decrease andincrease buttons, if desired.

MANUAL OPERATIONFan speed controlTurn the fan speed control dial tomanually control the fan speed.Press the AUTO button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Temperature control dialThe temperature control dial allows you toadjust the temperature of the outlet air. Tolower the temperature, turn the dial to theleft. To increase the temperature, turn thedial to the right. Temperature can be ad-justed on the driver’s and passenger’s side.

Air recirculationPress the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.The indicator light on the button willcome on.The air recirculation cannot be activatedwhen the air conditioner is in thefront defrosting mode.

When the outside temperature exceeds70°F (21°C), the air conditioning system maydefault to air recirculation mode automati-cally to reduce overall power consumption.To exit air recirculation mode, deselect theair recirculation button (indicator will turnoff) to enter fresh air mode.

Automatic intake air controlIn the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually con-trol the intake air, press the air recir-culation button. To return to the automaticcontrol mode, press and hold the airrecirculation button for about 2 seconds.The indicator light will flash twice, and thenthe intake air will be controlled automati-cally.

Air conditioner button

Start the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position andpress the button to turn on the airconditioner. To turn off the air conditioner,press the button again.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.


Air flow controlPressing the MODE button manually con-trols air flow and selects the air outlet:

— Air flows from center and sidevents.

— Air flows from center and sidevents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from footoutlets.

— Air flows from defroster andfoot outlets.

To turn system offPress the ON-OFF button to turn the sys-tem off.

To turn system on

Press the ON-OFF button when the heateror air conditioner is off. The system will turnon with the settings that were used imme-diately before the system was turned off.

CLIMATE buttonPress the CLIMATE button on the multi-function control panel to display the screenfor front air conditioner operations.

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switchFor additional information, refer to “Rearwindow and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.

OPERATING TIPSThe sunload sensor, located on the topdriver’s side of the instrument panel, helpsthe system maintain a constant tempera-ture. Do not put anything on or around thissensor.

LHA2473


∙ When the climate system is in auto-matic operation and the engine coolanttemperature and outside air tempera-ture are low, the air flow outlet may de-fault to defroster mode for a maximumof 2 minutes 30 seconds. This is not amalfunction. After the engine coolanttemperature warms up, the air flow out-let will return to foot mode and opera-tion will continue normally.

∙ When the outside and interior cabintemperatures are moderate to high, theintake setting may default to turn off airrecirculation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. You may no-tice air flow from the foot mode, bi-levelmode or side demist vent outlets for amaximum of 15 seconds. This may oc-cur when previous climate setting wassystem off. This is not a malfunction.After the initial warm air is expelled, theintake will return to automatic control,air flow outlet will return to previous set-tings, and operation will continue nor-mally. To exit, press any climate controlbutton.

∙ Keep the moonroof (if so equipped)closed while the air conditioner is in op-eration.

∙ If you feel that the air flow mode youhave selected and the outlets the air iscoming out do not match, selectthe mode.

∙ When you change the air flow mode,you may feel air flow from the feet ventsfor just a moment. This is not a mal-function.


REAR AUTOMATIC AIRCONDITIONING SYSTEM

1. REAR (ON-OFF) button

2. ON-OFF button/ Fan speed con-trol dial

3. AUTO button/temperature control dial(driver’s side)

To turn on the rear automatic air condition-ing system with the front air conditionercontrol panel, press the REAR (ON-OFF)button.

The rear automatic air conditioning sys-tem can be adjusted with the front air con-ditioner control panel when the Rear Cli-mate screen is displayed.

To control the rear automatic air condition-ing system using the display, press the CLI-MATE button on the center multi-functioncontrol panel and touch the Rear Climatekey displayed on the screen. The front dis-play will switch to the Rear Climate screen.

To adjust the front air conditioning system,press the CLIMATE button on the centermulti-function control panel.

Automatic operation

1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indi-cator will illuminate in the display.

2. Turn the temperature control dials toset desired temperature. Temperaturecan be controlled using the displayscreen. Touch the keys toset the desired temperature.

Manual operation

∙ Temperature controlTurn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.

∙ Fan speed controlTurn the Fan speed control dial tomanually control the fan speed. Fanspeed can also be controlled using thedisplay screen. Touch the orkey to set the desired fan speed.

Front ControlsLHA4424


Rear Heating

1. To control the rear automatic air condi-tioning system, press the CLIMATE but-ton on the center multi-function con-trol panel. When the display shows frontclimate control, touch the Rear Climatekey displayed on the screen.

2. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indi-cator will illuminate in the display. Or,using the touch-screen display, touchthe right side arrow key to display ad-ditional keys; touch the AUTO key onthe display and the feature will activate.


∙ Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Doing somay cause the temperature to not becontrolled properly.

Turning the system off

∙ Press the REAR (ON-OFF) button on thefront control panel to turn the Rear Cli-mate system off. The indicator light willturn off.

∙ Press the ON-OFF button/ fanspeed control dial. The rear climatecontrols will turn off.

Turning the system off using the displayscreen

1. To turn the system off using the displayscreen, press the CLIMATE button onthe center multi-function control paneluntil the Rear Climate screen is dis-played. When the display shows frontclimate control, touch the Rear Climatekey displayed on the screen.

2. Touch the ON/OFF key to turn offthe rear controls in the Rear Climatedisplay screen.

LHA4425 LHA4468


Rear control buttons

1. OFF button

2. Fan speed (increase) button

3. AUTO button

4. Temperature (increase) button

5. Temperature (decrease) button

6. Display

7. Fan speed (decrease) button

The rear seat passengers can adjust therear automatic air conditioning system us-ing the control switches at the rear of thecenter console.The rear control buttons do not functionwhen the Rear Climate screen is shown onthe front display. To activate the rear con-trol buttons, press the CLIMATE button andthe screen will return to Front Climate con-trol. This will enable the second row RearClimate controls.

∙ OFF button Turns rear automatic airconditioning system off.

∙ Fan speed increase anddecrease buttons Adjusts the rear fanspeed up or down.

∙ AUTO button Turns rear automatic airconditioning system on, AUTO modeon.

∙ Temperature increase anddecrease buttons Adjusts the reartemperature up or down.

Rear ControlsLHA2134


The air conditioner system in your NISSANvehicle is charged with a refrigerant de-signed with the environment in mind.This refrigerant does not harm theearth’s ozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricantis required when servicing your NISSAN airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage toyour air conditioner system. For additionalinformation, refer to “Air conditioner sys-tem refrigerant and oil recommendations”in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer to service your “environmentallyfriendly” air conditioner system.

WARNINGThe air conditioner system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with properequipment.

There are USB/iPod® charging ports lo-cated in 1st row in the front media pocketbelow the climate controls and in the 2ndrow on the back of the center console.These ports will charge compatible de-vices.

NOTE:

The USB/iPod® charging ports will notoperate with the display screen or theMobile Entertainment System (MES) (ifso equipped). Only the USB connectionport located in the console box will allowoperation of USB/iPod®devices throughthe audio system.

1st rowLHA4449

2nd rowLHA4481

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER USB/iPod® CHARGING PORTS (if soequipped)


The antenna cannot be shortened, but canbe removed. When you need to remove theantenna, turn the antenna rod counter-clockwise.

To install the antenna rod, turn the antennarod clockwise and hand tighten.

CAUTION∙ Always properly tighten the antenna

rod during installation or the antennarod may break during vehicleoperation.

∙ Be sure that the antenna is removedbefore the vehicle enters an auto-matic car wash.

WINDOW ANTENNAThe antenna pattern is printed inside therear window.

CAUTION∙ Do not place metalized film near the

rear window glass or attach any metalparts to it. This may cause poor recep-tion or noise.

∙ When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna with adampened soft cloth.

When installing a CB, ham radio or carphone in your vehicle, be sure to observethe following precautions; otherwise, thenew equipment may adversely affect theengine control system and other electronicparts.

WARNING∙ A cellular phone should not be used

for any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicle op-eration. Some jurisdictions prohibitthe use of cellular phones whiledriving.

∙ If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-lar phone operational mode is highlyrecommended. Exercise extreme cau-tion at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

∙ If you are unable to devote full atten-tion to vehicle operation while talkingon the phone, pull off the road to asafe location and stop your vehicle.

ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


CAUTION∙ Keep the antenna as far away as pos-

sible from the electronic controlmodules.

∙ Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic con-trol system harnesses. Do not routethe antenna wire next to any harness.

∙ Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by themanufacturer.

∙ Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

∙ For additional information, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for servicing.


MEMO


5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . 5-13Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14NISSAN Intelligent Key® batterydischarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 5-16Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 5-22

BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-25BSW system limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped) . . 5-32RCTA system operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33How to enable/disable the RCTAsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35RCTA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Precautions on cruise control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped) . . 5-43ICC system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44

The ICC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46ICC system limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . .5-58AEB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59Turning the AEB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61AEB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66Intelligent 4x4 (I-4x4) (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67

I–4x4 system operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . 5-75Rise-up and build-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77Brake force distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77

Hill descent control system (if so equipped) . . . . . 5-78Hill start assist system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78Rear Sonar System (RSS) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 5-79Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80

Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80Draining of coolant water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 5-81

WARNING∙ Do not leave children or adults who

would normally require the assis-tance of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should also not be left alone.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING∙ Do not breathe exhaust gases; they

contain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

∙ If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have the ve-hicle inspected immediately.

∙ Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

∙ Do not park the vehicle with the en-gine running for any extended lengthof time.

∙ Keep the rear vent windows, liftgates,doors and trunk lids (if so equipped)closed while driving, otherwise ex-haust gases could be drawn into thepassenger compartment. If you mustdrive with one of these open, followthese precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation but-ton to off and the fan control dial tohigh to circulate the air.

∙ If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the liftgate or thebody, follow the manufacturer’s rec-ommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

∙ The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the three-way catalystare burned at high temperatures to helpreduce pollutants.

WARNING∙ The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-

tem are very hot. Keep people, ani-mals or flammable materials awayfrom the exhaust systemcomponents.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

∙ Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION∙ Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits

from leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s abilityto help reduce exhaust pollutants.

∙ Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keepdriving if the engine misfires, or if no-ticeable loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions are de-tected. Have the vehicle inspectedpromptly. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

∙ Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer onthe vehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon as pos-sible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan lead to tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, and it is

the driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-rect tire pressure, even if under-inflationhas not reached the level to trigger illumi-nation of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuously illu-minated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long asthe malfunction exists. When the malfunc-tion indicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMS malfunctionsmay occur for a variety of reasons, includ-ing the installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Starting and driving 5-3

Additional information:

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSdoes not monitor the tire pressure ofthe spare tire.

∙ The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tire pres-sure (for example, a flat tire while driv-ing).

∙ The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

∙ The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warn-ing appears in the vehicle informationdisplay when the low tire pressurewarning light is illuminated and low tirepressure is detected. The “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning turns off whenthe low tire pressure warning light turnsoff.

∙ The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warn-ing appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the on position aslong as the low tire pressure warninglight remains illuminated.

∙ The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warn-ing does not appear if the low tire pres-sure warning light illuminates to indi-cate a TPMS malfunction.

∙ Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’s op-eration and the outside temperature.Do not reduce the tire pressure afterdriving because the tire pressure risesafter driving. Low outside temperaturecan lower the temperature of the airinside the tire which can cause a lowertire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illumi-nates, check the tire pressure for all fourtires.

∙ The Tire and Loading Information labelis located in the driver’s door opening.

∙ You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the ve-hicle information display screen. The or-der of the tire pressure figures dis-played on the screen corresponds withthe actual order of the tire position.

For additional information, refer to “Low tirepressure warning light” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.




∙ If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopthe vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires may per-manently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light off. If you have a flattire, replace it with a spare tire as soonas possible. (For additional informa-tion, refer to “Flat tire” in the “In case ofemergency” section for changing aflat tire.)

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheel isreplaced, tire pressure will not be indi-cated, the TPMS will not function andthe low tire pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute. Thelight will remain on after 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/or TPMSsystem reset as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


∙ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CAUTION∙ The TPMS may not function properly

when the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buried insnow.

∙ Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on the win-dows. This may cause poor receptionof the signals from the tire pressuresensors, and the TPMS will not func-tion properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate.

Some examples are:

∙ Facilities or electric devices using simi-lar radio frequencies are near the ve-hicle.

∙ If a transmitter set to similar frequen-cies is being used in or near the vehicle.

∙ If a computer (or similar equipment) ora DC/AC converter is being used in ornear the vehicle.


The low tire pressure warning light mayilluminate in the following cases.

∙ If the vehicle is equipped with a wheeland tire without TPMS.

∙ If the TPMS has been replaced and theID has not been registered.

∙ If the wheel is not originally specified byNISSAN.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire AlertWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire,the TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert providesvisual and audible signals outside the ve-hicle to help you inflate the tires to the rec-ommended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ON po-sition. Do not start the engine.

Operation

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica-tors will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure isreached, the horn beeps once and thehazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

∙ If the tire is over-inflated more thanapproximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicatorsflash three times. To correct the pres-sure, push the core of the valve stemon the tire briefly to release pressure.When the pressure reaches the des-ignated pressure, the horn beepsonce.

∙ If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds af-ter starting to inflate the tire, it indi-cates that the Easy-Fill Tire Alert isnot operating.

∙ The TPMS will not activate the Easy-Fill Tire Alert under the following con-ditions:

– If there is interference from an exter-nal device or transmitter.

– The air pressure from the inflationdevice is not sufficient to inflate thetire.

– There is a malfunction in the TPMSsystem.

– There is a malfunction in the horn orhazard indicators.


– The identification code of the tirepressure sensor is not registered tothe system.

– The battery of the tire pressure sen-sor is low.

∙ If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not op-erate due to TPMS interference, movethe vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backwardor forward and try again.

If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use atire pressure gauge.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONSUtility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable ofperforming in a variety of on-pavementand off-road applications. This gives thema higher center of gravity than ordinary ve-hicles. An advantage of higher groundclearance is a better view of the road, allow-ing you to anticipate problems. However,they are not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as conventional 2-wheeldrive vehicles any more than low-slungsports cars are designed to perform satis-

factorily under off-road conditions. If at allpossible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds.As with other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control or vehicle rollover. In a roll-over crash, an unbelted person is signifi-cantly more likely to die than a personwearing a seat belt.

For additional information, refer to “Drivingsafety precautions” in this section.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNINGFailure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or suddensteering maneuvers, because these drivingpractices could cause you to lose control ofyour vehicle.

As with any vehicle, loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects or cause the vehicle to roll over,particularly if the loss of control causesthe vehicle to slide sideways.

Be attentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under the in-fluence of alcohol or drugs (including pre-scription or over-the-counter drugs whichmay cause drowsiness). Always wear yourseat belt as outlined in the “Safety – Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section of this manual, and also in-struct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted personis significantly more likely to be injuredor killed than a person properly wearinga seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYWhile driving, the right side or left sidewheels may unintentionally leave the roadsurface. If this occurs, maintain control ofthe vehicle by following the procedure be-low. Please note that this procedure is onlya general guide. The vehicle must be drivenas appropriate based on the conditions ofthe vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.


3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt todrive the vehicle back onto the roadsurface until vehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tires re-turn to the road surface. When all tiresare on the road surface, steer the ve-hicle to stay in the appropriate drivinglane.

∙ If you decide that it is not safe to re-turn the vehicle to the road surfacebased on vehicle, road or traffic con-ditions, gradually slow the vehicle to astop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by drivingon under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han-dling and stability of the vehicle, especiallyat highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspecting the tires for wear anddamage. For additional information, referto “Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself ”section of this manual. If a tire rapidly losesair pressure or “blows-out” while driving,maintain control of the vehicle by followingthe procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. The ve-hicle must be driven as appropriate basedon the conditions of the vehicle, road andtraffic.

WARNINGThe following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pres-sure. Losing control of the vehicle maycause a collision and result in personalinjury.

∙ The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

∙ Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

∙ Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

∙ Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.


6. Turn on the hazard warning flashersand contact a roadside emergencyservice to change the tire. For addi-tional information, refer to “Changing aflat tire” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNINGNever drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgement. Drivingafter drinking alcohol increases thelikelihood of being involved in an acci-dent injuring yourself and others. Addi-tionally, if you are injured in an accident,alcohol can increase the severity of theinjury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive underthe influence of alcohol. Every year thou-sands of people are injured or killed inalcohol-related collisions. Although the lo-cal laws vary on what is considered to belegally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and mostpeople underestimate the effects of alco-hol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!That is true for drugs (over-the-counter,prescription) and illegal drugs, too. Don’tdrive if your ability to operate your vehicle isimpaired by alcohol, drugs, or some otherphysical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONSYour NISSAN is designed for both normaland off-road use. However, avoid driving indeep water or mud as your NISSAN ismainly designed for leisure use, unlike aconventional off-road vehicle.

Remember that 2-wheel drive models areless capable than 4-wheel drive models forrough road driving and extrication whenstuck in deep snow or mud, or the like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING∙ Spinning the front wheels on slippery

surfaces may cause the 4WD warningmessage to display and the 4WD sys-tem to automatically switch from the4WD to the 2WD mode. This could re-duce the traction. Be especially care-ful when towing a trailer (4WDmodels).

∙ Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicleshould be seated with their seat beltfastened. This will keep you and yourpassengers in position when drivingover rough terrain.

∙ Do not drive across steep slopes. In-stead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-road ve-hicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward orbackward.


∙ Many hills are too steep for any ve-hicle. If you drive up them, you maystall. If you drive down them, you maynot be able to control your speed. Ifyou drive across them, you may rollover.

∙ Do not shift gears while driving ondownhill grades as this could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

∙ Stay alert when driving to the top of ahill. At the top there could be a drop-off or other hazard that could causean accident.

∙ If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill, neverattempt to turn around. Your vehiclecould tip or roll over. Always backstraight down in R (Reverse) gear andapply brakes to control your speed.

∙ Heavy braking going down a hill couldcause your brakes to overheat andfade, resulting in loss of control andan accident. Apply brakes lightly anduse a low gear to control your speed.

∙ Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over rough ter-rain. Properly secure all cargo so it willnot be thrown forward and cause in-jury to you or your passengers.

∙ Secure heavy loads in the cargo areaas far forward and as low as possible.Do not equip the vehicle with tireslarger than specified in this manual.This could cause your vehicle to rollover.

∙ Do not grip the inside or spokes of thesteering wheel when driving off-road.The steering wheel could move sud-denly and injure your hands. Insteaddrive with your fingers and thumbs onthe outside of the rim.

∙ Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

∙ Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may become hot.

∙ Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a higher cen-ter of gravity, your NISSAN is more af-fected by strong side winds. Slowerspeeds ensure better vehicle control.

∙ Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires, even with 4WDengaged.

∙ For 4WD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could resultin serious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

∙ Do not attempt to test a 4WDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-mometer (such as the dynamometersused by some states for emissionstesting), or similar equipment even ifthe other two wheels are raised off theground. Make sure you inform test fa-cility personnel that your vehicle isequipped with 4WD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrongtest equipment may result in drive-train damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seri-ous vehicle damage or personalinjury.


∙ When a wheel is off the ground due toan unlevel surface, do not spin thewheel excessively.

∙ Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

∙ If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. Your NISSAN vehicle has ahigher center of gravity than a pas-senger car. The vehicle is not de-signed for cornering at the samespeeds as passenger cars.

∙ Failure to operate this vehicle cor-rectly could result in loss of controland/or a rollover accident.

∙ Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted, or radial), and tread pattern onall four wheels. Install tire chains onthe front wheels when driving on slip-pery roads and drive carefully.

∙ Be sure to check the brakes immedi-ately after driving in mud or water. Foradditional information, refer to “Brakesystem” in this section.

∙ Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicle and itrolls forward, backward or sideways,you could be injured.

∙ Whenever you drive off-road throughsand, mud or water as deep as thewheel hub, more frequent mainte-nance may be required. For additionalinformation, refer to “Severe drivingconditions” in the “Maintenance andschedules” section of this manual.

WARNINGDo not operate the push-button igni-tion switch while driving the vehicle ex-cept in an emergency. (The engine willstop when the ignition switch is pushedthree consecutive times in quick suc-cession or the ignition switch is pushedand held for more than 2 seconds.) If theengine stops while the vehicle is beingdriven, this could lead to a crash andserious injury.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch will illuminate.

Push the ignition switch center:

∙ Once to change to ACC.

∙ Two times to change to ON.

∙ Three times to return to OFF.

The ignition switch will automatically re-turn to the LOCK position when any door iseither opened or closed with the switch inthe OFF position.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot beswitched to OFF until the shift lever ismoved to the P (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the OFF position, proceed as fol-lows:

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion.

2. Push the ignition switch. The ignitionswitch position will change to the ONposition.

3. Push the ignition switch again to theOFF position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannotbe moved from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for opera-tion are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are pres-ent near the operating location, the Intelli-gent Key system’s operating range be-comes narrower and may not functionproperly.

LSD2014 LSD2020


If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even some-one who does not carry the Intelligent Key,to push the ignition switch to start the en-gine.

The operating range of the engine startfunction is inside of the vehicle �1 .

∙ The luggage area is not included in theoperating range, but the Intelligent Keymay function.

∙ If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, inside the glove box,storage bin or door pocket, the Intelli-gent Key may not function.

∙ If the Intelligent Key is placed near thedoor or window outside the vehicle, theIntelligent Key may function.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONSLOCK (Normal parking position)

The ignition switch can only be locked inthis position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when itis pushed to the ACC position while carry-ing the Intelligent Key.

The ignition switch will lock when any dooris opened or closed with the ignitionswitched off.

ACC (Accessories)

This position activates electrical accesso-ries, such as the radio, when the engine isnot running.

ACC has a battery saver feature that willplace the ignition switch in the OFF positionafter a period of time under the followingconditions:

∙ All doors are closed.

∙ The shift lever is in P (Park).

The battery saver feature will be canceled ifany of the following occur:

∙ Any door is opened.

∙ The shift lever is moved out of P (Park).

∙ The ignition switch changes position.

ON (Normal operating position)

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

ON has a battery saver feature that willplace the ignition switch in the OFF posi-tion, if the vehicle is not running, after sometime under the following conditions:

∙ All doors are closed.

∙ The shift lever is in P (Park).

The battery saver feature will be canceled ifany of the following occur:

∙ Any door is opened.

∙ The shift lever is moved out of the P(Park) position.

∙ The ignition switch changes position.

CAUTIONDo not leave the vehicle with the igni-tion switch in ACC or ON positions whenthe engine is not running for an ex-tended period. This can discharge thebattery.

OFF

The ignition switch is in the OFF positionwhen the engine is turned off using theignition switch. No lights will illuminate onthe ignition switch.


EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

∙ Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch three consecutive times in lessthan 1.5 seconds, or

∙ Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®BATTERY DISCHARGEIf the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key®is discharged, or environmental conditionsinterfere with the Intelligent Key operation,start the engine according to the followingprocedure:

1. Place the shift lever in the P (Park) posi-tion.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intel-ligent Key as illustrated. (A chime willsound.)

After step 3 is performed, when theignition switch is pushed without de-pressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch position will change to ACC.

4. Push the ignition switch while depress-ing the brake pedal within 10 secondsafter the chime sounds. The engine willstart.

NOTE:

∙ When the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC or ON position or the engineis started by the above procedure, theIntelligent Key battery discharge in-dicator appears in the vehicle infor-mation display even when the Intelli-gent Key is inside the vehicle. This isnot a malfunction. To turn off the In-telligent Key battery discharge indi-cator, touch the ignition switch withthe Intelligent Key again.

∙ If the Intelligent Key battery dis-charge indicator appears, replace thebattery as soon as possible. For addi-tional information, refer to “Batteryreplacement” in the “Do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

SSD0860


NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedure:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding thedevice (which may have caused the in-terference) separate from the regis-tered key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.

∙ Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

∙ Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid, and windshield-washer fluid as frequently as possible,or at least whenever you refuel.

∙ Check that all windows and lights areclean.

∙ Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also check tires forproper inflation.

∙ Check that all doors are closed.

∙ Position seat and adjust headrestraints/headrests.

∙ Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

∙ Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

∙ Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position. For additional information,refer to “Warning lights, indicator lightsand audible reminders” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of thismanual.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.

The starter is designed not to oper-ate if the shift lever is in any of thedriving positions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON po-sition. Depress the brake pedal andpush the ignition switch to start theengine.

To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch whiledepressing the brake pedal with theignition switch in any position.

∙ If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and while holding, crank the en-gine. Release the accelerator pedalwhen the engine starts.

∙ If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Push the ignition switchto the ON position to start crankingthe engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stopcranking by pushing the ignition

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


switch to the LOCK position. Aftercranking the engine, release the ac-celerator pedal. Crank the enginewith your foot off the acceleratorpedal by depressing the brake pedaland pushing the ignition switch tostart the engine. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the above pro-cedure.

CAUTIONDo not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, push the ignition switchto the OFF position and wait 10 secondsbefore cranking again, otherwise thestarter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up:

Allow the engine to idle for at least30 seconds after starting. Do not racethe engine while warming it up. Drive ata moderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 to 3 minutes beforeshutting it off. Starting and stoppingthe engine over a short period of timemay make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

5. To stop the engine, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start conditionssuch as:

1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularlyand/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)Vehicles started with the Remote EngineStart require the ignition switch to beplaced in the ON position before the shiftlever can be moved from the P (Park) posi-tion. To place the ignition switch in the ONposition, follow these steps:

1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is onyou.

2. Apply the brake.

3. Push the ignition switch once to the ONposition.



CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT)

WARNING∙ Do not depress the accelerator pedal

while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or L (Low).Always depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

∙ Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

∙ Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

∙ Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle is re-versing. This could cause an accidentor damage the transmission.

CAUTION∙ To avoid possible damage to your ve-

hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

∙ Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position while driv-ing. Coasting with the transmission inthe N (Neutral) position may cause se-rious damage to the transmission.

The CVT in your vehicle is electronicallycontrolled to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.

The recommended operating proceduresfor this transmission are shown on the fol-lowing pages. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance and driv-ing enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

Starting the vehicle1. After starting the engine, fully depress

the foot brake pedal before moving theshift lever out of the P (Park) position.This Continuously Variable Transmis-sion is designed so that the footbrake pedal must be depressed be-fore shifting from P (Park) to any driv-ing position while the ignition switchis in the ON position.The shift lever cannot be moved outof the P (Park) position and into anyof the other positions if the ignitionswitch is placed in the LOCK, OFF orACC position while the ready light il-luminates.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand move the shift lever to a drivingposition.

3. Release the parking brake and footbrake pedal and then gradually startthe vehicle in motion.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


WARNING∙ Do not depress the accelerator pedal

while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low).Always depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

∙ Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

∙ Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

∙ Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle is re-versing. This could cause an accidentor damage the transmission.

CAUTION∙ To avoid possible damage to your ve-

hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

∙ Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position while driv-ing. Coasting with the transmission inthe N (Neutral) position may cause se-rious damage to the transmission.

ShiftingPress the button �A while depressingthe brake pedal

Press the button �A to shift

Shift without pressing the �A button

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal, press the shift lever buttonand move the shift lever from the P (Park)position to any of the desired shift posi-tions.

LSD2127


WARNINGApply the parking brake if the shift leveris in any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personal in-jury or property damage.

CAUTIONUse the P (Park) or R (Reverse) positiononly when the vehicle is completelystopped.

P (Park)

CAUTIONTo prevent transmission damage, usethe P (Park) position only when the ve-hicle is completely stopped.

Use the P (Park) shift lever position whenthe vehicle is parked or when starting theengine. Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped. The brake pedal must be de-pressed and the shift lever buttonpressed to move the shift lever from N(Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park).Apply the parking brake. When parking on ahill, apply the parking brake first, then movethe shift lever to the P (Park) position.

R (Reverse)

CAUTIONTo prevent transmission damage, usethe R (Reverse) position only when thevehicle is completely stopped.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before selecting the R (Reverse)position. The brake pedal must be de-pressed and the shift lever buttonpressed to move the shift lever from P(Park), N (Neutral) or any drive position toR (Reverse).

N (Neutral)

Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to N (Neutral) andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicle ismoving.

D (Drive)

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

L (Low)

Use this position for engine braking onsteep downhill gradients/climbing steepslopes and whenever approaching sharpbends. Do not use the L (Low) position inany other circumstances.


Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from theP (Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the shift lever buttonpressed. To move the shift lever, performthe following procedure:

1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position.


3. Remove the shift lock release cover �Ausing a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release �Busing a suitable tool.

5. Press the shift lever button �C andmove the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position �D while holding down theshift lock release. The vehicle may bemoved to the desired location. Replacethe removed shift lock release coverafter the operation. If the shift levercannot be moved out of the P (Park)position, have the Continuously Vari-able Transmission system checked assoon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNINGIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) position while the engine isrunning and the brake pedal is de-pressed, the stop lights may not work.Malfunctioning stop lights could causean accident injuring yourself andothers.

Overdrive (O/D) OFF switchWhen the O/D OFF switch is pushed withthe shift lever in the D (Drive) position,the light in the instrument panel illu-minates. For additional information, referto “Overdrive OFF indicator light” in the “In-struments and controls” section of thismanual.Use the overdrive OFF mode when youneed improved engine braking.

To turn off the overdrive OFF mode, pushthe O/D OFF switch again. The indi-cator light will turn off.

LSD2128 LSD2246


Each time the engine is started, or whenthe shift lever is shifted to any positionother than D (Drive), the overdrive OFFmode will be automatically turned off.

Accelerator downshift— in D (Drive) position —For passing or hill climbing, depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shiftsthe transmission down into a lower gear,depending on the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protectionmodeThis transmission has a high fluid tem-perature protection mode. If the fluid tem-perature becomes too high (for example,when climbing steep grades in high tem-peratures with heavy loads, such as whentowing a trailer), engine power and, undersome conditions, vehicle speed will be de-creased automatically to reduce thechance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the accelera-tor pedal, but the engine and vehicle speedmay be limited.

Fail-safeIf the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheelspinning and subsequent hard braking,the fail-safe system may be activated.The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)may come on to indicate the fail-safemode is activated. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL)” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual. This will oc-cur even if all electrical circuits are func-tioning properly. In this case, place theignition switch in the OFF position andwait for 10 seconds. Then push theswitch back to the ON position. The ve-hicle should return to its normal operat-ing condition. If it does not return to itsnormal operating condition, have thetransmission checked and repaired, ifnecessary. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNINGWhen the high fluid temperature pro-tection mode or fail-safe operation oc-curs, vehicle speed may be gradually re-duced. The reduced speed may be lowerthan other traffic, which could increasethe chance of a collision. Be especiallycareful when driving. If necessary, pullto the side of the road at a safe placeand allow the transmission to return tonormal operation, or have it repaired ifnecessary.


WARNING∙ Be sure the parking brake is fully re-

leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

∙ Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

∙ Do not use the shift lever in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.


To engage: Firmly depress the parkingbrake.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition.

3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedaland it will release.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warn-ing light goes out.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the BSWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The BSW system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in the direc-tion your vehicle will move to ensure itis safe to change lanes. Never relysolely on the BSW system.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes whenchanging lanes.

LSD0158

PARKING BRAKE BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (if soequipped)


The BSW system uses radar sensors �1installed near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within the detec-tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec-tion zone starts from the outside mirror ofyour vehicle and extends approximately10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, andapproximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

LSD2707Detection zone

SSD1030


1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light2. BSW/RCTA Indicator

BSW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 mph (32km/h).If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side BSW/RCTA indica-tor light (1) illuminates. If the turn signal isthen activated, the system chimes (twice)and the side BSW/RCTA indicator lightflashes. The side BSW/RCTA indicator lightcontinues to flash until the detected ve-hicles leaves the detection zone.The side BSW/RCTA indicator light illumi-nates for a few seconds when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

The brightness of the side BSW/RCTA indica-tor light is adjusted automatically dependingon the brightness of the ambient light.If a vehicle comes into the detection zoneafter the driver activates the turn signal,then only the side BSW/RCTA indicator lightflashes and no chime sounds. For addi-tional information, refer to “BSW drivingsituations” in this section.The BSW system automatically turns onevery time the engine is started, as long asit is activated using the settings menu onthe vehicle information display.LSD2765


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSW SYSTEMWhen the BSW system is enabled in thevehicle information display, the system canbe turned off by pushing the warning sys-tems switch. For additional information, re-fer to “Warning systems switch” in the “In-struments and controls” section of thismanual.

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSW system.

1. Press the button until “Settings”displays in the vehicle information dis-play. Use the button to select“Driver Assistance.” Then press the EN-TER button.

2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the EN-TER button.

3. Select “Blind Spot” and press the ENTERbutton.

4. Use the ENTER button to turn the sys-tem on or off.

NOTE:

∙ When enabling/disabling the system,the system will retain current set-tings even if the engine is restarted.LSD2764


∙ The RCTA system (if so equipped) is in-tegrated into the BSW system. There isnot a separate selection in the vehicleinformation display for the RCTA sys-tem. When the BSW is disabled, theRCTA system is also disabled.

∙ When the BSW system is turned on,the BSW/RCTA indicator (white) in thevehicle information display illumi-nates.

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the BSW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The BSW system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

∙ The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSW when certainobjects are present such as:

– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detec-tion zone when you acceleratefrom a stop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly frombehind.

– A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

– A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

– When overtaking several vehiclesin a row, the vehicles after the firstvehicle may not be detected if theyare traveling close together.

∙ The radar sensor’s detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detect ve-hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv-ing in a narrow lane, the radar sensorsmay detect vehicles driving two lanesaway.

∙ The radar sensors are designed to ig-nore most stationary objects; how-ever, objects such as guardrails, walls,foliage and parked vehicles may oc-casionally be detected. This is a nor-mal operation condition.

∙ The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/dirt build-up on thevehicle

∙ Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install accesso-ries or apply additional paint near theradar sensors. These conditions mayreduce the ability of the radar to de-tect other vehicles.

∙ Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound,and it may not be heard.


BSW DRIVING SITUATIONSIndicatoronIndicatoroffIndicatorflashing

Another vehicle approachingfrom behindIllustration 1: The side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight illuminates if a vehicle enters the de-tection zone from behind in an adjacentlane.

Illustration 2: If the driver activates theturn signal when another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:∙ The radar sensors may not detect ve-

hicles which are approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

∙ If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when theother vehicle is detected.

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behindLSD2299

Illustration 2 – Approaching from behindLSD2300


Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 3: The side indicator light illu-minates if you overtake a vehicle and thatvehicle stays in the detection zone for ap-proximately 2 seconds.

Illustration 4: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

∙ When overtaking several vehicles in arow, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are trav-eling close together.

∙ The radar sensors may not detectslower moving vehicles if they arepassed quickly.


Illustration 3 – Overtaking anothervehicle

LSD2302Illustration 4 – Overtaking another

vehicle

LSD2303


Entering from the sideIllustration 5: The side indicator light illu-minates if a vehicle enters the detectionzone from either side.

Illustration 6: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:


∙ The radar sensors may not detect avehicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when itenters the detection zone.

Illustration 5 – Entering from the sideLSD2305

Illustration 6 – Entering from the sideLSD2308


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically. The“Side Radar Obstruction” warning messagewill appear and the BSW/RCTA indicator(white) will blink �A in the vehicle informa-tion display.

The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-tion may also be caused by objects such asice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sen-sors.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system (if so equipped) will alsostop working.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

LSD2763


MalfunctionIf the BSW system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically. The system malfunctionwarning message with the BSW/RCTA indi-cator (orange) will appear in the vehicle in-formation display.

NOTE:


Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors �1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rearbumper. Always keep the area near the ra-dar sensors clean.

The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-structing the radar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. It is recommended thatyou consult a NISSAN dealer if the areaaround the radar sensors is damaged dueto a collision.

Radio frequency statementFor USA

FCC ID: OAYSRR2B or OAYSRR3B

This device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

LSD2707


For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference,and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice.

Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz

Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

Droit applicable: Canada 310

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitationest autorisée aux deux conditions suiv-antes:

1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire debrouillage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Bandes de fréquences: 24.05 - 24.25GHz

Puissance émise: Moins de 20 milliwatts

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the RCTAsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The RCTA system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When backing outof a parking space, always use theside and rear mirrors and turn andlook in the direction your vehicle willmove. Never rely solely on the RCTAsystem.

The RCTA system will assist you whenbacking out from a parking space. Whenthe vehicle is in reverse, the system is de-signed to detect other vehicles approach-ing from the right or left of the vehicle. If thesystem detects cross traffic, it will alert you.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)(if so equipped)


1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light

2. BSW/RCTA Indicator

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATIONThe RCTA system can help alert the driverof an approaching vehicle when the driveris backing out of a parking space.

When the shift position is in R (Reverse) andthe vehicle speed is less than approxi-mately 5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system isoperational.

If the radar detects an approaching vehiclefrom either side, the system chimes (once)and the side BSW/RCTA indicator lightflashes on the side the vehicle is approach-ing from.

LSD2765


The RCTA system uses radar sensors �1installed on both sides near the rear bum-per to detect an approaching vehicle.

The radar sensors �1 can detect an ap-proaching vehicle from up to approxi-mately 66 ft. (20 m) away.

LSD2216 LSD2707


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THERCTA SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the RCTA system.


2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the EN-TER button.

3. Select “Blind Spot” and press the ENTERbutton.


When the RCTA system is turned on, theBSW/RCTA indicator (white) in the vehicleinformation display illuminates.

NOTE:

∙ The RCTA system is integrated intothe BSW system. There is not a sepa-rate selection in the vehicle informa-tion display for the RCTA system.When the BSW is disabled, the RCTAsystem is also disabled.LSD2764


∙ When enabling/disabling the system,the system setting will be retainedeven if the engine is restarted.

RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONSLSD2173


WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the RCTA system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ Always check surroundings and turnto check what is behind you beforebacking up. The radar sensors detectapproaching (moving) vehicles. Theradar sensors cannot detect everyobject such as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles,animals or child-operated toyvehicles

– A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately19 mph (30 km/h)

– A vehicle that is passing at speedslower than approximately 5 mph(8 km/h)

∙ The radar sensors may not detect ap-proaching vehicles in certainsituations:

– Illustration a: When a vehicleparked next to you obstructs thebeam of the radar sensor.

– Illustration b: When the vehicle isparked in an angled parking space.

– Illustration c: When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

– Illustration d: When an approach-ing vehicle turns into your vehicle’sparking lot aisle.

– Illustration e: When the angleformed by your vehicle and ap-proaching vehicle is small.

∙ The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/dirt build-up on thevehicle

∙ Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install accesso-ries or apply additional paint near theradar sensors. These conditions mayreduce the ability of the radar to de-tect other vehicles.

∙ Excessive noise (e.g., audio systemvolume, open vehicle window) will in-terfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.


NOTE:

In the case of several vehicles approach-ing in a row (Illustration 1) or in the oppo-site direction (Illustration 2), a chime maynot be sounded by the RCTA system af-ter the first vehicle passes the sensors.

Illustration 1LSD2043

Illustration 2LSD2044


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically. The“Side Radar Obstruction” warning messagewill appear and the BSW/RCTA indicator(white) will blink �A in the vehicle informa-tion display.

The systems are not available until theconditions no longer exist.



NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system will also stop working.

Action to takeWhen the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

LSD2763


MalfunctionWhen the RCTA system malfunctions, it willturn off automatically. The system mal-function warning message with theBSW/RCTA indicator (orange) will appear inthe vehicle information display.

NOTE:


Action to takeStop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors �1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rearbumper. Always keep the area near the ra-dar sensors clean.



Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. It is recommended thatyou consult a NISSAN dealer if the areaaround the radar sensors is damaged dueto a collision.

Radio frequency statementFor USA

FCC ID: OAYSRR2B or OAYSRR3B





FCC Warning


LSD2707


For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference,and


Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz

Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

Droit applicable: Canada 310

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitationest autorisée aux deux conditions suiv-antes:

1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire debrouillage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Bandes de fréquences: 24.05 - 24.25GHz

Puissance émise: Moins de 20 milliwatts

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

1. ACCEL/RES switch

2. COAST/SET switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. ON/OFF switch

LSD2218

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)


∙ If the cruise control system malfunc-tions, it cancels automatically. Theindicator illuminates in the vehicle infor-mation display then blinks to warn thedriver. For additional information, referto “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section ofthis manual.

∙ If the indicator blinks, push thecruise control ON/OFF switch off andhave the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

∙ The indicator may blink when thecruise control ON/OFF switch is pushedON while pushing the ACCEL/RES,COAST/SET, or CANCEL switch. To prop-erly set the cruise control system, usethe following procedures.

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control when driv-ing under the following conditions:

∙ When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed.

∙ In heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed.

∙ On winding or hilly roads.

∙ On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

∙ In very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 - 89 mph (40 - 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push theON/OFF switch on. The indicator(white) in the vehicle information displaywill illuminate.To set cruising speed, accelerate the ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. Theindicator (green) in the vehicle informationdisplay will illuminate. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Your vehicle maintainsthe set speed.

∙ To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previ-ously set speed.

∙ The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, drive without thecruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods:

∙ Push the CANCEL switch; the indi-cator (green) in the vehicle informationdisplay goes out.

∙ Tap the brake pedal; the indicator(green) goes out.

∙ Push the ON/OFF switch off. Theindicator in the vehicle information dis-play go out.

The cruise control is automatically can-celed and the indicator (green) in thevehicle information display goes out if:

∙ You depress the brake pedal whilepushing the ACCEL/RES or SET/COASTswitch. The preset speed is deletedfrom memory.

∙ The vehicle slows down more than8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed.

∙ You move the shift lever to N (Neutral).


To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

∙ Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the COAST/SET switch.

∙ Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

∙ Push and release the ACCEL/RESswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeed increases by about 1 mph(1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

∙ Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

∙ Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows to the desired speed.

∙ Push and release the COAST/SET switch.Each time you do this, the set speed de-creases by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehiclereturns to the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the ICC sys-tem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The ICC system is only an aid to assistthe driver and is not a collision warn-ing or avoidance device. It is the driv-er’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely, and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

∙ Always observe posted speed limitsand do not set the speed over them.

∙ Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the ICC system. Read andunderstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the ICC system.To avoid serious injury or death, donot rely on the system to prevent ac-cidents or to control the vehicle’sspeed in emergency situations. Donot use the ICC system except in ap-propriate road and traffic conditions.

The ICC system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane and di-rection.

The ICC system uses a radar sensor �Alocated on the front of the vehicle to detectvehicles traveling ahead.

If the radar sensor detects a slower movingvehicle ahead, the system will reduce thevehicle speed so that your vehicle followsthe vehicle in front at the selected distance.

The detection range of the sensor is ap-proximately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.

LSD2708

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)(if so equipped)


ICC SYSTEM OPERATIONThe ICC system maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you withinthe speed range 0 to 90 mph (0 to144 km/h) up to the set speed. The setspeed can be selected by the driver be-tween 20 to 90 mph (32 to 144 km/h), basedon road conditions.

The vehicle travels at the set speed whenthe road ahead is clear.

The ICC system is designed to maintain aselected distance from the vehicle in frontof you and can reduce the speed to matcha slower vehicle ahead. The system will de-celerate the vehicle as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, the ICCsystem can only apply up to 40% of thevehicle’s total braking power.

This system should only be used when traf-fic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re-main fairly constant or when vehiclespeeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or if avehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates,the distance between vehicles may be-come closer because the ICC system can-not decelerate the vehicle quickly enough.If this occurs, the ICC system will sound aLSD2738


warning chime and blink the system dis-play to notify the driver to take necessaryaction.

For additional information, refer to “Ap-proach warning” in this section.

The following items are controlled in theICC system:

∙ When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the ICC system maintains thespeed set by the driver. The set speedrange is between approximately 20 and90 mph (32 and 144 km/h).

∙ When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the ICC system adjusts the speed tomaintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the ve-hicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill within thelimitations of the system. The systemwill cancel once it judges a standstillwith a warning chime.

∙ When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, theICC system accelerates and maintainsvehicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates or traf-fic congestion.

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system will adjust the speedto maintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicleahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,the ICC system will accelerate and main-tain the speed up to the set speed. Payattention to the driving operation to main-tain control of the vehicle as it acceleratesto the set speed.

Normally when controlling the distance toa vehicle ahead, this system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.

SSD0254


Depress the accelerator to properly accel-erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-quired for a lane change. Depress the brakepedal when deceleration is required tomaintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to its sudden braking or if avehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when us-ing the ICC system.

THE ICC SWITCHThe system is operated by the CRUISEON/OFF switch and four control switches,all mounted on the steering wheel.

1. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without eras-ing the set speed.

2. ACCEL/RES switch:

Resumes set speed or increasesspeed incrementally.

3. COAST/SET switch:

Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally.

4. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following dis-tance:

∙ Long

∙ Middle

∙ Short

5. CRUISE ON/OFF switch:

Master switch to activate the system.LSD2739


The ICC system display andindicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. CRUISE ON/OFF switch indicator:

∙ ICC system ON indicator (white): In-dicates that the CRUISE ON/OFFswitch is ON.

∙ ICC system SET indicator (green):Indicates that the cruising speed isset.

∙ ICC system warning (orange): Indi-cates that if there is a malfunction inthe ICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

3. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance be-tween vehicles set with the distanceswitch.

4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehiclein front of you.

Operating ICCTo turn on the cruise control: quickly pushand release the CRUISE ON/OFF switch �A .The ICC system ON indicator (white), setdistance indicator and set vehicle speedindicator come on in a standby state forsetting.

LSD2285 LSD2740


To set cruising speed: accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. The ICCsystem set indicator (green), vehicle aheaddetection indicator, set distance indicatorand set vehicle speed indicator �B willcome on. Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.

When the COAST/SET switch is pushed un-der the following conditions, the systemcannot be set and the ICC indicators willblink for approximately 2 seconds:

∙ When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)and a vehicle ahead is not detected

∙ When the shift lever is not in D (Drive)

∙ When the parking brake is applied

∙ When the brakes are operated by thedriver

When the COAST/SET switch is pushed un-der the following conditions, the systemcannot be set.

A warning chime will sound and a messagewill pop up:

∙ When the VDC system is off (To use theICC system, turn on the VDC system.Push the CRUISE ON/OFF switch to turnoff the ICC system and reset the ICCswitch by pushing the CRUISE ON/OFFswitch again.)

For additional information about theVDC system, refer to “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” in this section.

∙ When ABS or VDC is operating

∙ When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are nolonger slipping. Push the CRUISEON/OFF switch to turn off the ICC sys-tem, and reset the ICC system by push-ing the CRUISE ON/OFF switch again.)

�1 System set display with vehicle ahead

�2 System set display without vehicleahead

Vehicle detected ahead

When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve-hicle by controlling the throttle and apply-ing the brakes to match the speed of aslower vehicle ahead. The system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintain thedriver selected distance.

LSD2741 LSD2288


NOTE:

∙ The stoplights of the vehicle come onwhen braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

∙ When the brake operates, a noise maybe heard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve-hicle ahead detection indicator comes on.The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected

When a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-tion to the set vehicle speed or any time theICC system is in operation, the system con-trols the distance to that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the sys-tem will be canceled.

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator �B will flash when the ve-hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The ve-hicle detect indicator will turn off when thearea ahead of the vehicle is open. When thepedal is released, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set in theICC system, you can depress the accelera-tor pedal when it is necessary to accelerateyour vehicle rapidly.

�1 System set display with vehicle ahead

�2 System set display without vehicle ahead

How to change the set vehiclespeedTo cancel the preset speed: use one of thefollowing methods:

∙ Push the CANCEL switch. The set ve-hicle speed indicator will go out.

∙ Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

∙ Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. TheICC indicators will go out.

LSD2289 LSD2288


To reset at a faster cruising speed: useone of the following methods:

∙ Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the COAST/SETswitch.

∙ Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.The set vehicle speed will increase byapproximately 5 mph (5 km/h).

∙ Push, then quickly release theACCEL/RES switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will increase by ap-proximately 1 mph (1 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed: useone of the following methods:

∙ Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

∙ Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.The set vehicle speed will decrease byapproximately 5 mph (5 km/h).

∙ Push, then quickly release theCOAST/SET switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will decrease by ap-proximately 1 mph (1 km/h).

To resume the preset speed: push andrelease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over 20 mph(32 km/h).

How to change the set distanceto the vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the traf-fic conditions.

Each time the distance switch �A ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long again,in that sequence.

LSD2742


Distance Approximate distance at60 mph (100 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60)2. Middle 150 (45)3. Short 90 (30)

∙ The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, the longerthe distance.

∙ If the engine is stopped, the set distancebecomes “long.” (Each time the engineis started, the initial setting becomes“long.”)

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys-tem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by depress-ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve-hicle distance if:

∙ The chime sounds.

∙ The vehicle ahead detection indicatorblinks.

The warning chime may not sound insome cases when there is a short distancebetween vehicles. Some examples are:

∙ When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing.

∙ When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between ve-hicles is increasing.

∙ When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The warning chime will not sound when:

∙ The vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

∙ The accelerator pedal is depressed,overriding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe ICC sensor detects objects on theside of the vehicle or on the side of theroad. This may cause the ICC system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle. TheICC sensor may detect these objectswhen the vehicle is driven on windingroads, narrow roads, hilly roads, or whenentering or exiting a curve. In thesecases you will have to manually controlthe proper distance ahead of your ve-hicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic or ve-hicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

LSD2429


ICC SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the ICC system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The ICC system is primarily intendedfor use on straight, dry, open roadswith light traffic. It is not advisable touse the ICC system in city traffic orcongested areas.

∙ The ICC system will not adapt auto-matically to road conditions. This sys-tem should be used in evenly flowingtraffic. Do not use the system on roadswith sharp curves, or on icy roads, inheavy rain or in fog.

∙ As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentiveor absentminded driving, or over-come poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Decelerate the ve-hicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

∙ If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.The system will cancel once it judgesthat the vehicle has come to a stand-still and sound a warning chime. Toprevent the vehicle from moving, thedriver must depress the brake pedal.

∙ Always pay attention to the operationof the vehicle and be ready to manu-ally control the proper following dis-tance. The ICC system may not be ableto maintain the selected distance be-tween vehicles (following distance) orselected vehicle speed under somecircumstances.

SSD0252


∙ The system may not detect the ve-hicle in front of you in certain road orweather conditions. To avoid acci-dents, never use the ICC system underthe following conditions:

– On roads where the traffic is heavyor there are sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe bumper around the distancesensor

– On steep downhill roads (the ve-hicle may go beyond the set ve-hicle speed and frequent brakingmay result in overheating thebrakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhillroads

– When traffic conditions make it dif-ficult to keep a proper distance be-tween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or deceleration

– Interference by other radarsources.

∙ Do not use the ICC system if you aretowing a trailer. The system may notdetect a vehicle ahead.

∙ In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Alwaysstay alert and avoid using the ICC sys-tem where not recommended in thiswarning section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow-ing objects:

∙ Stationary and slow moving vehicles

∙ Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

∙ Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

∙ Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot properly detect a ve-hicle ahead and the system may not oper-ate properly:

∙ When snow or road spray from travelingvehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.

∙ When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or cargo area ofyour vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation withinthe limitations of the system.

The detection zone of the ICC sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de-tection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance detection mode to maintain the se-lected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the centerlineof the lane. A vehicle that is entering thelane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into thelane.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime. The driver mayhave to manually control the proper dis-tance away from vehicle traveling ahead.


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the ICC sen-sor may detect vehicles in a different lane,or may temporarily not detect a vehicletraveling ahead. This may cause the ICCsystem to decelerate or accelerate the ve-hicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)or vehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. Youwill have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travelingahead.

SSD0253


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEThe following are conditions in which theICC system may be temporarily unavail-able. In these instances, the ICC systemmay not cancel and may not be able tomaintain the selected following distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

Condition A

Under the following conditions, the ICC sys-tem is automatically canceled. A chime willsound and the system will not be able to beset:

∙ When the VDC system is turned off

∙ When the VDC or ABS operates

∙ When a vehicle ahead is not detectedand your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 mph (24 km/h)

∙ When the system judges the vehicle isat a standstill

∙ When the shift lever is not in D (Drive)

∙ When the parking brake is applied

∙ When a wheel slips

LSD2615


Action to take

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe ICC CRUISE ON/OFF switch. Turn theICC system back on to use the system.

Condition B

When the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed, the ICC system will automaticallybe canceled. If the sensor area is coveredwith ice, a transparent or translucent vinylbag, etc., the ICC system may not detectvehicles ahead. In these instances, the ICCsystem may not cancel and may not beable to maintain the selected following dis-tance from the vehicle ahead. Be sure tocheck and clean the sensor area.

The system warning light (orange) will illu-minate and the “Unavailable: Front RadarObstruction” warning message will appearin the vehicle information display.

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, orlong bridges, deserts, snow fields, drivingnext to long walls), the system may illumi-nate the system warning light (orange) anddisplay the “Unavailable: Front Radar Ob-struction” message.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, parkthe vehicle in a safe location and turn theengine off. Check to see if the radar sensorwindow is blocked. If the radar sensor win-dow is blocked, remove the blocking mate-rial. Restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the ICC sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Condition C

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, a chime sounds and the systemwarning light (orange) will come on.

Action to take

If the warning light comes on, park the ve-hicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system orthe indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the system is malfunctioning. Al-though the vehicle is still drivable undernormal conditions, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD2411 LSD2395


SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor for the ICC system �A is locatedon the front of the vehicle.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

∙ Always keep the sensor area clean.

∙ Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor. Do not touch or re-move the screw located on the sensor.Doing so could cause failure or mal-function. If the sensor is damaged dueto an accident, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

∙ Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the sensor. This could cause failureor malfunction.

∙ Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.) Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

∙ Do not alter, remove, or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restor-ing the front bumper, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statementFCC Notice

For USA





FCC Warning


This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class A digitaldevice, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to provide reason-able protection against harmful interferencewhen the equipment is operated in a com-mercial environment. This equipment gen-erates, uses, and can radiate radio frequencyenergy and, if not installed and used in ac-cordance with the instruction manual, maycause harmful interference to radio commu-nications. Operation of this equipment in aresidential area is likely to cause harmful in-terference in which case the user will be re-quired to correct the interference at his ownexpense.

Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Infor-mation:

This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-trolled environment. This equipmentshould be installed and operated withminimum distance of 20 cm between theradiator and your body.

LSD2708


The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

For Canada

This device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device must not cause interfer-ence,


L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux condi-tions suivantes:

1. l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-lage,

et

2. l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the AEBsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The AEB system is a supplemental aidto the driver. It is not a replacementfor the driver’s attention to trafficconditions or responsibility to drivesafely. It cannot prevent accidentsdue to carelessness or dangerousdriving techniques.

∙ The AEB system does not function inall driving, traffic, weather and roadconditions.

The AEB system can assist the driver whenthere is a risk of a forward collision with thevehicle ahead in the traveling lane.

The AEB system uses a radar sensor �Alocated behind the lower grille of the frontbumper to measure the distance to thevehicle ahead in the same lane.

LSD2708

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING(AEB)


1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

2. AEB emergency warning indicator

3. AEB system warning light

AEB SYSTEM OPERATIONThe AEB system will function when yourvehicle is driven at speeds above approxi-mately 3 mph (5 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected,the AEB system will provide an initial warn-ing to the driver by both a visual and au-dible alert.

If the driver applies the brakes quickly andforcefully after the warning, and the AEBsystem detects that there is still the possi-bility of a forward collision, the system willautomatically increase the braking force. Ifthe driver does not take action, the AEBsystem issues the second visual warning(red) and audible warning and also appliespartial braking.

If the risk of a collision becomes imminent,the AEB system applies harder braking au-tomatically.

LSD2639


NOTE:

The vehicle’s brake lights come on whenbraking is performed by the AEB system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distanceto the vehicle ahead, as well as driving androadway conditions, the system may helpthe driver avoid a forward collision or mayhelp mitigate the consequences of a colli-sion, should one be unavoidable. If thedriver is handling the steering wheel, accel-erating or braking, the AEB system willfunction later or will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:

∙ When the steering wheel is turned as faras necessary to avoid a collision.

∙ When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed.

∙ When there is no longer a vehicle de-tected ahead.

If the AEB system has stopped the vehicle,the vehicle will remain at a standstill forapproximately 2 seconds before thebrakes are released.

LSD2766


TURNING THE AEB SYSTEMON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn the AEBsystems ON or OFF.


2. Select “Emergency Braking” and pressthe ENTER button.


When the AEB system is turned off, the AEBsystem warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

The AEB system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.

AEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the AEB system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The AEB system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

∙ The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstaclesin the roadway.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Crossing vehicles.

∙ The radar sensor has some perfor-mance limitations. If a stationary ve-hicle is in the vehicle’s path, the AEBsystem will not function when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds over approxi-mately 50 mph (80 km/h).

∙ The radar sensor may not detect a ve-hicle ahead in the followingconditions:

– Dirt, ice, snow or other materialcovering the radar sensor.

– Interference by other radarsources.

– Snow or road spray from travelingvehicles.

– If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g.motorcycle).

– When driving on a steep downhillslope or roads with sharp curves.

∙ In some road or traffic conditions, theAEB system may unexpectedly applypartial braking. When acceleration isnecessary, continue to depress theaccelerator pedal to override thesystem.

∙ Braking distances increase on slip-pery surfaces.


∙ The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s functionality,within certain limitations. The systemmay not detect some forms of ob-structions of the sensor area such asice, snow, stickers, etc. In these cases,the system may not be able to wornthe driver properly. Be sure that youcheck, clean and clear the sensor arearegularly.

∙ Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.

LSD2616


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLECondition A

When the radar sensor picks up interfer-ence from another radar source, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theAEB system is automatically turned off.

The AEB system warning light (orange) willilluminate.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist,the AEB system will resume automatically.

Condition B

When the sensor area of the front bumperis covered with dirt or is obstructed, mak-ing it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead,the AEB system is automatically turned off.

The AEB system warning light (orange) willilluminate and the “Unavailable: Front Ra-dar Obstruction” warning message will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, orlong bridges, deserts, snow fields, drivingnext to long walls), the system may illumi-

nate the system warning light (orange) anddisplay the “Unavailable: Front Radar Ob-struction” message.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe place, place the shiftlever in the P (Park) position and turn theengine off. Clean the radar cover on thelower grille with a soft cloth, and restart theengine. If the warning light continues toilluminate, have the AEB system checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the AEB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime willsound, the AEB warning light (orange) willilluminate and the warning message [Mal-function] will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the warn-ing light continues to illuminate, have theAEB system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor �A is located behind the lowergrille of the front bumper.

To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:

∙ Always keep the sensor area of the frontbumper clean.

∙ Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor.

∙ Do not cover or attach stickers or simi-lar objects on the front bumper nearthe sensor area. This could cause failureor malfunction.

LSD2708


∙ Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

∙ Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restor-ing the front bumper, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

FCC Notice

For USA





FCC Warning


This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class A digi-tal device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCCRules. These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmful in-terference when the equipment is oper-ated in a commercial environment. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radi-ate radio frequency energy and, if not in-stalled and used in accordance with theinstruction manual, may cause harmful in-terference to radio communications. Op-eration of this equipment in a residentialarea is likely to cause harmful interferencein which case the user will be required tocorrect the interference at his own ex-pense.

Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Infor-mation:

This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-trolled environment. This equipmentshould be installed and operated withminimum distance of 20 cm between theradiator and your body.

The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

For Canada

This device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device must not cause interfer-ence,


L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux condi-tions suivantes:

1. l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-lage,

et

2. l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnne-ment.


CAUTIONDuring the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performanceand ensure the future reliability andeconomy of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations may re-sult in shortened engine life and re-duced engine performance.

∙ Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow, and donot run the engine over 4,000 RPM.

∙ Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

∙ Avoid quick starts.

∙ Avoid hard braking as much as pos-sible.

∙ Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(805 kilometers). Your engine, axle orother parts could be damaged.

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.

1. Use Smooth Accelerator and BrakePedal Application

∙ Avoid rapid starts and stops.

∙ Use smooth, gentle accelerator andbrake application whenever possible.

∙ Maintain constant speed while com-muting and coast whenever pos-sible.

2. Maintain Constant Speed

∙ Look ahead to try and anticipate andminimize stops.

∙ Synchronizing your speed with trafficlights allows you to reduce your num-ber of stops.

∙ Maintaining a steady speed can mini-mize red light stops and improve fuelefficiency.

3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at HigherVehicle Speeds

∙ Below 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

∙ Above 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool the vehicledue to increased aerodynamic drag.

∙ Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis-tances

∙ Observing the speed limit and notexceeding 60 mph (97 km/h) (wherelegally allowed) can improve fuel effi-ciency due to reduced aerodynamicdrag.

∙ Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces un-necessary braking.

∙ Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reducedbraking and smooth accelerationchanges.

∙ Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


5. Use Cruise Control

∙ Using cruise control during highwaydriving helps maintain a steadyspeed.

∙ Cruise control is particularly effectivein providing fuel savings when drivingon flat terrains.

6. Plan for the Shortest Route

∙ Utilize a map or navigation system todetermine the best route to savetime.

7. Avoid Idling

∙ Shutting off your engine when safefor stops exceeding 30–60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an Automated Pass for TollRoads

∙ Automated passes permit drivers touse special lanes to maintain cruis-ing speed through the toll and avoidstopping and starting.

9. Winter Warm Up

∙ Limit idling time to minimize impactto fuel economy.

∙ Vehicles typically need no more than30 seconds of idling at start-up toeffectively circulate the engine oil be-fore driving.

∙ Your vehicle will reach its ideal oper-ating temperature more quicklywhile driving versus idling.

10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool

∙ Park your vehicle in a covered parkingarea or in the shade whenever pos-sible.

∙ When entering a hot vehicle, openingthe windows will help to reduce theinside temperature faster, resulting inreduced demand on your A/C sys-tem.

∙ Keep your engine tuned up.

∙ Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

∙ Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and lowers fuel economy.

∙ Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

∙ Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. For additional information, refer to“Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-tions” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


I–4X4 SYSTEM OPERATION

WARNING∙ Do not drive beyond the performance

capability of the tires. Acceleratingquickly, sharp steering maneuvers orsudden braking may cause loss ofcontrol, even with I-4x4 engaged.

∙ For 4WD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could resultin serious personal injury or vehicledamage.

∙ Do not attempt to test a 4WDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-mometer (such as the dynamometersused by some states for emissionstesting) or similar equipment even ifthe other two wheels are raised off theground. Make sure that you informthe test facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with 4WD before itis placed on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could resultin serious personal injury or vehicledamage.

CAUTION∙ Do not operate the engine on a free

roller when any of the wheels areraised.

∙ If you use the free roller, rotate fourwheels with the same speed withoutraising any wheels.

∙ If a 4WD warning message is dis-played while driving there may be amalfunction in the 4WD system. Re-duce the vehicle speed immediatelyand have your vehicle checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

∙ If the 4WD high temperature messageis displayed while you are driving, pulloff the road in a safe area, and idle theengine. The driving mode will changeto 2WD to prevent the 4WD systemfrom malfunctioning. If the warningmessage turns off, you can driveagain.

∙ If the incorrect tire size message isdisplayed while you are driving, pulloff the road in a safe area with theengine idling. Check that all tire sizesare the same, that the tire pressure iscorrect and that the tires are not ex-cessively worn.

∙ If a warning message continues to bedisplayed after the above operations,have your vehicle checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

INTELLIGENT 4X4 (I-4x4) (if soequipped)


4WD shift switchThe 4WD system is used to select the 2WD,AUTO or LOCK mode depending on thedriving conditions.

Turn the 4WD mode switch, located on thecenter console, to select 2WD, AUTO, orLOCK.

∙ 2WD – Turn the 4WD mode switch to the2WD position. The 2WD indicator light inthe vehicle information display illumi-nates.

∙ AUTO – Turn the 4WD mode switch tothe neutral (AUTO) position. The 4WDAUTO indicator light in the vehicle infor-mation display illuminates.

∙ LOCK – To engage the LOCK mode, turnthe 4WD mode switch to the LOCK po-sition. The switch will return to the AUTOposition automatically and the 4WDLOCK indicator light in the vehicle infor-mation display illuminates. To disen-gage the LOCK mode, turn the switch tothe LOCK position again. The switch willreturn to the AUTO position automati-cally, and the 4WD LOCK indicator lightturns into the AUTO indicator light. TheLOCK mode will automatically be can-celed when the ignition switch is placedin the OFF position.

LSD2496


4WD mode Wheels driven 4WD mode indicatorlight Use conditions

2WD

Front only – Thismode is used whendriving on a normalroad *1

2WD For driving on drypaved roads.

AUTO

Distribution of torqueto the front and rearwheels changes au-tomatically depend-ing on road condi-tions encountered.This results in im-proved drivingstability.

AUTO For driving on pavedor slippery roads.

LOCK 4-Wheel Drive *2 *3 LOCK For driving on roughroads.

*1 The 2WD mode may change to the 4WD mode automatically depending on the drivingconditions.

*2 The LOCK mode will change to the AUTO mode automatically when the vehicle hasbeen driven at a high speed. The 4WD LOCK indicator light turns into the AUTO indicatorlight.

*3 The LOCK mode will automatically be canceled when the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position.

4WD shift tips∙ If the 4WD mode switch is operated

while making a turn, accelerating or de-celerating, or if the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position while in theAUTO or LOCK mode, you may feel a jolt.This is normal.

∙ The oil temperature of powertrain partswill increase if the vehicle is continu-ously operated under conditions wherethe difference between the front andrear wheels is large (wheel slip), such aswhen driving the vehicle on roughroads through sand or mud or whenfreeing a stuck vehicle. In these cases,the 4WD mode changes to the 2WDmode to protect the powertrain parts.

∙ Brake distance in the 4WD mode is thesame as 2WD.


CAUTION∙ Depending on the driving condition,

the 4WD mode may automaticallychange from 2WD to 4WD even whenthe 2WD mode is selected. If this oc-curs while driving, the 4WD mode indi-cator light will not illuminate.

∙ Do not start the engine with the 4WDmode switch in any mode in the fol-lowing cases:

– When the vehicle is placed on a fre-eroller or jacking up the vehiclewith the front tires raised and therear tires on the ground.

– When towing the vehicle with therear tires raised from the ground.

∙ Operate the 4WD mode switch onlywhen driving straight. Do not operatethe 4WD mode switch when making aturn or backing up.

∙ Do not operate the 4WD mode switchwith the front wheel spinning.

∙ Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be especiallycareful when starting or driving onslippery surfaces with the 4WD modeswitch set in the AUTO mode.

4WD mode indicator lightsThe 2WD, 4WD AUTO and LOCK mode indi-cator lights are located in the vehicle infor-mation display.

The 4WD mode indicator lights will displaythe mode selected by the 4WD modeswitch while the engine is running.

The 4WD AUTO indicator light illuminateswhen selecting the AUTO mode.

The 4WD LOCK indicator light illuminateswhen selecting the LOCK mode and the2WD indicator light illuminates when se-lecting the 2WD mode.


WARNING∙ Do not stop or park the vehicle over

flammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

∙ Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park). Fail-ure to do so could cause the vehicle tomove unexpectedly or roll away andresult in an accident. Make sure theshift lever has been pushed as far for-ward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

∙ Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto traffic when parked on an incline, itis a good practice to turn the wheels asillustrated.

∙ HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB �A :

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until the curbside wheel gently touches the curb.

∙ HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB �B :

Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

WSD0050

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


∙ HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB �C :

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move awayfrom the center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.

WARNING∙ If the engine is not running or is

turned off while driving, the power as-sist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

∙ When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, there will be no power assist forthe steering. You will still have controlof the vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

The power steering system is designed toprovide power assist while driving to oper-ate the steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated re-peatedly or continuously while parking ordriving at a very low speed, the power as-sist for the steering wheel will be reduced.This is to prevent overheating of the powersteering system and protect it from gettingdamaged. While the power assist is re-duced, steering wheel operation will be-come heavy. When the temperature of thepower steering system goes down, thepower assist level will return to normal.Avoid repeating such steering wheel op-

erations that could cause the power steer-ing system to overheat.

You may hear a sound when the steeringwheel is operated quickly. However, this isnot a malfunction.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the power steering system is notfunctioning properly and may need servic-ing. Have the power steering systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there willbe no power assist for the steering, but youwill still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering effort is required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.

For additional information, refer to “Powersteering warning light” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

POWER STEERING


The brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,you will still have braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONSVacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and stopping distance willbe longer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake pads faster, and reducegas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reduce speedand downshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performanceand could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING∙ While driving on a slippery surface, be

careful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or ac-celerating could cause the wheels toskid and result in an accident.

∙ If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the power as-sist for the brakes will not work. Brak-ing will be harder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. Asa result, your braking distance will be lon-ger and the vehicle may pull to one sideduring braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brakepedal to heat up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid drivingthe vehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

Parking brake break-inBreak in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brake

shoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced,in order to assure the best braking perfor-mance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING∙ The ABS is a sophisticated device, but

it cannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintain ve-hicle control during braking on slip-pery surfaces. Remember that stop-ping distances on slippery surfaceswill be longer than on normal sur-faces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or if youare using tire chains. Always maintaina safe distance from the vehicle infront of you. Ultimately, the driver isresponsible for safety.

∙ Tire type and condition may also af-fect braking effectiveness.

BRAKE SYSTEM


– When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

– When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Tireand Loading Information label” inthe “Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

– For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

The ABS controls the brakes so the wheelsdo not lock during hard braking or whenbraking on slippery surfaces. The systemdetects the rotation speed at each wheeland varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-vent each wheel from locking and sliding.By preventing each wheel from locking, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. The

Anti-lock Braking System will operate toprevent the wheels from locking up. Steerthe vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNINGDo not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.

Self-test featureThe Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) in-cludes electronic sensors, electric pumps,hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you startthe engine and move the vehicle at a lowspeed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noiseand/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.This is normal and does not indicate a mal-function. If the computer senses a mal-function, it switches the ABS off and illumi-nates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have the ve-hicle checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operationThe Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) oper-ates at speeds above 3 - 6 mph (5 -10 km/h). The speed varies according toroad conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure. This action is similar to pumping thebrakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsa-tion in the brake pedal and hear a noisefrom under the hood or feel a vibrationfrom the actuator when it is operating. Thisis normal and indicates that the ABS is op-erating properly. However, the pulsationmay indicate that road conditions are haz-ardous and extra care is required whiledriving.

BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the brake assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster evenwith light pedal force.


WARNINGThe brake assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

The VDC system uses various sensors tomonitor driver inputs and vehicle motion.Under certain driving conditions, the VDCsystem helps to perform the followingfunctions:

∙ Controls brake pressure to reducewheel slip on one slipping drive wheelso power is transferred to a non-slipping drive wheel on the same axle.

∙ Controls brake pressure and engineoutput to reduce drive wheel slip basedon vehicle speed (traction control func-tion).

∙ Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:

– Understeer (vehicle tends to not fol-low the steered path despite in-creased steering input)

– Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin dueto certain road or driving conditions)

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but it can-not prevent loss of vehicle control in all driv-ing situations.

When the VDC system operates, theindicator in the instrument panel flashesso note the following:

∙ The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is requiredto help keep the vehicle on the steeredpath.

∙ You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibration fromunder the hood. This is normal and indi-cates that the VDC system is workingproperly.

∙ Adjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

For additional information, refer to “Slip in-dicator light” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.

If a malfunction occurs in the system,the and indicator lights comeon in the instrument panel. The VDC sys-tem automatically turns off when these in-dicator lights are on.The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The indicator illumi-nates to indicate the VDC system is off.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


When the VDC switch is used to turn off thesystem, the VDC system still operates toprevent one drive wheel from slipping bytransferring power to a non-slipping drivewheel. The indicator flashes if this oc-curs. All other VDC functions are off andthe indicator will not flash.The VDC system is automatically reset toon when the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea-ture that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicle for-ward or in reverse at a slow speed. Whenthe self-test occurs, you may hear a clunknoise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indica-tion of a malfunction.

WARNING∙ The VDC system is designed to help

the driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speed andbe especially careful when driving andcornering on slippery surfaces and al-ways drive carefully.

∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot NISSAN recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deteriorated,the VDC system may not operateproperly. This could adversely affectvehicle handling performance, andthe indicator may flash or boththe and indicator lightsmay illuminate.

∙ If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and boththe and the indicatorlights may illuminate.

∙ If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, both theand indicator lights mayilluminate.

∙ When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator mayflash or both the and indi-cator lights may illuminate. Do notdrive on these types of roads.

∙ When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator may flash orboth the and indicatorlights may illuminate. This is not amalfunction. Restart the engine afterdriving onto a stable surface.

∙ If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones are used,the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator mayflash or both the and indi-cator lights may illuminate.

∙ The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.


RISE-UP AND BUILD-UPThe system gradually adjusts brakingpower during normal braking to help pro-vide an enhanced brake feel.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns,the system optimizes the distribution offorce to each of the four wheels dependingon the radius of the turn.

WARNING∙ The VDC system is designed to help

the driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speed andbe especially careful when driving andcornering on slippery surfaces and al-ways drive carefully.

∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot NISSAN recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deteriorated,the VDC system may not operateproperly. This could adversely affectvehicle handling performance, andthe indicator may flash or boththe and indicator lightsmay illuminate.

∙ If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and boththe and the indicatorlights may illuminate.

∙ If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, both theand indicator lights mayilluminate.

∙ When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator mayflash or both the and indi-cator lights may illuminate. Do notdrive on these types of roads.

∙ When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator may flash orboth the and indicatorlights may illuminate. This is not amalfunction. Restart the engine afterdriving onto a stable surface.

∙ If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones are used,the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator mayflash or both the and indi-cator lights may illuminate.

∙ The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.


WARNING∙ Never rely solely on the hill descent

control system to control vehiclespeed when driving on steep downhillgrades. Always drive carefully and at-tentively when using the hill descentcontrol system and decelerate the ve-hicle speed by depressing the brakepedal if necessary. Be especially care-ful when driving on frozen, muddy orextremely steep downhill roads. Fail-ure to control vehicle speed may re-sult in a loss of control of the vehicleand possible serious injury or death.

∙ The hill descent control may not con-trol the vehicle speed on a hill underall load or road conditions. Always beprepared to depress the brake pedalto control vehicle speed. Failure to doso may result in a collision or seriouspersonal injury.

The hill descent control system can only beactivated when the 4WD LOCK switch isengaged.

The hill descent control system helpsmaintain vehicle speed when driving under15 mph (25 km/h) on steeper downhillgrades. Hill descent control is useful whenengine braking alone cannot control ve-

hicle speed. Hill descent control applies thevehicle brakes to control vehicle speed al-lowing the driver to concentrate on steer-ing while reducing the burden of brake andaccelerator operation.

If the hill descent control light is blinking,the hill descent control is engaged; how-ever, the hill descent control will not controlthe vehicle speed.

∙ Once the system is activated, the indi-cator light will remain on in the instru-ment panel. For additional information,refer to “Hill descent control system ONindicator light” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.

If the accelerator or brake pedal is de-pressed while the hill descent control sys-tem is on, the system will stop operatingtemporarily. As soon as the accelerator orbrake pedal is released, the hill descentcontrol system begins to function again ifthe hill descent control operating condi-tions are fulfilled.

For the best results, when descendingsteep downhill grades, the hill descent con-trol switch should be on and the shift leverin L (Low gear) for engine braking.

WARNING∙ Never rely solely on the hill start assist

system to prevent the vehicle frommoving backward on a hill. Alwaysdrive carefully and attentively. De-press the brake pedal when the ve-hicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be es-pecially careful when stopped on a hillon frozen or muddy roads. Failure toprevent the vehicle from rolling back-wards may result in a loss of control ofthe vehicle and possible serious injuryor death.

∙ The hill start assist system is not de-signed to hold the vehicle at a stand-still on a hill. Depress the brake pedalwhen the vehicle is stopped on asteep hill. Failure to do so may causethe vehicle to roll backwards and mayresult in a collision or serious personalinjury.

∙ The hill start assist may not preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards ona hill under all load or road conditions.Always be prepared to depress thebrake pedal to prevent the vehiclefrom rolling backwards. Failure to doso may result in a collision or seriouspersonal injury.

HILL DESCENT CONTROL SYSTEM (ifso equipped)

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM


The hill start assist system automaticallykeeps the brakes applied to help preventthe vehicle from rolling backward in thetime it takes the driver to release the brakepedal and apply the accelerator when thevehicle is stopped on a hill.

Hill start assist will operate automaticallyunder the following conditions:

∙ The shift lever is shifted to a forward orreverse gear.

∙ The vehicle is stopped completely on ahill by applying the brake.

The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to rollback and hill start assist will stop operatingcompletely.

Hill start assist will not operate when theshift lever is shifted into N (Neutral) or P(Park) or on a flat and level road.

WARNING∙ Always turn and look back before

backing up. The RSS is not a substi-tute for proper backing procedures.

∙ Read and understand the limitationsof the RSS as contained in this section.Inclement weather may affect thefunction of the RSS; this may includereduced performance or a falseactivation.

∙ This system is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or movingobjects.

∙ The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle. The system will not detectsmall objects below the bumper, andmay not detect objects close to thebumper or on the ground.

∙ If your vehicle sustains damage to therear bumper fascia, leaving it mis-aligned or bent, the sensing zone maybe altered causing inaccurate mea-surement of obstacles or false alarms.

The RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver ofobstacles near the rear bumper when theshift lever is in R (Reverse). The system maynot detect objects at speeds above 3 mph(5 km/h) and may not detect certain angu-lar or moving objects.

The RSS detects obstacles up to 5.9 ft(1.8 m) from the rear bumper with a de-creased coverage area at the outer cor-ners of the bumper (refer to the illustrationfor approximate zone coverage areas). Asyou move closer to the obstacle, the rate ofthe tone increases. When the obstacle isless than 10 in (25.0 cm) away, the tone willsound continuously. If the RSS detects astationary or receding object further than10 in. (25.0 cm) from the side of the vehicle,

LSD0095

REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) (if soequipped)


the tone will sound for only 3 seconds.Once the system detects an object ap-proaching, the tone will sound again.

The RSS automatically turns on when theshift lever is placed in R (Reverse) and theignition switch is placed in the ON position.The RSS can be turned off in the vehicleinformation display. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Vehicle information dis-play” in the “Instruments and controls” sec-tion of this manual. To turn the RSS off, theignition switch must be placed in the ONposition.

Keep the RSS sensors (located on the rearbumper fascia) free from snow, ice andlarge accumulations of dirt (do not cleanthe sensors with sharp objects). If the sen-sors are covered, it will affect the accuracyof the RSS.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer through the key hole. If the lockbecomes frozen, heat the key before in-serting it into the key hole, or use theNISSAN Intelligent Key®.

ANTIFREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check the antifreeze to assure proper win-ter protection. For additional information,refer to “Engine cooling system” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.For additional information, refer to “Battery”in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of thismanual.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system, in-cluding the engine block. Refill before oper-ating the vehicle. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Changing engine coolant” inthe “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to

provide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performanceof these tires will be substantially re-duced in snowy and icy conditions. Ifyou operate your vehicle on snowy oricy roads, NISSAN recommends the useof MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRESon all four wheels. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for the tiretype, size, speed rating and availabilityinformation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some U.S. states and Canadian prov-inces prohibit their use. Check local,state and provincial laws before install-ing studded tires.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used. For additionalinformation, refer to “Tire chains” in the“Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

∙ A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

∙ A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

∙ A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

∙ Extra washer fluid to refill thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING∙ Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),

very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” un-der these conditions. Try to avoid driv-ing on wet ice until the road is saltedor sanded.

∙ Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

∙ Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

∙ Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

∙ Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while onthe ice, and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.

∙ Do not use the cruise control on slip-pery roads.

∙ Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)Engine block heaters are used to assistwith cold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 20°F (-7°C)or lower.

WARNING∙ Do not use your engine block heater

with an ungrounded electrical systemor a 2-pronged adapter. You can beseriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

∙ Disconnect and properly store the en-gine block heater cord before startingthe engine. Damage to the cord couldresult in an electrical shock and cancause serious injury.


∙ Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least 10 A.Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-VAC outlet. Failure touse the proper extension cord or agrounded outlet can result in a fire orelectrical shock and cause seriouspersonal injury.

To use the engine block heater:

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord intoa grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged exten-sion cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must beplugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours, de-pending on outside temperatures, toproperly warm the engine coolant. Usean appropriate timer to turn the engineblock heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.


6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuckvehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING∙ If stopping for an emergency, be sure

to move the vehicle well off the road.

∙ Do not use the hazard warning flash-ers while moving on the highway un-less unusual circumstances force youto drive so slowly that your vehiclemight become a hazard to othertraffic.

∙ Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignitionswitch placed in any position.

Some jurisdictions may prohibit the useof the hazard warning flasher switchwhile driving.

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

– Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch three consecutive times in lessthan 1.5 seconds, or

– Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

LIC0394

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF

6-2 In case of emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit, andthe “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningappears in the vehicle information display,one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. If equipped, the system alsodisplays pressure of all tires (except thespare tire) on the display screen by sendinga signal from a sensor that is installed ineach wheel. If the vehicle is being drivenwith low tire pressure, the TPMS will acti-vate and warn you of it by the low tire pres-sure warning light. This system will activateonly when the vehicle is driven at speedsabove 16 mph (25 km/h). For additional in-formation, refer to “Warning lights, indicatorlights and audible reminders” in “Instru-ments and controls” section and the “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” sections of thismanual.



∙ If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopthe vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires may per-manently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light OFF. If you have aflat tire, replace it with a spare tire assoon as possible.

∙ When replacing a wheel without TPMSsuch as the spare tire, TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light will remainon after 1 minute. Have your tires re-placed and/or TPMS system reset assoon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer forthese services.


∙ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow:

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

FLAT TIRE

In case of emergency 6-3

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Move the shift lever to P(Park).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other trafficand to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the ve-hicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING∙ Make sure the parking brake is se-

curely applied and the ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT) is shiftedinto P (Park).

∙ Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

∙ Never change tires if oncoming trafficis close to your vehicle. Wait for pro-fessional road assistance.

A. BlocksB. Flat tire

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite theflat tire to prevent the vehicle from movingwhen it is jacked up.

WARNINGBe sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

Getting the spare tire and tools1. Open the liftgate and lift the luggage

board in the cargo area using thehandle �A .

LCE2142 LCE2359


2. Remove the jack and tool kit cover bylifting up using the handles.

It should not be necessary to remove ordisconnect the Bose sub-woofer (if soequipped) �A when removing the jack andtool kit cover �B .

3. Remove the tool kit containing thejacking tools �C by releasing the Velcrostraps �D .

LCE2036 LCE2340 LCE2348


4. Remove the jack.

∙ The jack is secured by a fastener �E . Ifunable to loosen the fastener withyour fingers, assemble the jackingrod �F into the wheel nut wrench �Gas illustrated and rotate counter-clockwise to release.

∙ Insert the flat end of the wheel nutwrench �G into the slot of the fas-tener �E , and rotate counterclock-wise to release the jack.

5. The lowering mechanism for the sparetire is located on the passenger side ofthe cargo area. Remove the cover �H toaccess the lowering mechanism.

6. Attach the spare tire winch socket �Ito the lowering mechanism nut.

7. To lower the spare tire, connect thewheel nut wrench �G to the jacking rod�F and insert the T-shaped end of thejacking rod into the winch socket �Iand rotate counterclockwise.

8. Once the spare tire is lowered, release itfrom the vehicle by guiding the lower-ing cable and winch through the cen-ter of the tire.

LCE2350 LCE2351


NOTE:

Fully lower the spare tire below the ve-hicle before attempting to remove thewinch from the spare tire.

9. After removing the spare tire from un-der the vehicle, be sure to crank thecable up by rotating the winch socketclockwise to stow it.

CAUTION∙ Make sure safety cable is coiled above

spare tire when reinstalling sparetire/wheel.

∙ When re-installing the spare tire un-der the vehicle after use, be sure tosecure it with the tire stem facingdown toward the ground. If the sparetire is improperly secured with the tirestem facing up towards the bottom ofthe vehicle, there is an increased riskof separating from the vehicle in theevent of a crash which may pose ahazard in traffic or risk of injury toothers.

Jacking up vehicle and removingthe damaged tire

WARNING∙ Never get under the vehicle while it is

supported only by the jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.

∙ Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicle onother vehicles. The jack is designedfor lifting only your vehicle during atire change.

∙ Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

∙ Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

∙ Never use blocks on or under the jack.

∙ Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack. It may cause thevehicle to move. This is especially truefor vehicles with limited slipdifferentials.

∙ Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

∙ Never run the engine with a wheel(s)off the ground. It may cause the ve-hicle to move.

Always refer to the illustration for the cor-rect placement and jack-up points for yourspecific vehicle model and jack type.

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following in-structions.


1. Loosen each wheel nut one or twoturns by turning counterclockwise withthe wheel nut wrench. Do not removethe wheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

2. Place the jack directly under thejack-up point as illustrated so the topof the jack contacts the vehicle at thejack-up point. The jack-up points areindicated by the notches under theframe.

The jack should be used on firm andlevel ground.

LCE2048


3. Install the assembled jack rod into thejack as shown.

4. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jacklever and rod. Carefully raise the vehicleuntil the tire clears the ground.

NOTE:

If the lug nut wrench/jack handle con-tacts the ground while raising the ve-hicle, disassemble the lug nut wrenchfrom the jack extension rod, rotate it 90degrees and reassemble.

5. Remove the wheel nuts and then re-move the tire.

Installing the spare tireThe spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence illustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D , �E )until they are tight.

LCE0087

LCE2043 WCE0056


4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence illus-trated (�A , �B , �C , �D , �E ). Lower the ve-hicle completely.

WARNING∙ Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly

tightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

∙ Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

∙ Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 621 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specification at all times. It is recom-

mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecifications at each lubrication inter-val.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for 3 hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information label af-fixed to the driver side center pillar.

5. Securely store the flat tire, tools andjacking equipment in the vehicle.

6. Close the liftgate.

WARNING∙ Always make sure that the spare tire

and jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items can be-come dangerous projectiles in an ac-cident or sudden stop.

∙ The spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. For additional information,refer to “Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions belowmust be followed.

WARNING∙ If done incorrectly, jump starting can

lead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

∙ Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

∙ Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulfuric acid solution whichcan cause severe burns. If the fluidshould come into contact with any-thing, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

∙ Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

∙ The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

JUMP STARTING


∙ Whenever working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eye protec-tors (for example, goggles or indus-trial safety spectacles) and removerings, metal bands, or any other jew-elry. Do not lean over the batterywhen jump starting.

∙ Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

∙ Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

WARNINGAlways follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and cause per-sonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another ve-hicle, position the two vehicles to bringtheir batteries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shiftlever to P (Park). Switch off all unneces-sary electrical systems (lights, heater,air conditioner, etc.).

3. Ensure the vent caps are level andtight.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the se-quence illustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D ).

LCE2223


CAUTION∙ Always connect positive (�) to posi-

tive (�) and negative (�) to bodyground (for example, strut mountingbolt, engine lift bracket, etc.) — not tothe battery.

∙ Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that the cableclamps do not contact any othermetal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm and startthe engine of the vehicle being jumpstarted.

CAUTIONDo not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, place the ig-nition switch in the OFF position andwait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting the engine, carefully dis-connect the negative cable and thenthe positive cable.

CAUTION∙ Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) models cannot be push-startedor tow-started. Attempting to do somay cause transmission damage.

∙ Do not push start this vehicle. Thethree-way catalyst may be damaged.

WARNING∙ Do not continue to drive if your vehicle

overheats. Doing so could cause en-gine damage or a vehicle fire.

∙ To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap while the engine is stillhot. When the radiator or coolant res-ervoir cap is removed, pressurized hotwater will spurt out, possibly causingserious injury.

∙ Do not open the hood if steam is com-ing out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated byan extremely high temperature gaugereading and the Low Oil Pressure: SeeOwner’s Manual warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display), orif you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc. take the followingsteps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, ap-ply the parking brake and move theshift lever to P (Park).

Do not stop the engine.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maxi-mum hot and fan control to highspeed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn offthe engine. Do not open the hood fur-ther until no steam or coolant can beseen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNINGIf steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damageor looseness. Also check if the coolingfan is running. The radiator hoses andradiator should not leak water. If cool-ant is leaking, the water pump belt ismissing or loose, or the cooling fandoes not run, stop the engine.

WARNINGBe careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts orthe engine cooling fan. The engine cool-ing fan can start at any time.

6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the engine coolant res-ervoir tank with the engine running.Add coolant to the engine coolant res-ervoir tank if necessary. Have your ve-hicle repaired. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdictionaland local regulations for towing must befollowed. Incorrect towing equipmentcould damage your vehicle. Towing in-structions are available from a NISSANdealer. Local service operators are gener-ally familiar with the applicable laws andprocedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damageto your vehicle, NISSAN recommends hav-ing a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operatorcarefully read the following precautions:

WARNING∙ Never ride in a vehicle that is being

towed.

∙ Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION∙ When towing, make sure that the

transmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working condi-tion. If any of these conditions apply,dollies or a flatbed tow truck must beused.

∙ Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


For additional information, refer to “Flattowing for 4–Wheel drive vehicle” or “Flattowing for front wheel drive vehicle” in the“Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends towing your vehiclebased upon the type of drivetrain. For addi-tional information, refer to the diagrams inthis section to ensure that your vehicle isproperly towed.

4WD models with ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT)NISSAN recommends that towing dolliesbe used when towing your vehicle or placethe vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

LCE2237


CAUTIONNever tow 4WD models equipped with aCVT with any of the wheels on theground as this may cause serious andexpensive damage to the transfer caseand transmission due to the lack oflubrication.

2WD models with ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT)NISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flatbedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION∙ Never tow CVT models with the front

wheels on the ground or four wheelson the ground (forward or backward),as this may cause serious and expen-sive damage to the transmission. If itis necessary to tow the vehicle withthe rear wheels raised always usetowing dollies under the front wheels.

∙ When towing CVT models with therear wheels on the ground or on tow-ing dollies:

LCE2041


– Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or similar device. Neversecure the steering wheel by plac-ing the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. This may damage thesteering lock mechanism (formodels with a steering lockmechanism).

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNINGTo avoid vehicle damage, serious per-sonal injury or death when recovering astuck vehicle:

∙ Contact a professional towing serviceto recover the vehicle if you have anyquestions regarding the recoveryprocedure.

∙ Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to main structural mem-bers of the vehicle.

∙ Do not use the vehicle tie-downs totow or free a stuck vehicle.

∙ Only use devices specifically designedfor vehicle recovery and follow themanufacturer’s instructions.

∙ Always pull the recovery devicestraight out from the front of the ve-hicle. Never pull at an angle.

∙ Route recovery devices so they do nottouch any part of the vehicle exceptthe attachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other device de-signed specifically for vehicle recovery. Al-ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

WARNING∙ Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

∙ Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.

∙ Shift back and forth between R (Re-verse) and D (Drive).

∙ Apply the accelerator as little as pos-sible to maintain the rocking motion.

∙ Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R (Reverse) and D(Drive).

∙ Do not spin the tires above 35 mph(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after afew tries, contact a professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.


7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Cleaning the seat tracks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Environmental factors influence therate of corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

∙ After a rainfall to prevent possible dam-age from acid rain.

∙ After driving on coastal roads.

∙ When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface.

∙ When dust or mud builds up on the sur-face.

Whenever possible, store or park your ve-hicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-face when putting on or removing thebody cover.

WASHINGWash dirt off with a wet sponge and plentyof water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly us-ing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixedwith clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION∙ Do not use car washes that use acid in

the detergent. Some car washes, es-pecially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to functionproperly. Always check with your carwash to confirm that acid is not used.

∙ Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical de-tergents, gasoline or solvents.

∙ Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot,as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

∙ Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty ofclean water.

Inside edges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt. There-fore, these areas must be cleaned regularly.Take care that the drain holes in the loweredge of the door are open. Spray waterunder the body and in the wheel wells toloosen the dirt and wash away road salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry thevehicle to avoid water spots.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up wax residue and to avoid a weath-ered appearance before re-applying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosingthe proper product.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

∙ Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

∙ Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint fin-ish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the surface of the paint to avoid last-ing damage or staining. Special cleaningproducts are available at a NISSAN dealeror any automotive accessory store. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these products.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, itis necessary to clean the underbody regu-larly in order to prevent dirt and salt frombuilding up and causing the acceleration ofcorrosion on the underbody and suspen-sion. Before the winter period and again inthe spring, the underseal must be checkedand, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It is nor-mal for glass to become coated with a filmafter the vehicle is parked in the hot sun.Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easilyremove this film.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could dam-age the electrical conductors, radio an-tenna elements or rear window de-froster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELSWash the wheels regularly with a spongedampened in a mild soap solution, espe-cially during winter months in areas whereroad salt is used. If not removed, road saltcan discolor the wheels.

CAUTIONFollow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

∙ Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

∙ Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same asambient temperature.

∙ Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes afterthe cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with anon-abrasive chrome polish to maintainthe finish.

TIRE DRESSINGSNISSAN does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce discolor-ation of the rubber. If a tire dressing is ap-plied to the tires, it may react with the coat-ing and form a compound. This compoundmay come off the tire while driving andstain the vehicle paint.

Appearance and care 7-3

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

∙ Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves more easilythan with an oil-based tire dressing.

∙ Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be diffi-cult to remove).

∙ Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

∙ Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by the tire dressing manufac-turer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipethe vinyl and leather (if so equipped) sur-faces with a clean, soft cloth dampened inmild soap solution, then wipe clean with adry, soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required inorder to maintain the appearance of theleather (if so equipped).

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNINGDo not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifi-cation sensor. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system and re-sult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION∙ Never use benzine, thinner or any

similar material.

∙ Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to leather surfacesand should be removed promptly. Donot use saddle soap, car waxes, pol-ishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents,detergents or ammonia-based clean-ers as they may damage the leather’snatural finish.

∙ Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

∙ Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent thatcould affect the vehicle interior. If you usean air freshener, take the following precau-tions:

∙ Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when theycontact vehicle interior surfaces. Placethe air freshener in a location that al-lows it to hang free and not contact aninterior surface.

CLEANING INTERIOR


∙ Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discolorationwhen spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufactur-er’s instructions before using the air fresh-eners.

FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)

WARNINGTo avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision, injury ordeath:

∙ NEVER place a floor mat on top of an-other floor mat in the driver front po-sition or install them upside down orbackwards.

∙ Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats,or equivalent floor mats, that are spe-cifically designed for use in your ve-hicle model and model year.

∙ Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat position-ing hook. For additional information,refer to "Floor mat installation" in thissection.

∙ Make sure the floor mat does not in-terfere with pedal operation.

∙ Periodically check the floor mats tomake sure they are properly installed.

∙ After cleaning the vehicle interior,check the floor mats to make surethey are properly installed.

The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular clean-ing and replaced if they become exces-sively worn.

LAI2002


Floor mat installationYour vehicle is equipped with floor mat po-sitioning hook(s). The number and shape ofthe floor mat positioning hooks for eachseating position varies depending on thevehicle.

When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats,follow the installation instructions providedwith the mat and the following:

1. With the ignition in the OFF position, theshift lever in P (Park) position (Continu-ously Variable Transmission models)and with the parking brake fully applied,position the floor mat in the floorwell sothat the floor mat grommet holes arealigned with the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into thehook(s) and ensure that the floor mat isproperly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does not inter-fere with pedal operation. With the igni-tion still in the OFF position, the shiftlever in the P (Park) position (Continu-ously Variable Transmission models)and with the parking brake applied, fullyapply and release all pedals. The floormat must not interfere with pedal op-

eration or prevent the pedal from re-turning to its normal position.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for details about installing the floormats in your vehicle.

The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-pletely in the shade before using them. Foradditional information, refer to “Seat beltmaintenance” in the “Safety—Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system”section of this manual.

Positioning hooksLAI2003


WARNINGDo not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS

CAUTIONPeriodically clean the seat tracks to pre-vent reduction of ability to move theseats.

Clean periodically with a high-poweredvacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may re-duce the ability to adjust the seat. A wetcleansing agent may be used if necessary.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSIONMost vehicle corrosion is caused by:

∙ The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panelsections, cavities, and other areas.

∙ Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic collisions.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSIONMoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceleratecorrosion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle and shouldbe removed for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially those ar-eas where the temperatures stay above

freezing and where atmospheric pollutionexists and road salt is used.

TemperatureHigh temperatures accelerate the rate ofcorrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse accelerates the corrosion process.Road salt also accelerates the disintegra-tion of paint surfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

∙ Wash and wax your vehicle often tokeep the vehicle clean.

∙ Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

∙ Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

∙ Check the underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CORROSION PROTECTION


CAUTION∙ NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-

bris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner orbroom.

∙ Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor panand fenders.

In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.


8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Power Steering Fluid (PSF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Passenger compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. The fol-lowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING∙ Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-

ply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the ve-hicle from moving. Move the shift le-ver to P (Park).

∙ Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when perform-ing any parts replacement or repairs.

∙ If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans,belts and any other moving parts.

∙ It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jew-elry, such as rings, watches, etc. be-fore working on your vehicle.

∙ Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

∙ Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may comeon at any time without warning, evenif the ignition switch is in the OFF po-sition and the engine is not running.To avoid injury, always disconnect thenegative battery cable before work-ing near the fan.

∙ If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, be surethere is proper ventilation for exhaustgases to escape.

∙ Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.

∙ Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from the fuel tank andbattery.

∙ Because the fuel lines on gasoline en-gine models are under high pressureeven when the engine is off, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for service of the fuel filter orfuel lines.

CAUTION∙ Do not work under the hood while the

engine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

∙ Avoid contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engineoil, engine coolant and/or other vehiclefluids can damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulations fordisposal of vehicle fluid.

∙ Never leave the engine or Continu-ously Variable Transmission (CVT) re-lated component harnesses discon-nected while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

∙ Never connect or disconnect the bat-tery or any transistorized componentwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

This “Do-it-yourself ” section gives instruc-tions regarding only those items which arerelatively easy for an owner to perform.A Genuine NISSAN service manual is alsoavailable. For additional information, referto “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, it is recommendedthat you have it done by a NISSAN dealer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

8-2 Do-it-yourself

VQ35DD engine1. Power steering fluid reservoir2. Engine coolant reservoir3. Drive belt location4. Fuse box5. Engine oil filler cap6. Brake fluid reservoir7. Air cleaner8. Fuse box9. Fuse/Fusible link box10. Battery11. Engine oil dipstick12. Radiator cap13. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

LDI3131

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Do-it-yourself 8-3

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water toprovide year-round antifreeze and coolantprotection. The antifreeze solution con-tains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Addi-tional engine cooling system additives arenot necessary.

WARNING∙ Never remove the radiator or coolant

reservoir cap when the engine is hot.Wait until the engine and radiator cooldown. Serious burns could be causedby high pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator. For additional informa-tion on precautions, refer to “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

∙ The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure type radiator cap. To prevent en-gine damage, use only a GenuineNISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION∙ Never use any cooling system addi-

tives such as radiator sealer. Additivesmay clog the cooling system andcause damage to the engine, trans-mission and/or cooling system.

∙ When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protec-tion to -34° F (-37° C). If additionalfreeze protection is needed due toweather where you operate your ve-hicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) concen-trate following the directions on thecontainer. If an equivalent coolantother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-low the coolant manufacturer’s in-structions to maintain minimum anti-freeze protection to -34° F (-37° C). Theuse of other types of coolant solu-tions other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent may damage the enginecooling system.

∙ The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km)or 7 years. Mixing any other type ofcoolant other than Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue),including Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (green), or the useof non-distilled water will reduce thelife expectancy of the factory-fill cool-ant. For additional information, referto the "Maintenance and schedules"section of this manual.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

8-4 Do-it-yourself

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolantlevel is below the MIN level �B , add coolantto the MAX level �A . If the reservoir is empty,check the coolant level in the radiatorwhen the engine is cold. If there is insuffi-cient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening andalso add it to the reservoir up to the MAXlevel �A .

This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life ex-pectancy of the factory-fill coolant is105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixingany other type of coolant or the use ofnon-distilled water will reduce the life ex-pectancy of the factory-fill coolant. For ad-ditional information, refer to the "Mainte-nance and schedules" section of thismanual.

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

For additional information on the locationof the engine coolant reservoir, refer to “En-gine compartment check locations” in thissection.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTA NISSAN dealer can change the enginecoolant. The service procedure can befound in the NISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine over-heating.

WARNING∙ To avoid the danger of being scalded,

never change the coolant when theengine is hot.

∙ Never remove the radiator or enginecoolant reservoir cap when the en-gine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escap-ing from the radiator.

∙ Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

∙ Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of prop-erly. Check your local regulations.

LDI2860

Do-it-yourself 8-5

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until itreaches operating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than10 minutes for the oil to drain backinto the oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be between the H(High) and L (Low) marks �B . This is thenormal operating oil level range. If theoil level is below the L (Low) mark �A ,remove the oil filler cap and pour rec-ommended oil through the opening.Do not fill oil level above H (High)mark �C .

6. Recheck the oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the sever-ity of operating conditions.

CAUTIONOil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage the en-gine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

LDI3014 WDI0214

ENGINE OIL

8-6 Do-it-yourself

CHANGING ENGINE OIL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and


2. Start the engine and let it idle until itreaches operating temperature, thenturn it off.

3. Remove the oil filler cap �A by turning itcounterclockwise.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug �B .

5. Remove the drain plug �B with awrench by turning it counterclockwiseand completely drain the oil.

If the oil filter is to be changed, removeand replace it at this time. For addi-tional information, refer to “Changingengine oil filter” in this section.

∙ Waste oil must be disposed of properly.

∙ Check your local regulations.

WARNING∙ Prolonged and repeated contact with

used engine oil may cause skincancer.

∙ Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

∙ Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

CAUTIONBe careful not to burn yourself. The en-gine oil may be hot.

6. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and anew washer. Securely tighten the drainplug with a wrench. Do not use exces-sive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:34 N·m (25 ft-lb)

7. Refill engine with recommended oilthrough the oil filler opening, then installthe oil filler cap securely.

For additional information on drainand refill capacity, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capaci-ties” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

The drain and refill capacity dependson the oil temperature and drain time.Use these specifications for referenceonly. Always use the dipstick to deter-mine when the proper amount of oil isin the engine.

8. Start the engine. Check for leakagearound the drain plug and oil filter. Cor-rect as required.

LDI3013

Do-it-yourself 8-7

9. Turn the engine off and wait more than10 minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and


2. Turn the engine off.

3. Place a large drain pan under the oilfilter �B .

4. Remove pins �A from the right engineprotector located inside right wheelwell, remove protector. Remove oil filter�B with an oil filter wrench by turning itcounterclockwise. Then remove the oilfilter by turning it by hand.

CAUTIONBe careful not to burn yourself. The en-gine oil may be hot.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surfacewith a clean rag.

CAUTION∙ Be sure to remove any old gasket

material remaining on the sealingsurface of the engine. Failure to doso could lead to an oil leak and en-gine damage.

∙ The dipstick must be inserted inplace to prevent oil spillage fromthe dipstick hole when filling theengine with oil.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

LDI2938

8-8 Do-it-yourself

7. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resis-tance is felt, then tighten an additional2/3 turn.

8. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

9. Turn the engine off and wait more than10 minutes. Check the oil level. Add en-gine oil if necessary.

CAUTION∙ NISSAN recommends using Genuine

NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent)ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix withother fluids.

∙ Do not use Automatic TransmissionFluid (ATF) or manual transmissionfluid in a NISSAN CVT, as it may dam-age the CVT. Damage caused by theuse of fluids other than as recom-mended is not covered underNISSAN’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

∙ Using fluids that are not equivalent toGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 mayalso damage the CVT. Damage causedby the use of fluids other than as rec-ommended is not covered underNISSAN’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

When checking or replacement of CVT fluidis required, it is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked when thefluid is cold at fluid temperatures of 32 to86ºF (0 to 30ºC). The fluid level can bechecked with the level gauge which is at-tached to the cap. To check the fluid level,remove the cap. The fluid level should bebetween the MAX �A and MIN �B lines.

If the fluid is below the MIN �B line, addGenuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent. Re-move the cap and fill through the opening.

LDI2861

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

POWER STEERING FLUID (PSF)

Do-it-yourself 8-9

WARNINGPower steering fluid is poisonous andshould be stored carefully in markedcontainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION∙ DO NOT OVERFILL.

∙ Use of a power steering fluid otherthan Genuine NISSAN E-PSF orequivalent will prevent the powersteering system from operatingproperly.

WARNING∙ Use only new fluid from a sealed con-

tainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake system.The use of improper fluids can dam-age the brake system and affect thevehicle’s stopping ability.

∙ Clean the filler cap before removing.

∙ Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked contain-ers out of reach of children.

CAUTIONDo not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluidis spilled, immediately wash the surfacewith water.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thebrake fluid is below the MIN line �B , thebrake warning light will illuminate. Addbrake fluid up to the MAX line �A . For addi-tional information on brake fluid type, referto “Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

If the brake fluid must be added frequently,the brake system should be thoroughlychecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

LDI2147

BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUIDRESERVOIRFill the windshield-washer fluid reservoirperiodically. Add windshield-washer fluidwhen the “Low Washer Fluid” warning ap-pears in the vehicle information display.

To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir and pour thewindshield-washer fluid into the reservoiropening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield-washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the mix-ture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of windshield-washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION∙ Do not substitute engine antifreeze

coolant for windshield-washer fluid.This may result in damage to thepaint.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with washer fluid concen-trates at full strength. Some methylalcohol based washer fluid concen-trates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

∙ Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’s rec-ommended levels before pouring thefluid into the windshield-washer fluidreservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix thewasher fluid concentrate and water.

LDI2583

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

Do-it-yourself 8-11

Caution symbols for batteryWARNING

�1 No smoking, No exposed flames, NoSparks

Do not expose the battery to electrical sparks, flames or smoking. Hydrogen gas generated by thebattery is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.

�2 Shield eyesHandle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protect against explosion orbattery acid.

�3 Keep away from childrenNever allow children to handle battery. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.

�4 Battery acid

Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. Sulfuric acid cancause blindness or severe burns. After touching a battery or battery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Battery fluid is acid. If the bat-tery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin, it could cause loss of your eyesight or burns.

�5 Note operating instructionsBefore handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and safe handling.

�6 Explosive gasHydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness orinjury.

∙ Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Any corrosion should be washed off with a solution of baking soda and water.

∙ Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened.

∙ If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer, disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal cable to prevent discharge.

BATTERY

8-12 Do-it-yourself

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (Phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.


WARNING∙ Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid

in the battery is low. Low battery fluidcan cause a higher load on the batterywhich can generate heat, reduce bat-tery life, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

∙ When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

∙ Do not tip the battery. Keep the ventcaps tight and the battery level.

∙ Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

∙ Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

∙ Do not expose the battery to flames,an electrical spark or a cigarette. Hy-drogen gas generated by the batteryis explosive. Explosive gases cancause blindness or injury. Do not allowbattery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. Sul-furic acid can cause blindness or in-jury. After touching a battery or bat-tery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. Ifthe acid contacts your eyes, skin orclothing, immediately flush with wa-ter for at least 15 minutes and seekmedical attention.

1. Remove the vent caps with a screw-driver as shown. Use a cloth to protectthe battery case.

WDI0224

Do-it-yourself 8-13

2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it isnecessary to add fluid, add only dis-tilled water to bring the level up to thebottom of the filler opening. Do notoverfill. Reinstall the vent caps.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, refer to “Jumpstarting” in the “In case of emergency” sec-tion of this manual. If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery mayhave to be replaced. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

1. Crankshaft pulley2. Drive belt automatic tensioner pul-

ley3. Generator pulley4. Air conditioner compressor pulley

WARNINGBe sure the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF or LOCK position before servic-ing drive belt. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

WDI0529

VQ35DD engineLDI2131

DRIVE BELT

8-14 Do-it-yourself

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Ifthe belt is in poor condition or is loose,have it replaced or adjusted. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

2. Have the belt checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordancewith the maintenance schedule foundin the "Maintenance and schedules"section of this manual.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped �A spark plugs as frequently as con-ventional type spark plugs because theylast much longer. Follow the maintenancelog shown in the "Maintenance and sched-ules" section of this manual. Do not serviceiridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning orregapping.

∙ Always replace spark plugs with rec-ommended or equivalent ones.

WARNINGBe sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTIONBe sure to use the correct socket to re-move the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

If replacement is required, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

SDI1895

SPARK PLUGS

Do-it-yourself 8-15

WARNING∙ Operating the engine with the air

cleaner filter off can cause you or oth-ers to be burned. The air cleaner filternot only cleans the intake air, it alsostops the flame if the engine back-fires. If the air cleaner is not installedand the engine backfires, you could beburned. Never drive with the aircleaner filter off. Be cautious workingon the engine when the air cleaner isoff.

∙ Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine withthe air cleaner removed. Doing socould result in serious injury.

To remove the filter from the air cleaner,push the tabs �A and pull the cover up-ward.

The viscous paper type filter elementshould not be cleaned and reused. Replacethe air filter according to the maintenancelog shown in the "Maintenance and sched-ules" section of this manual.

When replacing the air filter, wipe the insideof the air cleaner housing and the coverwith a damp cloth.

NOTE:

After installing a new air cleaner, makesure the air cleaner cover is seated in thehousing and latch the clips �A .

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERThe in-cabin microfilter restricts the entryof airborne dust and pollen particles andreduces some objectionable outsideodors. The filter is located behind the glovebox. For additional information, refer to the"Maintenance and schedules" section ofthis manual for change intervals.

If replacement is required, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LDI3015

AIR CLEANER

8-16 Do-it-yourself

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield-washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other mate-rial may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild de-tergent. Then rinse the blades with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

CAUTIONWorn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.

To replace the windshield wiper blades, fol-low the procedure below:

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the wind-shield.

2. Push the release tab �B .

3. Move the wiper blade �A down and re-move.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until it clicks into place.

5. Push wiper on to windshield.

CAUTION∙ After wiper blade replacement, return

the wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged whenthe hood is opened.

∙ Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arms may bedamaged from wind pressure.

LDI2757

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Do-it-yourself 8-17

If you wax the surface of the hood, be care-ful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle�D . This may cause clogging or improperwindshield-washer operation. If wax getsinto the nozzle, remove it with a needle orsmall pin �C .

Rear window wiper bladeIf checking or replacement is required, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

If the brakes do not operate properly havethe brakes checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

Self-adjusting brakesYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front and rear disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is ap-plied.

WARNINGHave your brake system checked if thebrake pedal height does not return tonormal. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Brake pad wear indicatorsThe disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, a high pitchedscraping or screeching sound will be heardwhen the vehicle is in motion. The noise willbe heard whether or not the brake pedal isdepressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the wear indicatorsound is heard.

LDI2710

BRAKES

8-18 Do-it-yourself

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops is nor-mal and does not affect the function orperformance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information re-garding brake inspections, refer to the ap-propriate maintenance schedule informa-tion in the "Maintenance and schedules"section of this manual.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNINGNever use a fuse of higher or lower am-perage rating than that specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or electronic controlunits or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not comeon, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and theheadlight switch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushingthe tab and lifting the cover up.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.The fuse puller is located in the fuseblock in the passenger compartment.

LDI3117

FUSES

Do-it-yourself 8-19

5. If the fuse is open �A , replace it with anew fuse �B .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-trical system checked and repaired. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Fusible linksIf the electrical equipment does not oper-ate and fuses are in good condition, checkthe fusible links. If any of these fusible linksare melted, replace with only GenuineNISSAN parts.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNINGNever use a fuse of higher or lower am-perage rating than that specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or electronic controlunits or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and theheadlight switch are OFF.

2. Pull the fuse box cover to remove.3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

4. If the fuse is open �A , replace it with anequivalent good fuse �B .

5. Reverse step 2 to reinstall the boxcover.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-trical system checked and repaired. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

LDI0456 LDI2092 LDI0456

8-20 Do-it-yourself

CAUTIONBe careful not to allow children to swal-low the battery or removed parts.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key asfollows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from theIntelligent Key.

2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver �Ainto the slit �B of the corner and twist itto separate the upper part from thelower part. Place a cloth over thescrewdriver to protect the casing.

LDI2001

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Do-it-yourself 8-21

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2032 orequivalent.

∙ Do not touch the internal circuit andelectric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

∙ Hold the battery by the edges. Hold-ing the battery across the contactpoints will seriously deplete the stor-age capacity.

∙ Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the lower part.

4. Close the lid securely as illustrated with�C and �D .

5. Operate the buttons to check the op-eration.

If you need assistance with replacement, itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

FCC Notice:

For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

Note:


For Canada:This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

LDI2637

8-22 Do-it-yourself

HEADLIGHTSFor additional information on headlightbulb replacement, refer to the instructionsoutlined in this section.

Replacing the halogen headlightbulb (if so equipped)If bulb replacement is required, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

CAUTION∙ Aiming is not necessary after replac-

ing the bulb. When aiming adjustmentis necessary, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ Do not leave the headlight assemblyopen without a bulb installed for along period of time. Dust, moisture,smoke, etc. entering the headlightbody may affect bulb performance.Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly just before a replacementbulb is installed.

∙ Only touch the base when handlingthe bulb. Never touch the glass enve-lope. Touching the glass could signifi-cantly affect bulb life and/or head-light performance.

∙ High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

∙ Use the same number and wattage asshown in the chart.

Fog may temporarily form inside thelenses of the exterior lights in the rain or ina car wash. A temperature difference be-tween the inside and the outside of thelens causes the fog. This is not a malfunc-tion. If large drops of water collect insidethe lens, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for servicing.

FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)For additional information on fog light bulbreplacement, refer to the instructions out-lined in this section.

Replacing the fog light bulbIf bulb replacement is required, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

CAUTION∙ High pressure halogen gas is sealed

inside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

∙ When handling the bulb, do not touchthe glass envelope.

∙ Use the same number and wattage asoriginally installed as shown in thechart.

∙ Do not leave the bulb out of the foglight for a long period of time as dust,moisture and smoke may enter thefog light body and affect the perfor-mance of the fog light.

LIGHTS

Do-it-yourself 8-23

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)*High 65 H9Low 55 H11Park/ Daytime running — —Turn 28/8 7444NASide marker 5 W5W

Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)*High 65 H9Low — —Park/ Daytime running — —Turn 28/8 7444NASide marker 5 W5W

Front fog lights (if so equipped) 55 H11Door mirror turn signal* — —Map light* — —Footwell light (if so equipped)* 3.4 158Personal lights* 8 —Glove box light* 1.4 —Step light (if so equipped)* 3.8 194Courtesy light* — —Vanity mirror light (if so equipped)* — —Cargo light* 8 —High-mounted stop light* — —Rear combination light*

Stop/Tail 21/5 W21/5WTurn 21 WY21WSide marker 5 W5W

Backup (reversing)* 16 W16WLicense plate light* 5 W5W

* It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts informa-tion.

LDI3106

8-24 Do-it-yourself

1. Headlight assembly2 Map light3. Door mirror turn signal4. Step light (if so equipped)5. Fog light (if so equipped)6. Personal light7. Cargo light8. High-mounted stop light9. License plate light10. Rear combination light

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C or D.When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens, lamp and/or cover.

Indicates bulb removalIndicates bulb installation

WDI0263

Do-it-yourself 8-25

If you have a flat tire, refer to “Flat tire” inthe “In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

TIRE PRESSURETire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

WARNINGRadio waves could aversely effectelectric medical equipment.Those who use a pacemakershould contact the electric medi-cal equipment manufacturer forthe possible influences beforeuse.This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS).It monitors tire pressure of all tiresexcept the spare. When the low tirepressure warning light is lit and the“Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningappears in the vehicle informationdisplay, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. Ifequipped, the system also displayspressure of all tires (except the spare

tire) on the display screen by send-ing a signal from a sensor that isinstalled in each wheel.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this systemmay not detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).For additional information, refer to“Low tire pressure warning light” inthe “Instruments and controls” sec-tion, “Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section and “Flat tire” in the “Incase of emergency” section of thismanual.Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressures (includingthe spare) often and always prior tolong distance trips. The recom-mended tire pressure specificationsare shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label or the Tire andLoading Information label under the

“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tireand Loading Information label is af-fixed to the driver side center pillar.Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:

∙ Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

∙ Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other ob-jects or if the vehicle strikes acurb while parking.

The tire pressures should bechecked when the tires are cold. Thetires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds.The TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alertprovides visual and audible signalsoutside the vehicle for inflating tiresto the recommended COLD tirepressure. For additional information,refer to “TPMS with Easy-Fill TireAlert” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-26 Do-it-yourself

Incorrect tire pressure, includingunder inflation, may adversely af-fect tire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING∙ Improperly inflated tires can fail

suddenly and cause anaccident.

∙ The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weightcapacity is indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.Do not load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading yourvehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating condi-tions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could alsolead to a serious accident. Load-ing beyond the specified capac-ity may also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

∙ Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

∙ For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Do-it-yourself 8-27

Tire and Loading Informationlabel

�1 Seating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that canbe seated in the vehicle.

�2 Original tire size: The size of thetires originally installed on thevehicle at the factory.

�3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate thetires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are consid-ered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km)at moderate speeds. The rec-ommended cold tire inflation isset by the manufacturer to pro-vide the best balance of tirewear, vehicle handling, driveabil-ity, tire noise, etc., up to the vehi-cle’s GVWR.

�4 Tire size - refer to “Tire labeling” inthis section.

�5 Spare tire size.

�6 Vehicle load limit: Refer to “Ve-hicle loading information” in the“Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

LDI2737

8-28 Do-it-yourself

Checking tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from

the tire.2. Press the pressure gauge

squarely onto the valve stem. Donot press too hard or force thevalve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heardwhile checking the pressure, re-position the gauge to eliminatethis leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare to thespecification shown on the Tireand Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. Iftoo much air is added, press thecore of the valve stem brieflywith the tip of the gauge stem torelease pressure. Recheck thepressure and add or release airas needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.7. Check the pressure of all other

tires, including the spare.

Size Cold Tire Infla-tion Pressure

Front and RearOriginal Tire:235/65R18

33 psi, 230 kPa

Front and RearOriginal Tire:235/55R20

35 psi, 240 kPa

Spare Tire:T165/90D18 60 psi, 420 kPa

TIRE LABELINGFederal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized infor-mation on the sidewall of all tires.This information identifies and de-scribes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides theTire Identification Number (TIN) forsafety standard certification. The TINcan be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

LDI0393Example

WDI0394

Do-it-yourself 8-29

�1 Tire size (example: P215/65R1595H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles(not all tires have this informa-tion).

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): Thisnumber, known as the aspectratio, gives the tire’s ratio ofheight to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.5. Two-digit number (15): This num-

ber is the wheel or rim diameterin inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95):This number is the tire’s load in-dex. It is a measurement of howmuch weight each tire can sup-port. You may not find this infor-mation on all tires because it isnot required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

ExampleWDI0395

8-30 Do-it-yourself

�2 TIN (Tire Identification Number)for a new tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-partment Of Transportation”.The symbol can be placedabove, below or to the left orright of the Tire IdentificationNumber.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark.

3. Two-digit code: Tire size.4. Three-digit code: Tire type code

(Optional).5. Four numbers represent the

week and year the tire was built.For example, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.

�3 Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which in-clude steel, nylon, polyester and oth-ers.

�4 Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

�5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maxi-mum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle, al-ways use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

ExampleLDI2786

Do-it-yourself 8-31

�6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requiresan inner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

�7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown if the tirehas radial structure.

�8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.Other Tire-related Terminology

In addition to the many terms thatare defined throughout this section,Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or modelname molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding onthe other sidewall of the tire, or (2)the outward facing sidewall of anasymmetrical tire that has a particu-lar side that must always face out-ward when mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING∙ When changing or replacing tires, be

sure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) andconstruction. A NISSAN dealer may beable to help you with informationabout tire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

∙ Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

∙ Replacing tires with those not origi-nally specified by NISSAN could affectthe proper operation of the low tirepressure warning system.

∙ Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels. Failure todo so may result in a circumferencedifference between tires on the frontand rear axles which can cause theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemto malfunction resulting in personalinjury or death, excessive tire wearand may damage the transmissionand differential gears.

∙ For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies All Season tires on somemodels to provide good performance allyear, including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All Season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S on the tire sidewall.Snow tires have better snow traction thanAll Season tires and may be more appropri-ate in some areas.

8-32 Do-it-yourself

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performanceon dry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, NISSAN recommends theuse of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load rat-ing to the original equipment tires. If you donot, it can adversely affect the safety andhandling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed rat-ings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, some U.S.

states and Canadian provinces prohibittheir use. Check local, state and provinciallaws before installing studded tires. Skidand traction capabilities of studded snowtires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorerthan that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS

CAUTIONTire chains/cables should not be in-stalled on 235/55R20 size tires. Installa-tion of the tire chains/cables on235/55R20 size tires will cause damageto the vehicle. If you plan to use tirechains/cables, you should install235/65R18 size tires on your vehicle.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited ac-cording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing tire chains. When installingtire chains, make sure they are the propersize for the tires on your vehicle and areinstalled according to the chain manufac-turer’s suggestions. Use only SAE class “S”chains. Class “S” chains are used on ve-hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear-ance. Vehicles that can use Class “S” chainsare designed to meet the minimum clear-ances between the tire and the closest ve-hicle suspension or body component re-

quired to accommodate the use of awinter traction device (tire chains orcables). The minimum clearances are de-termined using the factory equipped tiresize. Other types may damage your vehicle.Use chain tensioners when recommendedby the tire chain manufacturer to ensure atight fit. Loose end links of the tire chainmust be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damageto the fenders or underbody. If possible,avoid fully loading your vehicle when usingtire chains. In addition, drive at a reducedspeed. Otherwise, your vehicle may bedamaged and/or vehicle handling andperformance may be adversely affected.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

Do-it-yourself 8-33

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESTire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating thetires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).

For additional information on tire re-placing procedures, refer to “Flat tire”in the “In case of emergency” sectionof this manual.

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tight-ened to specifications at all times.It is recommended that wheel nutsbe tightened to specification ateach tire rotation interval.

WARNING∙ After rotating the tires, check

and adjust the tire pressure.∙ Retighten the wheel nuts when

the vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

∙ Do not include the spare tire inthe tire rotation.


Tire wear and damage1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

WARNING∙ Tires should be periodically in-

spected for wear, cracking,bulging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

WDI0258 WDI0259

8-34 Do-it-yourself

∙ The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

∙ Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

∙ Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious per-sonal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carry-ing capacity as originally equipped. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Wheels andtires” in the “Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

WARNING∙ The use of tires other than those rec-

ommended or the mixed use of tiresof different brands, construction(bias, bias-belted or radial), or treadpatterns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance, tirechain clearance, speedometer cali-bration, headlight aim and bumperheight. Some of these effects maylead to accidents and could result inserious personal injury.

∙ If your vehicle was originallyequipped with four tires that were thesame size and you are only replacingtwo of the four tires, install the newtires on the rear axle. Placing new tireson the front axle may cause loss ofvehicle control in some driving condi-tions and cause an accident and per-sonal injury.

∙ If the wheels are changed for any rea-son, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear, de-grade vehicle handling characteris-tics, affect the VDC system and/or in-terference with the brake discs. Suchinterference can lead to decreasedbraking efficiency and/or early brakepad wear. For additional informationon wheel off-set dimensions, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Technicaland consumer information” section ofthis manual.

Do-it-yourself 8-35

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pres-sure warning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The light will re-main on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.


∙ The TPMS sensor may be damaged ifit is not handled correctly. Be carefulwhen handling the TPMS sensor.

∙ When replacing the TPMS sensor, theID registration may be required. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for ID registration.

∙ Do not use a valve stem cap that is notspecified by NISSAN. The valve stemcap may become stuck.

∙ Be sure that the valve stem caps arecorrectly fitted. Otherwise the valvemay be clogged up with dirt andcause a malfunction or loss ofpressure.

∙ Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been re-paired. Such wheels or tires couldhave structural damage and could failwithout warning.

∙ The use of retread tires is notrecommended.

∙ For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet.

Four-wheel drive models

CAUTIONAlways use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure and

wheel alignment should also be checkedand corrected as necessary. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

∙ For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

Care of wheels∙ Wash the wheels when washing the ve-

hicle to maintain their appearance.

∙ Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the undersideof the vehicle is washed.

∙ Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

8-36 Do-it-yourself

∙ Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at the tirebead.

∙ NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire)When replacing a wheel without the TPMSsuch as the spare tire, the TPMS will notfunction.

Observe the following precautions if theTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must beused. Otherwise, your vehicle could bedamaged or involved in an accident:

WARNING∙ The spare tire should be used for

emergency use only. It should be re-placed with the standard tire at thefirst opportunity to avoid possible tireor differential damage.

∙ Drive carefully while the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt braking whiledriving.

∙ Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressure ofthe TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireat 420 kPa, 4.2 bar (60 psi).

∙ With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire installed do not drive the vehicleat speeds faster than 50 mph(80 km/h).

∙ When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used on therear wheels and the original tire usedon the front wheels (drive wheels).

∙ Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replacethe spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

∙ Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

∙ Do not use more than one spare tire atthe same time.

∙ Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.

CAUTION∙ Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-

RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chainswill not fit properly and may causedamage to the vehicle.

∙ Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also, do not drivethe vehicle through an automatic carwash since it may get caught.

Do-it-yourself 8-37

MEMO

8-38 Do-it-yourself

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Explanation of general maintenanceitems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 9-5Emission control system maintenance:. . . . . . . 9-5Chassis and body maintenance:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Additional maintenance items forsevere operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Emission control system maintenance . . . . . . . 9-8Chassis & body maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Maintenance under severe operatingconditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Severe driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Some day-to-day and regular mainte-nance is essential to maintain your vehiclegood mechanical condition, as well as itsemissions and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the scheduled maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesproper maintenance. You are a vital link inthe maintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normalday-to-day operation. They are essentialfor proper vehicle operation. It is your re-sponsibility to perform these proceduresregularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill and onlya few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, a NISSAN dealer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe maintenance items listed in this sec-tion are required to be serviced at regularintervals. However under severe drivingconditions, additional or more frequentmaintenance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up-to-date with thelatest service information through techni-cal bulletins, service tips and training pro-grams. They are completely qualified towork on NISSAN vehicles before work be-gins.

You can be confident that a NISSAN deal-er’s service department can perform theservice needed to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance shouldbe performed regularly as prescribed inthis section. If you detect any unusualsounds, vibrations or smells, be sure tocheck for the cause or have it checkedpromptly. In addition, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer if you thinkthat repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe the “Mainte-nance precautions” in the “Do-it-yourself ”section of this manual.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “ * ” is found in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that thedoors and engine hood operate properly.Also ensure that all latches lock securely.Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollersand links if necessary. Make sure that the

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

secondary latch keeps the hood fromopening when the primary latch is re-leased.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and in-stalled securely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check-ing the tires, make sure no wheel nuts aremissing, and check for any loose wheelnuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated ev-ery 5,000 miles (8,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in alltires, including the spare, to the pressurespecified. Check carefully for damage, cutsor excessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace theTPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve coreand cap when the tires are replaced due towear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the ve-hicle should pull to either side while drivingon a straight and level road, or if you detectuneven or abnormal tire wear, there maybe a need for wheel alignment. If the steer-ing wheel or seat vibrates at normal high-way speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield at leastevery six months for cracks or other dam-age. Have a damaged windshield repairedby a qualified repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing scheduled maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the

pedal does not catch or require uneveneffort. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longerto stop, have your vehicle checked imme-diately. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. Keep thefloor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) P (Park) position mechanism: On afairly steep hill check that the vehicle is heldsecurely with the shift lever in the P (Park)position without applying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied. If the parkingbrake needs adjustment, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Seats: Check seat position controls suchas seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., toensure they operate smoothly and all

Maintenance and schedules 9-3

latches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints/headrestsmove up and down smoothly and the locks(if so equipped) hold securely in all latchedpositions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, anchors,adjusters and retractors) operate properlyand smoothly, and are installed securely.Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering system, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Checkthat the wipers and washer operate prop-erly and that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (for example, eachtime you check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.The fluid should be at the bottom of thefiller opening. Vehicles operated in hightemperatures or under severe conditionsrequire frequent checks of the battery fluidlevel.

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (Phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.


Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lineson the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure the drivebelts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait more than15 minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, immedi-ately have the exhaust system inspected. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Exhaust gas (carbon mon-oxide)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaks or if


fuel fumes are evident, check for the causeand have it corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level when the fluid is cold, withthe engine off. Check the lines for properattachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor-mation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust. Itis very important to remove these sub-stances, otherwise rust may form on thefloor pan, frame, fuel lines and around theexhaust system. At the end of winter, theunderbody should be thoroughly flushedwith plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accu-mulate. For additional information, refer tothe “Appearance and care” section of thismanual.

Windshield-washer fluid*: Check thatthere is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided togive you a better understanding of thescheduled maintenance items that shouldbe regularly checked or replaced. Themaintenance schedule indicates at whichmileage/time intervals each item requiresservice.

In addition to scheduled maintenance,your vehicle requires that some items bechecked during normal day-to-day opera-tion. For additional information, refer to“General maintenance” in this section.

Items marked with “*” are recommendedby NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation.You are not required to perform mainte-nance on these items in order to maintainthe warranties which come with yourNISSAN. Other maintenance items and in-tervals are required.

When applicable, additional informationcan be found in the “Do-it-yourself ” sectionof this manual.

NOTE:

NISSAN does not advocate the use ofnon-OEM approved aftermarket flush-ing systems and strongly advisesagainst performing these services on aNISSAN product. Many of the aftermar-ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap-proved chemicals or solvents, the use ofwhich has not been validated by NISSAN.

For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capaci-ties” in the “Technical and consumer in-formation” section of this manual.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCE:Drive belts*: Check engine drive belts forwear, fraying or cracking and for propertension. Replace any damaged drive belts.

Engine air filter: Replace at specified inter-vals. When driving for prolonged periods industy conditions, check/replace the filtermore frequently.

Engine coolant*: Replace coolant at thespecified interval. When adding or replac-ing coolant, be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Foradditional information on the proper mix-ture for your area, refer to “Engine coolingsystem” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section ofthis manual.)

NOTE:

Mixing any other type of coolant or theuse of non-distilled water may reducethe recommended service interval of thecoolant.

Engine oil and oil filter: Replace engine oiland oil filter at the specified intervals. Forrecommended oil grade and viscosity, referto “Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

Engine valve clearance*: Inspect only ifvalve noise increases. Adjust valve clear-ance if necessary.

Evaporative emissions control vaporlines*: Check vapor lines for leaks or loose-ness. Tighten connections or replace partsas necessary.

Fuel lines*: Check the fuel hoses, pipingand connections for leaks, looseness, ordeterioration. Tighten connections or re-place parts as necessary.

Spark plugs: Replace at specified intervals.Install new plugs of the same type as origi-nally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODYMAINTENANCE:Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect forproper installation. Check for chafing,cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking.Replace any deteriorated or damagedparts immediately.

Brake pads and rotors: Check for wear,deterioration and fluid leaks. Replace anydeteriorated or damaged parts immedi-ately.

Exhaust system: Visually inspect the ex-haust pipes, muffler and hangers for leaks,cracks, deterioration, and damage. Tightenconnections or replace parts as necessary.

In-cabin microfilter: Replace at specifiedintervals. When driving for prolonged peri-ods in dusty conditions, replace the filtermore frequently.

Propeller shaft(s): Check for damage,looseness, and grease leakage.

Steering gear and linkage, axle and sus-pension parts, drive shaft boots: Checkfor damage, looseness, and leakage of oilor grease. Under severe driving conditions,inspect more frequently.

Tire rotation: Tires should be rotated every5,000 miles (8,000 km) according to the in-structions under “Explanation of generalmaintenance items” in this section. Whenrotating tires, check for damage and un-even wear. Replace if necessary.

Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil: Vi-sually inspect for signs of leakage at speci-fied intervals.

If towing a trailer, using a camper or car-topcarrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads,replace the CVT fluid every 60,000 miles(96,000 km) or request the dealer to inspectthe fluid deterioration data using a CON-SULT. If the deterioration data is more than210000, replace the CVT fluid.


To help ensure smooth, safe and economi-cal driving, NISSAN provides two mainte-nance schedules that may be used, de-pending upon the conditions in which youusually drive. These schedules containboth distance and time intervals, up to120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 months. Formost people, the odometer reading will in-dicate when service is needed. However, ifyou drive very little, your vehicle should beserviced at the regular time intervalsshown in the schedule.

After 120,000 miles(192,000 km)/144 months, continuemaintenance at the same mileage/timeintervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMSFOR SEVERE OPERATINGCONDITIONSAdditional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions should be per-formed on vehicles that are driven underespecially demanding conditions. Addi-tional maintenance items should be per-formed if you primarily operate your vehicleunder the following conditions:

∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

∙ Repeated short trips of less than10 miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

∙ Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed driv-ing for long distances, such as police,taxi or door-to-door delivery use.

∙ Driving in dusty conditions.

∙ Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

∙ Towing a trailer, using a camper or usinga car-top carrier.

NOTE:

For vehicles operated in Canada, bothstandard and severe maintenance itemsshould be performed at every interval.

The following tables show the standardmaintenance schedule. Depending uponweather and atmospheric conditions,varying road surfaces, individual drivinghabits and vehicle usage, additional ormore frequent maintenance may be re-quired. After 120,000 miles(192,000 km)/144 months, continuemaintenance at the same mileage/timeinterval.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES STANDARD MAINTENANCE


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles, kilometers or

months, whichever comes first.miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL5

(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I* I* I*Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R REVAP vapor lines I* I* I*Fuel lines I* I* I*Fuel filter See NOTE (3)Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)Engine oil Replace every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsEngine oil filter Replace every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsSpark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)Intake and exhaust valve clearances* See NOTE (7)




Months


(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I* I* I* I* I* I*Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R REVAP vapor lines I* I* I*Fuel lines I* I* I*Fuel filter See NOTE (3)Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)Engine oil Replace every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsEngine oil filter Replace every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsSpark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)Intake and exhaust valve clearances* See NOTE (7)

NOTE:

(1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belts iffound damaged.(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.(3) Periodic maintenance is not required.(4) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles(120,000 km) or 60 months.(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with proper mixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50%demineralized or distilled water. Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the life expectancyof the factory fill coolant.(6) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if within specified periodic replacement mileage.(7) Periodic maintenance is not required. However, if valve noise increased, inspect valve clearance.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not performsuch maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items andintervals are required.


CHASSIS & BODY MAINTENANCE

Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace,



Months


(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Brake lines & cables I I I I I IBrake pads & rotors� I I I I I IBrake fluid� R R RCVT fluid See NOTE (1) I I I I I ITransfer fluid & differential gear oil See NOTE (2) I I I I I ISteering gear and linkage, axle and suspensionparts�

I I I

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (4WD mod-els)�

I I I I I I

Exhaust system� I I IIn-cabin microfilter R R R RNISSAN Intelligent Key® battery I R R R




Months


(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Brake lines and cables I I I I I IBrake pads and rotors� I I I I I IBrake fluid� R R RCVT fluid See NOTE (1) I I I I I ITransfer fluid & differential gear oil See NOTE (2) I I I I I ISteering gear and linkage, axle and suspensionparts�

I I I

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)Propeller shaft & drive shaft boots (4WD mod-els)�

I I I I I I

Exhaust system� I I IIn-cabin microfilter R R R RNISSAN Intelligent Key® battery R R R R

NOTE:

Maintenance items with “�” should be performed more frequently according to “Maintenance under severe driving conditions”.(1) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier or driving on rough or muddy roads, inspect CVT fluid deterioration every60,000 miles (96,000 km), then change CVT fluid if necessary. And if the inspection is not performed, change (not just inspect) CVTfluid every 60,000 miles (96,000 km). It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.(2) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top, or driving on rough or muddy roads, change (not just inspect) oil at every20,000 miles (32,000 km) or 24 months.(3) For additional information on tire rotation, refer to “General maintenance” in this section.


The maintenance intervals shown on the preceding pages are for normal operating conditions. If the vehicle is mainly operated undersevere driving conditions as shown below, more frequent maintenance must be performed on the following items as shown in the table.

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles

(8 km).

∙ Repeated short trips of less than10 miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

∙ Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed driv-ing for long distance, such as police, taxior door-to-door delivery use.

∙ Driving in dusty conditions.

∙ Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

∙ Towing a trailer, using a camper or usinga car-top carrier.

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance intervalBrake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 monthsBrake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsSteering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsPropeller shaft & drive shaft boots (4WD models) Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsExhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVEREOPERATING CONDITIONS


5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6MonthsDealer Name:Date:Mileage:DealerStamp:









MAINTENANCE LOG



100,000 Miles (160,000 km) or120 MonthsDealer Name:Date:Mileage:DealerStamp:






MEMO


10 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Engine oil and oil filterrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

When traveling or registering in anothercountry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11Vehicle identification number(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . 10-12Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . 10-12Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . 10-13Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Installing front license plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Securing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Maximum load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Towing load/specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Flat towing for 4–Wheel drive vehicle(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Emission control system warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34Event Data Recorders (EDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the proceduredescribed in the “Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid type Capacity (approximate) Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetric

MeasureUS

MeasureImperialMeasure

Fuel 74 L 19-1/2 gal 16-1/4 gal • For additional information, refer to “Fuel recommendation” inthis section.

Engine oil*Drain and refill* For additionalinformation, refer to “En-gine oil” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of thismanual.

With oil filterchange 4.8 L 5-1/8 qt 4-1/4 qt • Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” is recommended.

• If the above motor oil is not available, use an equivalent mo-tor oil that matches the above grade and viscosity. For addi-tional information, refer to “Engine oil and oil filter recommen-dations” in this section.

Without oil filterchange 4.5 L 4-3/4 qt 4 qt

Engine coolantwith reservoir 9.8 L 2-5/8 gal 2-1/8 gal • Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant

(blue) or equivalent

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid — — —

• Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3• NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3(or equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with otherfluids. Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSANCVT Fluid NS-3 may damage the CVT. Damage caused by theuse of fluids other than as recommended is not covered un-der NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Differential gear oil — — —

• Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super Semi-syntheticAPI GL-5, Viscosity SAE 75W-90• The use of differential gear oil other than the specified maycause vehicle malfunctions and result in non-warranty vehiclerepairs.

Transfer fluid — — — • Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid super GL-5 80W-90 orequivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

10-2 Technical and consumer information

Fluid type Capacity (approximate) Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetric

MeasureUS

MeasureImperialMeasure

Power Steering Fluid (PSF) — — —

• Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent.• Use of power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E-PSFwill prevent the power steering system from operatingproperly.

Brake fluid — — —• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalentDOT 3• Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer

Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base)

Windshield-washer fluid 5 L 1-3/8 gal 1-1/8 gal • Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze fluid or equivalent

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — —• HFC-134a (R-134a)• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner systemrefrigerant and oil recommendations” in this section.

Air conditioning system oil — — —• Genuine NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S (DH-PS) or equivalent• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner systemrefrigerant and oil recommendations” in this section.

Technical and consumer information 10-3

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONUse unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

CAUTION∙ Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door

label can operate on E-85. Fuel systemor other damage can occur if E-85 isused in vehicles that are not designedto run on E-85.

∙ Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectthe warranty coverage.

∙ Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not use a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Yourvehicle is not designed to run on a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol.Using a fuel containing more than 15%ethanol in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol can adversely affectthe emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

∙ Do not use fuel that contains the oc-tane booster methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Usingfuel containing MMT may adverselyaffect vehicle performance and ve-hicle emissions. Not all fuel dispens-ers are labeled to indicate MMT con-tent, so you may have to consult yourgasoline retailer for more details.Note that Federal and California lawsprohibit the use of MMT in reformu-lated gasoline.

∙ U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC)specifications where it is available. Many ofthe automobile manufacturers developedthis specification to improve emission con-trol system and vehicle performance. Askyour service station manager if the gaso-line meets the WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing re-formulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. NISSAN supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you use re-formulated gasoline when available.


Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MethylTert-butyl Ether (MTBE) and methanol withor without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use offuels of which the oxygenate content andthe fuel compatibility for your NISSAN can-not be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel systemdamage.

∙ The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

∙ If an oxygenate-blend other thanmethanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 15% oxygenate.

∙ If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitableamount of appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-erly formulated with appropriate co-solvents and corrosion inhibitors,such methanol blends may cause fuelsystem damage and/or vehicle per-formance problems. At this time, suf-ficient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitablefor use in NISSAN vehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are expe-rienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,immediately change to a non-oxygenatefuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during re-fueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E–15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline.E-15 can only be used in vehicles designedto run on E-15 fuel. U.S. government regula-tions require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified with small, square,

orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percent-age for that region.

E–85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline.E-85 can only be used in a Flexible FuelVehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 in your ve-hicle. U.S. government regulations requirefuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation or theappropriate percentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting ad-ditive. NISSAN does not recommend theuse of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel mayadversely affect vehicle performance, in-cluding the emissions control system. Notethat while some fuel pumps label MMTcontent, not all do, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for more de-tails.


Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use ofany aftermarket fuel additives (for ex-ample, fuel injector cleaner, octanebooster, intake valve deposit removers,etc.) which are sold commercially. Many ofthese additives intended for gum, varnishor deposit removal may contain active sol-vents or similar ingredients that can beharmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended cancause persistent, heavy “spark knock.”(“Spark knock” is a metallic rappingnoise.) If severe, this can lead to enginedamage. If you detect a persistent heavyspark knock even when using gasolineof the stated octane rating, or if you hearsteady spark knock while holding asteady speed on level roads, it is recom-mended that you have a NISSAN dealercorrect the condition. Failure to correctthe condition is misuse of the vehicle, forwhich NISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result inspark knock, after-run and/or overheating,which may cause excessive fuel consump-tion or engine damage. If any of the abovesymptoms are encountered, have your ve-hicle checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nota cause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATIONSSelecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance.For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”in this section. NISSAN recommends theuse of an energy conserving oil in order toimprove fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet theAmerican Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-

cation or International Lubricant Standard-ization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)certification and SAE viscosity standard.These oils have the API certification markon the front of the container. Oils which donot have the specified quality label shouldnot be used as they could cause enginedamage.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because ofthis, it is important to select the engine oilviscosity based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. Choosing an oil viscos-ity other than that recommended couldcause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter orits equivalent for the reason described in“Change intervals.”

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Using en-gine oil and filters that are not of the speci-fied quality, or exceeding recommended oiland filter change intervals could reduceengine life. Damage to the engine causedby improper maintenance or use of incor-

LTI2051


rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity isnot covered by the NISSAN New VehicleLimited Warranty.

Your engine was filled with a high-qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-mended change interval. Oil and filterchange intervals depend upon how youuse your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditionsmay require more frequent oil and filterchanges:

∙ repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

∙ driving in dusty conditions

∙ extensive idling

∙ towing a trailer

∙ stop and go commuting

For additional information, refer to the“Maintenance and schedules” section ofthis manual.

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND OILRECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioner system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) andNISSAN A/C system oil Type S (DH-PS) orthe exact equivalents.

CAUTIONThe use of any other refrigerant or oilmay cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will requirethe replacement of all air conditionersystem components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernment regulations require the recov-ery and recycling of any refrigerant duringautomotive air conditioner system service.A NISSAN dealer has the trained techni-cians and equipment needed to recoverand recycle your air conditioner system re-frigerant.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer when servicing your air conditionersystem.


ENGINE

Model VQ35DD

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHCCylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-block, Slanted at 60°Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.780 x 3.189 (96 x 81)Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)Firing order 1–2–3–4–5–6

Idle speed

No adjustment is necessary.CVT in N (Neutral) positionIgnition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)CO % at idle

Spark plug FXE22HR-11

Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

SPECIFICATIONS


WHEELS AND TIRESWheels Offset in (mm) Size

Alloy1.97 (50) 18 x 7.5J

1.97 (50) 20 x 7.5J

Tires Size

All Season235/65R18

235/55R20

Spare tire Wheel size Tire size

Temporary spare - steel 18 x 4T T165/90D18

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTSOverall length in (mm) 198.5 (5,042)Overall width in (mm) 77.3 (1,963)Overall height

without roof rack in (mm) 69.5 (1,766)with roof rack in (mm) 70.6 (1,793)

Front and Rear Track in (mm) 65.7 (1,670)Wheelbase in (mm) 114.2 (2,900)Gross vehicle weight rating lbs. (kg) Refer to the “F.M.V.S.S./C.M.

V.S.S. certification label” onthe center pillar betweenthe driver’s side front and

rear doors.

Gross axle weight ratingFront lbs. (kg)Rear lbs. (kg)


When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-hicle in another country, you should firstfind out if the fuel available is suitable foryour vehicle's engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is toolow may cause engine damage. All gaso-line vehicles must be operated with un-leaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid takingyour vehicle to areas where appropriatefuel is not available.

When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessaryto modify the vehicle to meet local lawsand regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standardsvary according to the country, state, prov-ince or district; therefore, vehicle specifica-tions may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation and registration are the re-sponsibility of the user. NISSAN is not re-sponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe VIN plate is located as shown. Thisnumber is the identification for your vehicleand is used in the vehicle registration.

The VIN number is also available throughthe center display screen. For additionalinformation, refer to your “Navigation Sys-tem Owner’s Manual”.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The vehicle identification number is lo-cated as shown.

TI1050M LTI2028

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifi-cation label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information, suchas: (GVWR), (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label isattached to the underside of the hood asshown.

LTI2255 WTI0099 LTI2256


TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label. The label islocated as shown.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label is af-fixed to the underside of the hood asshown.

To mount the front license plate, attach thelicense plate bracket to the bumper fasciaat the location marks (small dimples) usingthe two provided screws �A .

LTI2251 WTI0173 LTI2241

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


WARNING∙ It is extremely dangerous to

ride in a cargo area inside a ve-hicle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride inany area of your vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

∙ Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMSIt is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms beforeloading your vehicle:

∙ Curb Weight (actual weight ofyour vehicle) - vehicle weight in-cluding: standard and optionalequipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly.This weight does not includepassengers and cargo.

∙ GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weightof passengers and cargo.

∙ GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informa-tion is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

∙ GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

∙ GCWR (Gross Combined Weightrating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

∙ Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - maxi-mum total weight limit specifiedof the load (passengers andcargo) for the vehicle. This is themaximum combined weight ofoccupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the ve-hicle is used to tow a trailer, thetrailer tongue weight must be in-cluded as part of the cargo load.This information is located on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

∙ Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the subtractedweight of occupants from theload limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYDo not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Information la-bel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Ca-pacity” on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.To get “the combined weight of oc-cupants and cargo”, add the weightof all occupants, then add the totalluggage weight. Examples areshown in the following illustration.

ExampleLTI2320


Steps for determining correctload limit

1. Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXlbs. or XXX kg” on your vehicle’sTire and Loading Information la-bel.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengersthat will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weightof the driver and passengersfrom XXX lbs. or XXX kg.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For ex-ample, if the XXX amount equals1,400 lbs. and there will be five150 lbs. passengers in your ve-hicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150) =650 lbs.) or (640-340 (5 X 70) =300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. Thatweight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated instep 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to deter-mine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage load ca-pacity of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed theGVWR or the GAWR for your vehicle.For additional information, refer to“Measurement of weights” in thissection.Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Tire and Loading Infor-mation label” in the “Do-it-yourself ”section of this manual.

SECURING THE LOADThere are luggage hooks located in thecargo area as shown. The hooks can beused to secure cargo with ropes or othertypes of straps.

When securing items using luggagehooks located on the side finisher do notapply a load over more than 6.5 lbs. (29 N)to a single hook.

The luggage hooks that are located onthe floor should have loads less than110 lbs. (490 N) to a single hook.

Cargo area luggage hooksLIC3684


WARNING∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

∙ The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in acollision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

∙ Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts ofyour vehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change the wayyour vehicle handles. This could resultin loss of control and cause personalinjury.

LOADING TIPS∙ The GVW must not exceed GVWR

or GAWR as specified on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

∙ Do not load the front and rearaxle to the GAWR. Doing so willexceed the GVWR.

WARNING∙ Properly secure all cargo with

ropes or straps to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

∙ Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

∙ Overloading not only canshorten the life of your vehicleand the tire, but can also causeunsafe vehicle handling andlonger braking distances. Thismay cause a premature tire fail-ure which could result in a seri-ous accident and personal in-jury. Failures caused byoverloading are not covered bythe vehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to preventweight shifts that could affect thebalance of your vehicle. When the ve-hicle is loaded, drive to a scale andweigh the front and the rear wheelsseparately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not ex-ceed either of the gross axle weightratings (GAWR). The total of the axleloads should not exceed the grossvehicle weight rating (GVWR). Theseratings are given on the vehicle cer-tification label. If weight ratings areexceeded, move or remove items tobring all weights below the ratings.


WARNINGOverloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION∙ Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy

load for the first 500 miles (805 km).Your engine, axle or other parts couldbe damaged.

∙ For the first 500 miles (805 km) thatyou tow a trailer, do not drive over50 mph (80 km/h) and do not makestarts at full throttle. This helps theengine and other parts of your vehiclewear in at the heavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo.Remember that towing a trailer places ad-ditional loads on your vehicle’s engine,drive train, steering, braking and other sys-tems.

A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is avail-able on the website atwww.nissanusa.com. This guide includesinformation on trailer towing capability andthe special equipment required for propertowing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITSMaximum trailer loadsNever allow the total trailer load to exceedthe value specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart found in this sec-tion. The total trailer load equals trailerweight plus its cargo weight.

∙ When towing a trailer load of3,500 lbs. (1,587 kg) or more, trailerswith a brake system MUST be used.

The maximum Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR) should not exceed the valuespecified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight ofthe towing vehicle (including passengersand cargo) plus the total trailer load. Tow-ing loads greater than these or using im-proper towing equipment could adverselyaffect vehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer isnot only related to the maximum trailerloads, but also the places you plan to tow.Tow weights appropriate for level highwaydriving may have to be reduced for lowtraction situations (for example, on slipperyboat ramps).

LTI2041

TOWING A TRAILER


Temperature conditions can also affecttowing. For example, towing a heavy trailerin high outside temperatures on gradedroads can affect engine performance andcause overheating. The engine protectionmode, which helps reduce the chance ofengine damage, could activate and auto-matically decrease engine power. Vehiclespeed may decrease under high load. Planyour trip carefully to account for trailer andvehicle load, weather and road conditions.

WARNINGOverheating can result in reduced en-gine power and vehicle speed. The re-duced speed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase the chanceof a collision. Be especially careful whendriving. If the vehicle cannot maintain asafe driving speed, pull to the side of theroad in a safe area. Allow the engine tocool and return to normal operation. Foradditional information, refer to “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

CAUTIONVehicle damage resulting from im-proper towing procedures is not cov-ered by NISSAN warranties.

Tongue loadWhen using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue load be-tween 10 - 15% of the total trailer load or usethe trailer tongue load specified by thetrailer manufacturer. The tongue loadmust be within the maximum tongue loadlimits shown in the following “TowingLoad/Specification” chart. If the tongueload becomes excessive, rearrange cargoto allow for proper tongue load.

WTI0160


Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW)/maximum Gross AxleWeight (GAW)The GVW of the towing vehicle must notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label. The GVW equals thecombined weight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongueload and any other optional equipment. Inaddition, front or rear GAW must not ex-ceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label.

Towing capacities are calculated assum-ing a base vehicle with driver and any op-tions required to achieve the rating. Addi-tional passengers, cargo and/or optionalequipment, such as the trailer hitch, willadd weight to the vehicle and reduce yourvehicle’s maximum towing capacity andtrailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighedto confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR,Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross CombinedWeight Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be mea-sured using platform type scales com-monly found at truck stops, highway weighstations, building supply centers or salvageyards.

To determine the available payload capac-ity for tongue/king pin load, use the follow-ing procedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with allof the passengers and cargo that arenormally in the vehicle when towing atrailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight fromthe GVWR. The remaining amount isthe available maximum tongue/kingpin load.

To determine the available towing capacity,use the following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the"Towing Load/Specification" chartfound in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weightfrom the GCWR. The remaining amountis the available maximum towing ca-pacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight,weigh your trailer on a scale with all equip-ment and cargo, that are normally in thetrailer when it is towed. Make sure theGross trailer weight is not more than theGross Trailer Weight Rating shown on thetrailer and is not more than the calculatedavailable maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on thescale to make sure the Front Gross AxleWeight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are notmore than Front Gross Axle Weight andRear Gross Axle Weight on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The

ATI1025


cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need tobe moved or removed to meet the speci-fied ratings.

Example:

∙ Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighedon a scale - including passengers, cargoand hitch - 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg).

∙ Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel - 7,250 lbs. (3,289 kg).

∙ Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification" chart- 15,100 lbs. (6,849 kg).

∙ Maximum Trailer towing capacity from“Towing Load/Specification" chart -9,100 lbs. (4,128 kg).

7,250 lbs. (3,289 kg) GVWR– 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg) GVW

= 900 lbs. (409 kg) Available for tongueweight

15,100 lbs. (6,849 kg) GCWR– 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg) GVW

= 9,123 lbs. (4,138 kg) Capacity available fortowing

900 lbs. (409 kg) Available tongueweight

/ 8,750 lbs. (3,969 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be lessthan the maximum towing capacity due tothe passenger and cargo load in the ve-hicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weightbetween 10 - 15% of the trailer weight orwithin the trailer tongue load specificationrecommended by the trailer manufacturer.If the tongue load becomes excessive, re-arrange the cargo to obtain the propertongue load. Do not exceed the maximumtongue weight specification shown in the

“Towing load/specification” chart even ifthe calculated available tongue weight isgreater than 15%. If the calculated tongueweight is less than 10%, reduce the totaltrailer weight to match the availabletongue weight.

Always verify that available capacities arewithin the required ratings.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

WARNINGThe towing capacities provided in thismanual are for general reference only.The safe towing capacity of your vehicleis affected by dealer and factory in-stalled options and passenger andcargo loads. You must weigh the vehicleand trailer as described in this manualto determine the actual vehicle towingcapacity. Do not exceed the publishedmaximum towing capacity or the GCWRor the GVWR shown on theFMVSS/CMVSS label. Doing so can re-sult in an accident causing serious per-sonal injury or property damage.


TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTU.S. and Canada

Maximum Towing Capacity*1 6,000 lbs. (2,721 kg)Maximum Tongue Load 600 lbs. (272 kg)Maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating 11,000 lbs. (4,990 kg)*1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options re-quired to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optional equipment will add weight tothe vehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity.

TOWING SAFETYTrailer hitchYour vehicle may be equipped with an op-tional trailer tow package. The trailer towpackage includes a receiver-type framemounted hitch. This hitch is rated for themaximum towing capacity of this vehiclewhen the proper towing equipment isused. Choose a proper ball mount andhitch ball that is rated for the trailer to betowed. Genuine NISSAN ball mounts andhitch balls are available from a NISSANdealer.

If your vehicle is not equipped with the op-tional trailer tow package, check the tow-ing capacity of your bumper hitch orreceiver-type frame mounted hitch.Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A Genuine NISSAN trailer hitch isavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Make surethe trailer hitch is securely attached to thevehicle to help avoid personal injury orproperty damage due to sway caused bycrosswinds, rough road surfaces or pass-ing trucks.


WARNINGTrailer hitch components have specificweight ratings. Your vehicle may be ca-pable of towing a trailer heavier thanthe weight rating of the hitch compo-nents. Never exceed the weight ratingof the hitch components. Doing so cancause serious personal injury or prop-erty damage.

Hitch ballChoose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

∙ The required hitch ball size is stampedon most trailer couplers. Most hitchballs also have the size printed on thetop of the ball.

∙ Choose the proper class hitch ballbased on the trailer weight.

∙ The diameter of the threaded shank ofthe hitch ball must be matched to theball mount hole diameter. The hitch ballshank should be no more than 1/16”smaller than the hole in the ball mount.

∙ The threaded shank of the hitch ballmust be long enough to be properlysecured to the ball mount. There shouldbe at least 2 threads showing beyondthe lock washer and nut.

Ball mountThe hitch ball is attached to the ball mountand the ball mount is inserted into thehitch receiver. Choose a proper class ballmount based on the trailer weight. Addi-tionally, the ball mount should be chosen tokeep the trailer tongue level with theground.

Weight carrying hitchesA weight carrying or “dead weight” ballmount is one that is designed to carry thewhole amount of tongue weight and grossweight directly on the ball mount and onthe receiver.

Weight distribution hitchThis type of hitch is also called a “load-leveling” or “equalizing” hitch. A set of barsattach to the ball mount and to the trailerto distribute the tongue weight (hitchweight) of your trailer. Many vehicles can’tcarry the full tongue weight of a giventrailer, and need some of the tongue

weight transferred through the frame andpushing down on the front wheels. Thisgives stability to the tow vehicle.

A weight-distributing hitch system (ClassIV) is recommended if you plan to tow trail-ers with a maximum weight over 5,000 lbs.(2,268 kg). Check with the trailer and towingequipment manufacturers to determine ifthey recommend the use of a weight-distributing hitch system.

NOTE:

A weight-distributing hitch system mayaffect the operation of trailer surgebrakes. If you are considering use of aweight-distributing hitch system with asurge brake-equipped trailer, check withthe surge brake, hitch or trailer manufac-turer to determine if and how this can bedone.

Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using theweight-distributing hitch system.

General set-up instructions are as follows:

1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level sur-face. With the ignition on and the doorsclosed, allow the vehicle to stand forseveral minutes so that it can level.


2. Measure the height of a reference pointon the front and rear bumpers at thecenter of the vehicle.

3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and ad-just the hitch equalizers so that thefront bumper height is within 0 -.5 inches (0 – 13 mm) of the referenceheight measured in step 2. The rearbumper should be no higher than thereference height measured in step 2.

WARNINGProperly adjust the weight distributinghitch so the rear of the bumper is nohigher than the measured referenceheight when the trailer is attached. Ifthe rear bumper is higher than the mea-sured reference height when loaded,the vehicle may handle unpredictablywhich could cause a loss of vehicle con-trol and cause serious personal injury orproperty damage.

Sway control deviceSudden maneuvers, wind gusts, and buf-feting caused by other vehicles can affecttrailer handling. Sway control devices maybe used to help control these affects. If youchoose to use one, contact a reputabletrailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway

control device will work with the vehicle,hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake system.Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using thesway control device.

Class I hitchClass I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 2,000 lbs.(907 kg).

Class II hitchClass II trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of3,500 lbs. (1,587 kg).

Class III hitchClass III trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of5,000 lbs. (2,268 kg).

Class IV hitchClass IV trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of10,000 lbs. (4,535 kg). A weight distributing

hitch should be used to tow trailers thatweigh over 5,000 lbs. (2,268 kg).

Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IVtrailer hitch equipment that has a10,000 lbs. (4,535 kg) maximum weight rat-ing, but your vehicle is only capable of tow-ing the maximum trailer weights shown inthe “Towing Load/Specification” chart inthis section.

CAUTION∙ Special hitches which include frame

reinforcements are required for tow-ing above 2,000 lbs. (907 kg). SuitableGenuine NISSAN hitches, ball mountsand hitch balls for pickup trucks andsport utility vehicles are available at aNISSAN dealer.

∙ The hitch should not be attached to oraffect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

WARNING∙ Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

∙ Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.


∙ To reduce the possibility of additionaldamage if your vehicle is struck fromthe rear, where practical, remove thereceiver when not in use.

∙ Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securelymounted.

Tire pressures∙ When towing a trailer, inflate the

vehicle tires to the recom-mended cold tire pressure indi-cated on the Tire and Loading In-formation label.

∙ Trailer tire condition, size, load rat-ing and proper inflation pressureshould be in accordance with thetrailer and tire manufacturer’sspecifications.

Safety chainsAlways use suitable safety chains betweenyour vehicle and the trailer. The safetychains should be crossed and should beattached to the hitch, not to the vehiclebumper or axle. The safety chains can beattached to the bumper if the hitch ball is

mounted to the bumper. Be sure to leaveenough slack in the chains to permit turn-ing corners.

Trailer lights

CAUTIONWhen splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially availablepower-type module/converter must beused to provide power for all trailerlighting. This unit uses the vehicle bat-tery as a direct power source for alltrailer lights while using the vehicle taillight, stop light and turn signal circuitsas a signal source. Themodule/converter must draw no morethat 15 milliamps from the stop and taillamp circuits. Using amodule/converter that exceeds thesepower requirements may damage thevehicle’s electrical system. See a repu-table trailer retailer to obtain the properequipment and to have it installed.

Trailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. For assistance inhooking up trailer lights, it is recommendedthat you contact a NISSAN dealer or repu-table trailer retailer. Vehicles equipped withthe optional trailer tow package are

equipped with a 7-pin trailer harness con-nector. If your trailer is equipped with a flat4-pin connector, an adapter will be neededto connect the trailer lights to the vehicle.Adapters are available at auto parts storesand hitch retailers.

Trailer brakesWhen towing a trailer load of 3,500 lbs.(1,587 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used. However, moststates require a separate braking systemon trailers with a loaded weight above aspecific amount. Make sure the trailermeets the local regulations and the regu-lations where you plan to tow.

Several types of braking systems are avail-able.

Surge Brakes - The surge brake actuator ismounted on the trailer tongue with a hy-draulic line running to each trailer wheel.Surge brakes are activated by the trailerpushing against the hitch ball when thetow vehicle is braking. Hydraulic surgebrakes are common on rental trailers andsome boat trailers. In this type of system,there is no hydraulic or electric connectionfor brake operation between the tow ve-hicle and the trailer.


Electric Trailer Brakes - Electric brakingsystems are activated by an electronic sig-nal sent from a trailer brake controller (spe-cial brake-sensing module). For additionalinformation, refer to “Electric trailer brakecontroller” in this section.

Have a professional supplier of towingequipment make sure the trailer brakes areproperly installed and demonstrate properbrake function testing.

WARNINGNever connect a trailer brake system di-rectly to the vehicle brake system.

Electric trailer brake controllerTrailers equipped with electric brakes mayrequire the installation of an aftermarkettrailer brake controller.

Your vehicle is equipped with a connectorand jumper harness that is specifically de-signed to be used when installing an after-market brake controller.

To install the electric trailer brake controllerjumper harness, perform the following pro-cedure:

1. Open the driver door. Move the seat tothe rearmost position.

Jumper HarnessLTI0117


2. Locate the jumper harness connectorunder the lower portion of the instru-ment panel. The connector is taped tothe wiring harness �1 as indicated.

∙ The connector is marked with a whitetag with “elec brake conn”.

Wire color designation for electric trailerbrake controller jumper harness.

WIRE COLOR NOTERED/GREEN Vehicle stop lamp

switch to trailer brakecontroller.

BLACK Brake controllerground (-).

BROWN/WHITE Trailer brake controllerswitched output.

RED/BLUE Not usedRED Fused trailer brake

controller battery feed(B+).

3. Peel off the tape and connect thejumper harness to the connector.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Install the aftermarket electric trailerbrake controller according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

Connector LocationLTI2045

ConnectorLTI2046


Pre-towing tips∙ Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded and/or un-loaded trailer is hitched. Do not drive thevehicle if it has an abnormal nose-up ornose-down condition; check for im-proper tongue load, overload, worn sus-pension or other possible causes of ei-ther condition.

∙ Always secure items in the trailer to pre-vent load shift while driving.

∙ Keep the cargo load as low as possiblein the trailer to keep the trailer center ofgravity low.

∙ Load the trailer so approximately 60%of the trailer load is in the front half and40% is in the back half. Also make surethe load is balanced side to side.

∙ Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light opera-tion, and trailer wheel lug nuts everytime you attach a trailer to the vehicle.

∙ Be certain your rearview mirrors con-form to all federal, state or local regula-tions. If not, install any mirrors requiredfor towing before driving the vehicle.

∙ Determine the overall height of the ve-hicle and trailer so the required clear-ance is known.

Trailer towing tipsIn order to gain skill and an understandingof the vehicle’s behavior, you should prac-tice turning, stopping and backing up in anarea which is free from traffic. Steering sta-bility and braking performance will besomewhat different than under normaldriving conditions.

∙ Always secure items in the trailer to pre-vent load shift while driving.

∙ Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pinor lock to prevent the coupler from in-advertently becoming unlatched.

∙ Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

∙ Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

∙ Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

∙ When backing up, hold the bottom ofthe steering wheel with one hand. Moveyour hand in the direction in which youwant the trailer to go. Make small cor-rections and back up slowly. If possible,have someone guide you when you arebacking up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on aslope is not recommended; however, if youmust do so:

CAUTIONIf you move the shift lever to the P (Park)position before blocking the wheelsand applying the parking brake, trans-mission damage could occur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on thedownhill side of the vehicle and trailerwheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place,slowly release the brake pedal until theblocks absorb the vehicle load.


5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.10-28 Technical and consumer information

To drive away:

1. Start the vehicle.


3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailerare clear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store theblocks.

∙ While going downhill, the weight of thetrailer pushing on the tow vehicle maydecrease overall stability. Therefore, tomaintain adequate control, reduce yourspeed and shift to a lower gear. Avoidlong or repeated use of the brakeswhen descending a hill, as this reducestheir effectiveness and could causeoverheating. Shifting to a lower gear in-stead provides “engine braking” and re-duces the need to brake as frequently.

∙ If the engine coolant temperature risesto a high temperature, refer to “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

∙ Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

∙ Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’sfirst 500 miles (805 km).

∙ For the first 500 miles (805 km) that youdo tow, do not drive over 50 mph(80 km/h).

∙ Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified in the recom-mended Maintenance Schedule in the“Maintenance and schedules” section ofthis manual.

∙ When making a turn, your trailer wheelswill be closer to the inside of the turnthan your vehicle wheels. To compen-sate for this, make a larger than normalturning radius during the turn.

∙ Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,possibly causing vehicle sway. Whenbeing passed by larger vehicles, be pre-pared for possible changes in cross-winds that could affect vehicle han-dling.

Do the following if the trailer begins tosway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedalto allow the vehicle to coast and steeras straight ahead as the road condi-tions allow. This combination will helpstabilize the vehicle.

– Do not correct trailer sway by steer-ing or applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently ap-ply the brakes and pull to the side of theroad in a safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced. For additional information,refer to “Pre-towing tips” in this section.

∙ Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember, the length of thetrailer must also pass the other vehiclebefore you can safely change lanes.

∙ Use the Tow Mode or downshift thetransmission to a lower gear for enginebraking when driving down steep orlong hills. This will help slow the vehiclewithout applying the brakes.


∙ Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting in re-duced braking efficiency.

∙ Increase your following distance to al-low for greater stopping distanceswhile towing a trailer. Anticipate stopsand brake gradually.

∙ NISSAN recommends that the cruisecontrol not be used while towing atrailer.

∙ Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for ve-hicles that are towing trailers. Obey thelocal speed limits.

∙ Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nutsafter 50 miles (80 km) of travel and atevery break.

∙ When launching a boat, don’t allow thewater level to go over the exhaust tailpipe or rear bumper.

∙ Make sure you disconnect the trailerlights before backing the trailer into thewater or the trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, final drive gear oilshould be replaced and transmissionoil/fluid should be changed more fre-quently. For additional information, referto the “Do-it-yourself” section in thismanual.

Tow modeUsing tow mode is recommended whenpulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavyload. Press the TOW MODE switch to acti-vate tow mode. The indicator light on theTOW MODE switch illuminates when towmode is selected. Press the TOW MODEswitch again to turn tow mode off. Towmode is automatically canceled when theignition switch is turned off.

Tow mode includes the following features:

∙ Grade logic — Adjusts transmissionshifts when pulling a trailer or hauling aload up a grade.

∙ Downhill Speed Control (DSC) — auto-matically downshifts when drivingdown a grade with a trailer or heavyload to help control vehicle speed.

Driving the vehicle in the tow mode with notrailer/load or light trailer/light load will notcause any damage. However, fueleconomy may be reduced and thetransmission/engine driving characteris-tics may feel unusual.

When towing a trailer, final drive gear oilshould be replaced and transmissionoil/fluid should be changed more fre-quently. For additional information, referto the “Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

FLAT TOWING FOR 4–WHEEL DRIVEVEHICLE (if so equipped)Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used whentowing a vehicle behind a recreational ve-hicle, such as a motor home.


CAUTION∙ Failure to follow these guidelines can

result in severe transmission damage.

∙ Never flat tow your 4-wheel drive(4WD) vehicle.

∙ DO NOT tow your 4-wheel drive (4WD)vehicle with any wheels on theground. Doing so may cause seriousand expensive damage to thepowertrain.

∙ For emergency towing procedures re-fer to “Towing recommended byNISSAN” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT WHEELDRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used whentowing a vehicle behind a recreational ve-hicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION∙ Failure to follow these guidelines can

result in severe transmission damage.

∙ Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

∙ Never tow your front wheel drive ve-hicle with the front tires on theground. Doing so may cause seriousand expensive damage to thepowertrain.

∙ DO NOT tow your front wheel drivecontinuously variable transmissionvehicle with all four wheels on theground (flat towing). Doing so WILLDAMAGE internal transmission partsdue to lack of transmissionlubrication.

∙ For emergency towing procedures re-fer to “Towing recommended byNISSAN” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

Continuously VariableTransmissionTo tow a vehicle equipped with a continu-ously variable transmission, an appropriatevehicle dolly MUST be placed under thetowed vehicle’s drive wheels. Always followthe dolly manufacturer’s recommenda-tions when using their product.


DOT (Department of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA TemperatureA

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative rat-ing based on the wear rate of the tire whentested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use,however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades repre-sent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-

ment as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not include ac-celeration, cornering, hydroplaning, orpeak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

The temperature grades are A (the high-est), B, and C, representing the tire’s resis-tance to the generation of heat, and itsability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained high tem-perature can cause the material of the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life, and ex-cessive temperature can lead to suddentire failure. The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all passengercar tires must meet under the Federal Mo-tor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of performance onthe laboratory test wheel than the mini-mum required by law.

WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly in-flated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the fol-lowing emission warranties:

For USA

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found withother vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet which comes withyour NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it is lost,you may obtain a replacement by writingto:

∙ Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found withother vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet which comes withyour NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it is lost,you may obtain a replacement by writingto:

∙ Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-fying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a re-call and remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);go to http://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C.20590. You can also obtain other in-formation about motor vehicle safetyfrom http://www.safercar.gov.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


You may notify NISSAN by contact-ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform Trans-port Canada in addition to notifyingNISSAN.If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayrequest that NISSAN conduct a recallcampaign. However, TransportCanada cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your dealer, or NISSAN.You may contact Transport Canada’sDefect Investigations and Recalls Divi-sion toll free at 1-800-333-0510. Youmay also report safety defects onlineat: https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-

cp.aspx?lang=eng (English speakers)or https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra (French speakers)Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be obtainedfrom Transport Canada’s Road SafetyInformation Centre at 1-800-333-0371or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety(English speakers) orwww.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(French speakers).To notify NISSAN of any safety con-cerns please contact our ConsumerInformation Centre toll free at 1-800-387-0122.

WARNINGA vehicle equipped with Four-WheelDrive (4WD) should never be tested us-ing a two wheel dynamometer (such asthe dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing), or similarequipment. Make sure you inform thetest facility personnel that your vehicleis equipped with 4WD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrongtest equipment may result in transmis-sion damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some statesand Canadian Provinces, your vehicle maybe required to be in what is called the“ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of theemission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the ready condition canbe obtained by ordinary usage of the ve-hicle.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST


If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a “not ready” condi-tion. Before taking the I/M test, check thevehicle’s inspection/maintenance testreadiness condition. Place the ignitionswitch in the ON position without startingthe engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condi-tion is “ready”. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer to set the “ready con-dition” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of anEDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how a ve-hicle’s systems performed. The EDR is de-signed to record data related to vehicle dy-namics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to re-cord such data as:

∙ How various systems in your vehiclewere operating;

∙ Whether or not the driver and passen-ger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

∙ How far (if at all) the driver was depress-ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;and,

∙ How fast the vehicle was traveling.

∙ Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better un-derstanding of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR dataare recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data (e.g.name, gender, age and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combine the EDRdata with the type of personally identifyingdata routinely acquired during a crash in-vestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and NISSANdealer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only beaccessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. AGenuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at NISSAN dealerships. GenuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also be pur-chased.

For USA

For current pricing and availability of Genu-ine NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of Genu-ine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual, for thismodel year and prior, please contact yournearest NISSAN dealer. For the phone num-ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in yourarea, call the NISSAN Information Center at1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN rep-resentative will assist you.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


11 Index2nd row bench seat adjustment . . . .1-7, 1-9

A

Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-53Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front impact airbag system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-60

Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . .1-71Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . .1-72, 2-16Air bag warning light,supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-72, 2-16Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . .8-16Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . .4-33Air conditioner specification label . .10-13Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Air conditioner system refrigerantrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Heater and air conditioner controls .4-33Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . .4-40

Alarm system(See vehicle security system) . . . . . . .2-34Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . .1-35Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . .2-12Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . .5-73Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40Automatic

Automatic drive positioner. . . .3-47, 3-50Automatic power window switch. . .2-66

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . . .3-45Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7Automatic drive positioner. . . . . .3-47, 3-50Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12, 5-58

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80, 8-12Charge warning light. . . . . . . . . . .2-13

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . .8-21

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . .5-15Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . . .5-22Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . .5-73Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . .8-24Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-73Brake warning light. . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Brake wear indicators . . . . . . .2-19, 8-18Parking brake operation . . . . . . . .5-22Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . .8-18

Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-74

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-73Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-65Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . .2-11Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Cargo area storage bin . . . . . . . . . . .2-62Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73Cargo(See vehicle loading information) . . . .10-14Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41Check tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31Child restraints . . . . . . .1-27, 1-28, 1-30, 1-32

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32Precautions on childrestraints . . . . . . . . .1-30, 1-37, 1-43, 1-49Top tether strap anchor pointlocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-35

Child restraint with top tether strap . . .1-34Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-7Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . .2-19Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . .7-2, 7-4Climate control seat switch . . . . . . . .2-44C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . .10-12

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

ControlsHeater and air conditioner controls . .4-33

CoolantCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-5Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-5Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41, 5-41Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60

D

Daytime Running Light System . . . . . .2-42Defroster switch

Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . .10-10Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . .2-42Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Drive positioner, Automatic . . . . . .3-47, 3-50Driving

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . .5-80

Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Dual panel moonroof. . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Dual power moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68

E

E-CALL (SOS) SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Economy - fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-66Emergency engine shutoff . . . . . . .5-14, 6-2Emission control information label . . . .10-12Emission control system warranty . . . .10-33Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-15Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-5Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-8Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-5Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine compartment checklocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . .10-12Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . .10-9

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Engine Block Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-81Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . .2-6Event Data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . .10-35Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide). . . . . . .5-2Explanation of maintenance items . . . . .9-2Explanation of scheduled maintenanceitems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . .2-56Eyeglass case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60

F

Flashers(See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . .6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . .7-6Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . .8-11

F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . .10-12Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43Front air bag system(See supplemental restraint system) . . .1-60Front-door pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-5Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

11-2

FuelCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-66Fuel-filler door and cap. . . . . . . . . .3-39Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . .10-4Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . .2-31

Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . .5-65Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Fusible links. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . .2-73, 2-74, 2-76, 2-77Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39Gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59

H

Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . . . .6-2

Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . .2-40Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . .2-40Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12Heated 2nd row seat switches . . . . . . .2-47Heated seat switches . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Heated steering wheel switch . . . . . . .2-48Heater

Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-33Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34

Hill descent control switch . . . . . . . . .2-49Hill descent control system . . . . . . . . .5-78Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . .5-78HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . .2-73, 2-74, 2-76, 2-77Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31Hook

Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44

I

Ignition switchPush-button ignition switch . . . . . . .5-11

Immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . .2-35, 5-15Important vehicle information label . . .10-12In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . .5-66Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-16Inside automatic anti-glare mirror. . . . .3-45Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-42Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2

Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . .2-42Intelligent 4x4 (I-4x4) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-67Intelligent Around View Monitor . . . . . . .4-11Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) . . . . . . .5-43Intelligent Key system

Key operating range . . . . . . . . .3-9, 3-22Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Remote keyless entryoperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14, 3-22Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . .3-18, 3-26Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . .3-18, 3-26

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-14

K

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . .8-21Keyless entry

With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system) . . . .3-14, 3-22

KeysNISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . .3-2, 3-21NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

11-3

L

LabelsAir conditioner specification label . . .10-13C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . .10-12Emission control information label . .10-12Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . .10-12F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . .10-12Tire and Loading Information label . .10-13Vehicle identification number (VIN) . .10-11Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-71

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL). . . . .2-42License plate

Installing the license plate . . . . . . .10-13Liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31Liftgate release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37Light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-72, 2-16Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . .8-24Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . .2-11Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72Exterior and Interior lights . . . . . . . .8-24Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43Headlight and turn signal switch. . . .2-40Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . .2-40Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-13Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31Passenger air bag and status light. . .1-63Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-18Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . .2-72Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-16

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72

LockChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . .3-7Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59Liftgate release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . .2-15, 2-30Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-13Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Luggage rack (see roof rack) . . . . . . . .2-64Luggage(See vehicle loading information) . . . . .10-14

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . .8-2Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-27

Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . .9-4Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . .9-2Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Maintenance under severe operationconditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-17Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-3Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72Map pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57Memory Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47, 3-50Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-42Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror. . .3-45Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . .4-27

N

NissanConnect® Owner's Manual . . . . . .4-2NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-21NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35, 5-15

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) . .10-6Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

11-4

OilCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-8Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46Overhead sunglasses holder . . . . . . . .2-60Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . .6-12Owner's manual order form . . . . . . . .10-36Owner's manual/service manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-36

P

ParkingParking brake operation . . . . . . . . .5-22Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . .5-72

Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72Power

Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54, 2-55Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-66Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Power steering system. . . . . . . . . .5-72Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-66

Power inverter switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54, 2-55Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-72Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Precautions

Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . .8-2On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7Precautions on boosterseats . . . . . . . . . . . .1-30, 1-37, 1-43, 1-49Precautions on childrestraints . . . . . . . . .1-30, 1-37, 1-43, 1-49Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-18Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-53Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-41

Readiness for inspection maintenance(I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-34Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . .5-32Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33, 2-50Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66Rear sonar system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-79Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

RecordersEvent Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-35

Refrigerant recommendation. . . . . . . .10-8Registering a vehicle in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . .3-28, 5-16Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .10-33Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64

S

SafetyChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . .3-7Child seat belts. . . . . .1-30, 1-37, 1-43, 1-49Reporting safety defects (US only) . .10-33

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3Front power seat adjustment . . . . . .1-5Second row bench seats . . . . . . .1-7, 1-9

Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57Seat belt

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27Infants and small children . . . . . . . .1-28Injured Person. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-28Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-18Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-27Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18, 7-6Three-point type with retractor . . . . .1-21

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . .1-21, 2-15Seats

2nd row bench seat adjustment. . .1-7, 1-9

11-5

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Automatic drive positioner . . . .3-47, 3-50Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3

Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), engine start . . . . . . . . . .2-35, 5-15Security systems

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . .2-34Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Service manual order form. . . . . . . . .10-36Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . .4-40Sonar

Rear system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-79Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . .2-4Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . . .2-72SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-71Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Starting

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-15Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-14Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Steering

Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Power steering system. . . . . . . . . .5-72

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57Storage bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58Sunglasses case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43Supplemental air bag warning labels . . .1-71Supplemental air bag warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-72, 2-16Supplemental front impact air bagsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-60Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels . . . . .1-71Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-53

Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . .1-53Switch

Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40Automatic power window switch . . .2-66Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . .6-2Headlight and turn signal switch. . . .2-40Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . .2-40Hill descent control switch . . . . . . .2-49Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-42Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . .3-6Power inverter switch . . . . . . . . . .2-52Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Tow mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35, 5-15Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Spare tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4, 8-37Tire and Loading Information label . .10-13Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-34Tires of 4-wheel drive. . . . . . . . . . .8-36Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . .10-32Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . .8-26, 10-10Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10

Tire pressureLow tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-13

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . .5-3Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-34Towing

2-wheel drive models . . . . . . . . . . .6-15Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-30, 10-31Towing load/specification . . . . . . .10-21Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-18

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-18Tow mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Transceiver

HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . .2-73, 2-74, 2-76, 2-77

11-6

TransmissionContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Travel (See registering a vehicle in anothercountry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43

U

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .10-32USB/iPod® Charging Ports . . . . . . . . .4-40

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . .10-10Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . .5-75Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . .10-11Vehicle identification number (VIN)(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . .2-35, 5-15Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . .10-14Vehicle recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Vehicle security system (NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System), engine start . .2-35, 5-15

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43

W

WarningAir bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-72, 2-16Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . .2-12Battery charge warning light . . . . . .2-13Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . .6-2Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . .2-31Low fuel warning light . . . . . . .2-15, 2-30Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-13Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31Passenger air bag and status light. . .1-63Seat belt warning light . . . . . . .1-21, 2-15Supplemental air bag warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-72, 2-16TPMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . .2-34Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-16Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-71

Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-16

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-16Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-16Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-16

Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-16Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Warning systems switch . . . . . . . . . . .2-51

Washer switchRear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38

Weights(See dimensions and weights) . . . . . . .10-10Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26, 10-10Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10When traveling or registering in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65

Locking passengers' windows . . . . .2-65Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-66Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-66

Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Wiper

Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-37

11-7

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

CAUTION∙ Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door

label can operate on E-85. Fuel systemor other damage can occur if E-85 isused in vehicles that are not designedto run on E-85.

∙ Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectthe warranty coverage.

∙ Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not use a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Yourvehicle is not designed to run on a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol.Using a fuel containing more than 15%ethanol in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol can adversely affect

the emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

∙ Do not use fuel that contains the oc-tane booster methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Usingfuel containing MMT may adversely af-fect vehicle performance and vehicleemissions. Not all fuel dispensers arelabeled to indicate MMT content, so youmay have to consult your gasoline re-tailer for more details. Note that Fed-eral and California laws prohibit the useof MMT in reformulated gasoline.

∙ U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:• Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN”

For additional information, refer to “Engineoil and oil filter recommendations” in the“Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.

COLD TIRE PRESSURE:Refer to the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, refer to “Wheels andtires” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of thismanual.

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the break-in procedurerecommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Break-inschedule” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual. Failure to follow theserecommendations may result in vehicledamage or shortened engine life.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

R52-D

Printing : February 2018Publication No.:

Printed in U.S.A.OM18EA 0R52U1

2018 nissan pathfinder | owner's manual and …€¦ · 2018 pathfinder owner’s manual and...

Documents